THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  ILLINOIS 
V  .LIBRARY 


!nive1sity^^ 
;mm  library 


Return  this  book  on  or  before  the 
Latest  Date  stamped  below. 


University  of  Illinois  Library 


7  !-P! 


11 


FEB- 


1>     S  'J  v.;  1 


PI? 


FEB 

MAY  1 

FEB 


üd9 


f  £ß  1 1  isgj 
FEB  20  1991 


1 


2  6199S 

01935 

^  2005 


SERBIAN 


IN 


acE 


^JfD  WSTRUCTION  FOR  GE 
IN  THE 

J       I  ^^ilTED  STATES  OF  AMERI 


ALSO, 

d  BEGINNERS  IN  TKl  ENGLISH  AND  GERMAlf 
LANGUAC.^ 


BY 


F.  wNbogen, 

ASTOR  IN  VOSTON,  MASH, 


CONTENTS  ; 

t.  -VKllAL  RKMARKS. 

.  T-^  , ^CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  UMTED  STATES. 
IKCTCII  OP  THE  LIFE  OF  VASHINGTON. 

«KKTcii  or  thr  i.rrr  or  fkanklin. 


TIIIKD  KDITJOX. 


Oh '  ON:  B.  II.  GnEENE,  12-1  Wufchingtoii-ßtrrct ; 
W.yOKL  :  D.  FAN6HAW,  108  Nassnu-ßtrcet,  corner  of  Ann. 


18  5  2. 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arcliive 
in  2015 


littpsV/arcliive.org/details/germaninamericaoOOboge 


2lufi3nid)^lo^  unb  befdieibeit  treten  biefe  ^ciUrt 
!}iu,  (lebcr  ?efer*   Sen  ©djreiber  berfelben 
mr  ein  ©treben,  nur  ein  SOBunfd),  nänv 
.V,  ,  (neu  etmvanbcrnben  ?anböfeuten  nül^(tcf) 
werben  unb  tijnen-— tDie  er  glaubt  il)rer  l^age  ent# 
ed)cnbe-~&tatl)fd}fäc(e  ju  ertbeifen.  Sepmcgen 
oft  er  auf  i()re  gütige  Tiad^^\d)t  mit  ben  ?0?änge[n 
luib  Uuüoltfommen[)eiten  ber  nadifolgenben  feilen, 
üibem  er  ifjnen  jugleid?  juruft:  prüfet  5ltteö  unb 
baß  ^ejle  be[)a(tet. 


iniitn^  axt  ^inwanbevtv 


zQk  ^crfcl)iebeit  and)  ik  Urfattcu  unc  ($)nnit 
bc[d)affcn  ffnb,  ml&ic  J^eiufdje  'oeftinniicn,  au^ 
em  a[>arerlanb  aiu:^jini>anbcrn  inib  md)  Simenfa 
eriibcrjufommcn:  in  bem  ci^ticu  9i5iuifd)e  fJim:? 
cn  jTe  2(((e  iibcrcin,  i)ier  fret  unb  g(iicf(id)  Ic? 
in    Unb  tu  ber  Zl)at,  mücid)t  fein  ?anb  in  ber 
^^<*ft  bietet  far  bell  reutjitcn  alter  Staube  uub 
nie^t)ert)ä[t-uiiTe  fo  mauiu'gfiidie  ©e(egeu[)eit  bar 
Hilb  ju  btefem  Bi^'tt^  ju  cjefrntßeu,  aki 'bie  3>ere! 
iUjlteu  ©taateu  luvn  9(merifa. 

Qin  grc|;er  ge^eu  cm):fau<]t  jebeu  bentfdieu  Si) 
iKUibereiv  fcbalb  cr  bie  jtu)le  biefei^  \!aube^  betrtt 
cr  founut  in  ein  freie^^  i^aub;  frei  i>cu  bem  3}ni 
bci^  2}efpoti!^mu*^,  frei  ihmi  ^Mninfegieu  uub  ^Dfcui 
poleu,  frei  Dou  ber  l^af^'  uuerfd)miugfid)er  Steuer 
liub  31  bgabeu,  frei  imx  ©laubcus^^  uub  ®e)viff?u 
jwdug. 

i^rei  uub  uuge[)iubevr  fauu  eiu  S^ber  reifeu,  v 
l)iu  er  mil  uub  ftdi  uicbertaffeiv  it?o     if)m  gcfä 
feiu  ^aß  nnrb  mianQt^  feine  ^^oHgci  mifd)t  jTd 
feilte  3(uj3e(co,euheiteu  uub  bemmt  feiue  93eti>i( 
(jeu*   S?or  ibm  (ieo^t  bae'  gre-pe  ?aub  mit  feiueu 
crfd)öpffid)eu  Äidf^queUeu:  mit  feiuem  fruditb 
SSobeu,  mit  [eiueit  er(]iebigeu  9J?iueu,  mit  feiueu 
frmeflid}eu  DJeidubuiu  an  ^prebufteu,  fcmoi^ 
^flaujeu^  aU  beö  S:luerre{d)^,  wdd^c  eri)orbe 


ADVICE  TO  IMMIGRANTS. 


|i  However  different  may  be  the  reasons  ^Yhich 
Üucc'  Germans  to  leave  their  fatherland  and  come 
I  America,  yet  they  all  agree-  in  one  wish— to 
l^e  he)"e  free  and  happy.  And  indeed  perhaps^  no 
funtry  in  the  world  offers  such  various  oppor- 
nities'  to  facilitate^  the  accomplishment  of  this 
'jirpose^  as  the  Un  ited  States  of  America, 

A  great  blessing*^  meets^  the  German  emigrant 
le  moment  he  steps  upon  these  shores:^  He 
^mes  into  a  free  country  ;  free  from  the  oppression 
despotism,  free  from  privileged  orders  and  mono- 
t3lies,  fi'ce  from  the  pressure  of  intolerable'^  taxes 
iid  imposts,  free  from  constraint'^  in  matters  of 
Relief  and  conscience. 

j  Every  one  can  travel,  free  and  untrammelled, ^2 
irhither'3  he  will,  and  settle  where  he  pleases.  No 
;  assport  is  demanded,  no  police  mingles  in  his  af- 
tirs  and  hinders  his  movements.^^  Before  him  lies 
le  country,  exhaustless*^  in  its  resources,  with  its 
ruitful  soil,'^  its  productive  mines,  its  immense^"' 
Products,  both  of  the  vegetable  and  animal  king- 

,  1  roran(aifcn.  —  2  üOoroinfltmnuMi.  —  3  t^ioUctdit.  — 
|  5c(caon(>oit;iu — >  cr(dd)torn. — G  ^cr  Bivccf,  X^ax>  "l^crfu 

I  l^cr  '^c^'n.— 8  lH\^a'oncn. — 9  Mo  .^äfro. — 10  iinortrti* 

I I  tor  Biv;ino.— 1^  ^^h'•o^ln^ort  —1.?  iDcbin.— 14  Mc 
i|unpAMu— 15^l^orK^)öpf(icb.--16^cr^3c^cn.--17llncruKi 


8 


SCfjeif  nod)  nte  9efe()en,  mit  feinen  nnjdf)[igen  ©tab^ 
ten  nnb  ^lorfern,  mvin  ®en)erbflei^,  ^anbel  nnb 
äBol)f|lanb  bliil)t. 

£!en  fleißigen  2(cfer^mann  labet  ber  feme  äBeflen, 
ja  ba^  ganje  ?anb,  ein,  feinen  (2cf)ooß  jn  bnrd)fnr^ 
d)cn  nnb  bie  ®d)ä(5e  bejfelben  jn  ernbten ;  ber  ge^» 
fd)i(ftc  ^anbwerfer  nnb  Äiinfller  finbet  ot)ne  langeö 
©udien  fafl  iiberall  Unterfnnft  in  ben  ©tabten  nnb 
anf  bem  Sanbe ;  ber  @efel)rte  ijl:  tt)iUfommen  mit 
feinen  Äenntniflfen,  n^enn  er  fie  nnr  jnmUöcI)Ieber 
@efe([fd)aft  anjn^Denben  Der(lel)t. 
2  ©0  jal)[reid)  inbejTen  bie  x^üffi^qneßen  ffnb,  bie 
biefec^  ?anb  barbietet  nnb  fo  gro(5  bie  ?eid)tigfeit  ifl, 
mit  n)e{d)er  baffeibe  im  Slllgemeinen  ein  fd^neßeö 
Unterfommen  gemährt,  fo  ja[)(reid)  finb  and)  bie 
^änfd)ungen  nnb  gefd^eiterten  v^ojfnnngen,  benen  fo 
Diele  2tni?manberer  anl)eimfat(en. 

Ui5ie  mand)er  nnb  jwar  red)tfd)affene,  t)on  ben 
beften  ©rnnbfälsen  befeelte,  3ln^tvanberer  tränmt 
pd),  el)e  er  baö  ?anb  feiner  SSäter  verläßt,  in  ber 
nenen  Uöelt  ein  ®(iicf  jn  finben,  av(d]e^  it)m  bie 
9öivf(i*feit  nie  gemäl)rt;  n>ie  mand)er  entwirft 
it)äi)renb  ber  Ueberfabrt  i^ane  ber  ^>l)antajTe,  bie 
nie  gnr  2ht^fiil)rnng  fommen;  wie  mand)er  nnter^ 
ni?nmt  Kn  feiner  Slnfnnft  3^inge,  bie  il)n  halt^  bitter 
nm  unb  an  feine  Derfel)(te33e(limmnng  erinnern, 
ir  frften  ftnben  mir  9lni%>anbcrer  nad)  einem 
erc?!  ober  längeren  2(nfentt)a(te,--änmcifen  [dion 
eu  trften  Xagen  nad)  iljrer  3(nfnnfr,— enrtänfd)t. 


9 


dorn,  a  portion  of  which  he  nas  never  before  seen ; 
,  its  countless  cities  and  villages,  where  flourish  in- 
:  dustry,  commerce,  and  wealth. 

The  industrious  farmer  is  invited  by  the  "  Far 
West,"  even  by  the  whole  country,  to  furrow  iff? 
bosom  and    reap    its  treasures.    The  skillful  and 
'^  active  craftsman^  and  artist  readily  finds  a  liveli- 
hood  in  the  country  and  the  cities,  with  but  little 
effort.    The  scholar  is  welcomed  wnth  his  attain- 
ments,2  if  he  has  only  the  ability  to  turn  them  to 
the  benefit  of  society. 
'     2       numerous,  however,  as  are  the  resources 
I  which  this  country  affords,  and  as  great  as  are  the 
i  facilities  with  which  it  offers  a  ready  support,  yet 
I  numerous  are  the  illusions^  and  disappointed  hopes, 
of  which  so  many  immigrants  are  the  victims. 

How  many  honest  and  good  principled  immi- 
grants dream,  before  they  leave  the  country  of  their 
fathers,  that  they  shall  find  in  the  New  World  hap- 
piness which  reality  never  furnishes  ;^  how  many 
visions  of  glory  during  the  voyage  fill  their  anxious 
hearts  that  they  never  realize;-^  how  many  a  one 
on  his  arrival  here,  undertakes  things  which  he  scon 
repents  of,  and  which  remind  him  of  the  failure  of 
his  attempts.  Frequently  we  see  immigrants,  after 
a  shorter  or  longer  sojourn,  sometimes  even  dui  ing 
the  first  days  after  their  arrival,  disappointed, ^  dis- 

1  tor  .pontivcrfvmann.  —  2  Mc  .^cnntniffc  —  3  Mc  ^üxm 
na.  —  4  acivü(}vciu  —  5  iH'nvivHtcbcn.  —  6  OiOtüii|cl)r, 


10 


DoKer  Äfagen  luib  S5efcf)U^erbeu,  mit  §eimn?el)  bc* 
Ijaftct  mit  i)oü  aSerfangeu  „narf)  beu  ^Ieifcl)topfcn 
t)ou  S(}t)pteu^'  juvücfjiifel)vcn»  3a,  allcrbiugö  ift  für. 
jte  Slmerifa  g(cict)fam  eine  lBi(benu^,  burrf)  ivelcf)e 
jte  jiet)en  haben,  beüor  (Te  in  ba^  /,gefof)te  ?ant)" 
gefangen» 

Unb  yool)cv  biefe  tranvigen  @rfcf)einnngen,  biefe 
gefcl)eirerten  äönnfd)e  nnb  .^offnnngen  ? 

2lbgefel)en  i)on  (2d]icffa[cn  nnb  Ungliicf^fäHen, 
n)e(d)eanperbemS5ereid)e  men  fd)nd)erSßorfict)t  Hegen, 
ftnben  fie  \vol)l  barin  il)re  ßTffärnng,  baß  fo  t)iele 
@tnn>anbever  i)on  ^ovn  I)evein  i'l)re  nenc 
?agenid)t  rid)tig  anffaffen  nnbnid}t  ben 
gjintl),  bieÄraft  nnb  @infid)t  befilien,  fid) 
biefer  nenen  Sage  gemäß  jn  benel)men» 

SSor  altem  Derjid)te  ber  (SintDanberer  anf  ben  nn^ 
g[iicflid)en  ©ebanfen,  bnrd)  ein  (larveö  ^cil^ 
l)alten  an  feinen  fritl)eren  ®eu>ol)nl)eiten  nnb 
®ebränd)en,  bnrd)  u n b en)eg[ id) e  ©leid)^ 
g  ii  1 1  i  g  f  e  i  t  gegen  bie  ®prad)e,  ben  ©eij^,  bie  fo^^ 
cialen  nnb  politifd^en  aSevl)ä(tni(Te  biefec^  ifanbeö, 
jTd)  fein  Unterfommen  jn  evleid)tern,  feine  23iirger^ 
pflid)ten  jn  erfiiUen  nnb  fid)  ein  g[ncflid)eö  geben  ju 
bereiten. 

3  2Baö  jnerft  nnfer  ^ortf  ommen  anbefangt, 
fo  finb  mv  fafl  nberaU  nnb  fa(l  in  allen  gäKen  anf 
bie  Sriernnng  ber  englifd)en  ©prad)e  an^ 
geh)iefen,  unb  äußern  bie  gortfdjritte,  meiere  tt?ir  i 


11 


■  couraged,  full  of  lamentation  and  complaints,  home- 
sick, and  longing'  to  return  again  to  the  "  fleshpots 
of  Egypt."  Indeed,  America  is  to  them  a  wilder* 
ness,  through  which  they  must  pass  before  they 

\  can  reach    the  promised  land." 

And  whence  these  sad^  experiences,  these  dis 
appointed  hopes  and  wishes  1 

Looking  away  from  those  misfortunes  and  re- 
verses, which  lie  beyond^  the  sphere  of  human  fore- 
sight, they  might  perhaps  be  found  in  so  many  im- 
migi-ants  not  having  a  right  conception  of  their  new 
relations  from  the  beginning,  and  in  their  not  pos- 
sessing the  courage,  power,  and  capacity*  to  accom- 

\  modate  themselves  to  their  new  condition.^ 

Above  all,  the  immigrant  must  renounce  the 
pernicious^'  idea,  that  he  is  to  gain  his  livelihood, 
perform"^  his  duty,^  and  promote  his  happiness,  by 
an  obstinate^  reliance  on  his  German  habits  and  cus- 

I,  toms^  by  an  inflexible  indifference'^  to  the  language,!^ 

;'  the  spirit,  and  the  social  and  political  character  of 
this  country. 

^  In  the  first  place,  as  it  concerns  our  means  of 
j  living,  we  must,  above  and  beyond  all,  rely  upon  a 
\  knowledge  of  the  English  language^  and  the  progress 
that  we  make  therein'^  has  the  most  important  and 

.  1  vtcrtanc^cn,  fid)  fchncn.  2  traurip.  3  über,  jcnfcit^* 
4  l>ic  ^ä()iAfcit.— 5  tic  ?aqc.— 6  pcrt)cvb(id).  —  7  erfüllen.— 
8  t)ic  ^flici)t*  —  9  ()a(c^flaiano,  ftarr,  —  10  Vu  ©(eid)9u(ti9* 
Celt.  —  11  tic  ©prad)c.     12  tarim 

( 


12 


barm  macl)en,  auf  tie  S?e()vünbun()  luifcrc^  5So()f^ 
flaiibei^,  fowie  unfere^^  ?  ebc  n  ^  g  en  u  f  f  c  ti,  hen 
wid)tuficn  iinb  crfreiilirf)jitcu  (J  i  n  f  I  n  fu 

3}ie  cugfifc!)c  6prad)e  ift  bcfauiUHd)  bei 
^i^eitem  bie  iHni)eiTfd)ciibe  in  biefcm  SanDe  nub  im 
pclirifd)cn  nnb  gend)tlid)cn  ?ebcn  bie  aficm  cje^ 
brand)iid)e,  Uöcr  fein  (Sng(ifd)  i3er|l:eht  nnb  fprid)(-, 
fann  Don  feinen  Äenntnijyen  nnb  5vöbi(]feiten  eft 
feinen,  ober  nur  einen  bcfrf)ränfren  (Sebrand)  miv 
d)en.  ^cv  3(merifanev  t?erjl:e[)t  i!)n  nid)f,  nod)  feme 
9ünnfd)e  nnb  SebürfnijTe/  nnb  er  feinerfeit^  iH'rjleht 
feinen  3lmerifaner,  ®nd)r  er  ^^efdiäftignng  bei 
Slmerifanern,  fo  fann  er  [id)  nid)t  l^evftänblid)  ma^ 
d)c\\.  Seine  Äenntnijje  nnb  gäljigfeüen  pnb  ihm 
ein  tobtet  Kapital  nnb  Don  geringem  9inlpen,  fo 
lange  er  fte  nid)t  begreiflid)  jn  mad)en  nnb  nnijUi^ 
tanfd)en  verjleliL  ©  r  bleibt  ein  5y  r  e  m  b  e  r, 
mitten  in  biefem  2anbe;  ein  gemiffei^  ^DtiBtranen  eri* 
fiUft  ben  3(rbeitgeber  gegen  einen  I'iener,  mkl)cv 
feine  ©prad)e  nid)t  l^erftel)t ;  jener  mi^  nid)t,  ob  er 
ffd)  auf  biefen  v^er(aj]*en  fann,  benn  er  fann  feineu 
2Ser|Tanb  nnb  ßbarafter  ntd)t  genau  benrtbeifen.  @r 
lüirb  be^megen  lieber  einen  fo(d)en  iu  feinen  Sienj^ 
ne()men,  n)e(d}em  er  fid)  frei  mittl)ei(en  nnb  mit  mU 
d)em  er  fid)  med)fe(feitig  Derftdnblid)  macf)en  fann» 
4  gönnten  n^ir  Xanfenbe  nuferer  l\inbC)Iente  über 
biefen  ^pnnft  befragen,  fi?  würben  3(lle  n)ie  an^ 
Sinen^  9JJnnbe  antm  Mtm:  „@o  fange  id)  fein 
©nglifd)  founte,  ging  e(   vir  fd)Ied)t ;  id)  fonntc 


13 


•  propitious^  influence  upon  our  welfare.  It  is  well 
known,  that  the  English  language  is  by  far  tho 
widest-spread,  and,  m  the  political  and  judicial  life, 
the  only  usual  language  in  this  country.  Who- 
ever does  not  understand  nor  speak  English,  can. 
make  no  use  of  his  knowledge  and  abilities,  or  at 
the  most,  a  very  limited^  one.  The  American 
does  not  comprehend  either  his  wants  rr  desires ; 
neither  does  he  understand  the  American.  If  he 
seeks  employment^  of  the  Americans,  he  cannot 
make  himself  understood.  His  knowledge  and 
abilities  are  to  him  a  dead  principal,  and  of  no  use 
so  long  as  he  is  unable  to  communicate  his  thoughts 
and  to  exchange  them  in  English.  He  continues  a 
stranger  here^  his  employer  entertains  a  kind  of 
suspicion*^  of  him  as  long  as  he  is  unable  to  speak 
his  language;  he  does  not  know  whether  he  can 
depend  upon  him,  for  he  cannot  appreciate^  his 
intellectual  .and  moral  worth.  He  will  therefore 
rather  take  such  a  one  into  his  service  as  he  can 
freely  converse  with,  and  between  whom  and  him- 
self there  can  be  a  mutual  understanding, 
j.  4  Could  we  hear  the  testimony^  of  thousands  of 
our  countrymen  upon  this  point,  they  would  all 
unanimously"''  answer  ;  "  As  long  as  I  was  ignorant 
of  English,  it  w^ent  ill^  with  me;  I  could  get  no  em- 

1  cvfrciiticl).  —  2  ücfcbränft.  —  3  tie  S3cfcl)(Xfti^unp,  tie 
2(rOcit.  —  4  l)a^  93Ußttaucn.  —  5  wurti^cm  —  6  ta^  3cug« 
nif\  —  7  cinjtimmig.     8  fct)lccl)t. 

2 

f 


14 


jtfcf)tö  anfangen;  id)  fonnte  feinen  2)ien(l  befom^ 
inen,  fein  Ö)efd)äft  treiben,  id)  wwxie  nid)t  benierft, 
unbgenop  n^enin  3(ct)tnng,  —  fnrj,  id)  fiüjUe  mid) 
nnglitcfiicf)  nnb  Derlaj^en,  Sobalb  icl)  aber  einmal 
©nglifd)  Derftanb  nnb  fpred)en  fonnte,  ba  n^ar  mix 
geholfen ;  id)  befam  einen  (inten  ?ol)n,  mein  (^k^ 
fd)äft  ging,  id)  erl)ielt  SSeijlanb  i)on  ben  SJmerifa^ 
nern,--fnrj,  e^  öffneten  |Td)  mir  tanfenb  3öege  nnb 
5?iifj^qnellen  be^  ®Iiid^  nnb  be^  aßol)[)lanbö,  bic 
mir  friU)er  Derfdjloflen  iparen/' 

S3ebenfen  roiv  iit  Söa()rl)eit  biefe^^  @rfal)rnngö^ 
falser,  fo  füllte  fein  @inn?anberer,  ber  e^  u^abrbaft 
gnt  mit  ftd)  felbft  meint  nnb  in  fürjefter  3^it  feine 
?age  jn  Derbejfern  tpünfdjt,  and)  nnr  einen  Slngen^^ 
bficf  janbern,  alle  Littel  nnb  ®e!egenl)eiten  jn  be^ 
untren,  nm  bie  englifdje  @prad)e ,  ein  nnentbe[)r[i^ 
d)e^  Wittel  jn  biefem  3^t)erfe,t)erfte^en  nnb  fpred)en 
jn  lernen» 

21  ber  and)  bie  31  n  n  e !)  m  1 1  d)  f  e  i  t  e  n  beö  ge^ 
felligen  nnb  bie  3?  c  d)  t  c  beö  bürgerlid)en  nnb  po^ 
lttifd)en  Sebent,  n)eld)e  il)m  mit  ber  Äenntniß  biefer 
@prad)e  ju  Xl)eil  n)erben,  foltten  einen  jeben  ®n^ 
itjanberer  ermnntern,  anf  Sriernnng  berfelben  allen 
gleiß  nnb  alle  ©orgfalt  jn  Dermenben» 
^  (i6  ift  wahr,  and)  im  Umgange  mit  ad)tbaren  bent^? 
fd)en  Sanb^lenten  fönnen  n)ir  nnö  l)ier  mand)e  frol)e 
©tnnbe  bereiten ;  and)  anö  bentfd)en  S3üd)ern  nnb 
3eitnngen  fi3nnen  xoiv  25elel)rnng  nnb  Unterbaltnng 
fd)5pfen aber  ffnb  wir  benn  nnn  in  Sentfd^lanb, 


15 


ployment,  I  was  neglected,  little  esteemed ;  iu 
fine,'  I  felt  unhappy  and  forlorn.  But  as  soon  as 
I  became  master  of  the  language  of  my  adopted 
\  country,  my  troubles-  ceased  ;  1  got  good  wages, 
I  my  undertakings  were  prospered,  I  received  aid3 
^from  Americans;  in  short,  a  thousand  ways  of 
i  happiness  and  prosperity  were  now  opened  to  me 
||  which  formerly  were  closed. 

I      If,  then,  we  consider  the  truth  of  the  above 
<iviews,  as  they  are  confirmed  by  experience,  no  im- 
^migrant  who  seeks  his  true  interest,  and  wishes  to 
improve'*   his  condition  in  the  shortest  possible 
[  time,  ought  to  hesitate-'*  for  a  moment  in  his  en- 
"|deavors^  to  become  master  of  the  English  language 
^|as  an  indispensable  means  to  that  purpose.  Mor^i- 
;  over,  the  comforts  of  social  life  and  the  civil  and 
political  rights  in  which  we  participate"^  in  conse- 
quence^ of  our  knowledge  of  the  language,  ought 
to  encourage  us  to  employ  all  diligence  and  care 
in  learning  the  same. 

'  ^  It  is  true,  we  can  enjoy  many  happy  hours  in 
isso dating  with  estimable^  German  brethren  ;  we 
;  ian  derive^®  instruction  and  entertainment'*  from 
i  jrerman  books  and  newspapers  ;  but  are  we  in  Ger- 
,nany,  and  are  Germans  the  only  people,  in  whom 

I  1  furs.  — 2  bic  ^;^cr(oc}cnf)cit''n,  (Serpen.  — 3  .pülfc  — 
j :  VKrtH'jfcnu  —  5  ;5aubcvn.  —  6  2?cmrfhunpcn.  —  7  Sl)Ctt 

icf)mcn.  —  8  Mc  ^clQC.  —  9  nd)tt>ar.  — 10  aMcitcn,  fcl)öpfcn. 

1  tic  Hntcrf)a(tuno. 

f 


16 


«nb  (tub  eö  beim  lui  r  i:)entfc()e,  um  mUf,e  wir  und 
Ijier  3U  fumment  l)abeu  ?  leben  mv  uidjt  mit  3lnie=j 
nfaneni  m  iinnuttelbarer,  täg(id)er  SSerül^rung,  oft 
mit  ibneu  jufammen  in  einem  nnb  bemfelben  Syiwie^ 
iinb  foUen  rviv  Singen  nnb  Dl)ren  bev  grlernnug  ei^^ 
Iter  ®prac()e  t)erfcf)Iiefen,  mki)e  allein  xuvS  bie 
Sln^iibnng  nnferer  biirgerlid)en  nnb  ))eliri)cl)en 
dicdjtc  bei  $Bal)Ien  nnb  SSerfammlungen  möglich 
mad)t,  einer  (£pracl)e,  in  mld)cv  bie  gefelAgebcnben 
Äörper  nnb  aSevn>a[tnngöbel)örben  biefei:^  ?anbc^ 
beratl)en  nnb  S5efd)Iüjte  fafjcn  nnb  in  tx)clct)cr  alle 
SSerl)anb(nngen  i)or  ®evidit  gepflogen  ii^erben  ? 

3u  bem  Döllen  ©ennffe  feinet  amerifanifd)en 
S3iirgerrec()t^  fann  nnr  derjenige  gelangen,  un'(d)er 
ta^  (Sngtifd)e  üerftel)t  nnb  fprid)(-,  nnb  fo  lange  u>ir 
fo  mit  nod)  nid)t  gefommen  finb,  genießen  \y>iv  nid)t 
bie  ganje  greil)eit  nnb  Unabl)ängigfcit,  mld)e  biefe^ 
?anb  nn»,^  anbietet,  finb  \m  gleid]fam  l)alber  2^ent^ 
fd)er,  l)alber  Slmerifaner ;  feine  ved)ten  Sentfd)ea 
niel)r,  u>eil  wiv  ben  ^Jiittelpnnft  bec?  bentfd)en  Se^ 
ben^,  2)entfd)tanb  felbjl,  Derlafien  nnb  bie  politic 
fd)en  Sanbe,  bie  nnö  an  baö  alte  aSaterlanb  an* 
fnüpften,  anfgelopt  l)aben ;  aber  and)  nod)  feine 
red)ten  Slmerifaner,  u>eil  wiv  nnfere  bürgerlid)cn 
nnb  politifd)en  9ted)te  in  ber  Sprad)e  nid)t  geltenb 
mad)en  fönnen,  in  mld)cx  jTe  an^geiibt  iverben 
miiffen. 

6  mag  inbefjen  Dielleid)t  hiergegen  eingemenbet 
»Verben,  baß  eö  einige  Sänber  in  (Jnropa  gibt,  ii>el^ 


17 

we  arc  now  interested  ?  Do  we  not  live  in  imme- 
diate' daily  contact,*'^  often  together  in  one  and 
the  same  house,  with  Americans?  and  should  we 
close  our  eyes  and  ears  to  the  acquirement  of  a  lan- 
guage which  alone  enables^  us  to  exercise  and 
enjoy  our  civil  and  political  rights ;  a  language  in 
which  the  legislative  and  judicial*  bodies  of  this 
country  perform  their  functions  ? 

That  man  alone  can  enjoy,  to  their  full  extent,^ 
the  rights  of  an  American  citizen,  who  understands 
and  speaks  English ;  and  as  long  as  we  do  not  ac- 
complish this,  so  long  can  we  neither^'  appreciate 
nor  enjoy  the  whole  freedom  and  independence'' 
which  this  land  has  in  store^  for  us.  We  arc  half 
Germans  and  half  Americans,  but  no  reaP  Ger- 
mans any  more  ;  for  we  live  no  more  in  the  centre^^ 
of  German  life,  and  yet  we  have  dissolved*^  the 
bands  that  bound  us  to  the  old  flitherland,  and,  at 
the  same  time  also,  we  are  not  yet  real  Americans, 
because  we  are  not  able  to  enjoy  our  civil  and  po- 
litical rights,  being  ignorant  of  the  language  in 
which  they  are  set  forth. 

^  In  opposition^*  to  this,  however,  it  may  perhaps 
be  urged,  that  there  are  some  countries  in  Europe 


1  unmittelbar. —  2  bic  SBcruf)runc. —  3  (>ofaf)iccn. — 
4  p,orid)t(idv  —  5  btc  ?f uf^bcbnunp,  tcr  Umfanc.  —  G  tvotct. 
7  tic  llnab()u'np,ic\fcit.  —  8  bcv  ^l>cvratfs— •  9  ivirtücl). — 
10  ^cv  ?i}attclinintt*  —  11  auflcfciu  —  l'^  tor  ©egcnfag. 

2^ 


18 


cf)e  cl)emal55  ju  Scutfd)Ianb  gcl)örrcn,  nub  ui  mU 
d)en,  iut(]cad)tct  bicfe  V^inber  jam  $thci[  fcir  %i\)v^^ 
binibcrtcu  >)on  3^ciutcl)(ant)  (]ctreiuu  finb,  bie  beiit^ 
frf)c  gpradie  bi^  anf  btcfcu  3;:a()  bie  i>orl)crvfd)cnbe 
geblieben  ifl ;  bev  (glfaj}  gum  33ei|pie(,  it>c(d)er  im 
gnnnbinibevt  S^'^b^'^^»  ^^c>n  ^^ranfveid)  in  33etTlj;  (je^ 
itommeu  miivbe;  ba^  ö)rcßl)erjogrbinn  ?u.vembnrg, 
)t)eld)es^  jcl^t  mit  :f;^ol{anb  Dereüußt  ijl;  bie  Ä^erjog;^ 
tl)nmev  ^^eljleiu  iiiib  gd)(ei^vi)ii],  iiber  VDeld)e  ber 
^bitit]  DiMi  2^anenuivf  bie  Dberbol)eit  in  2(ufprud) 
nimmt;  bie  fcgenaunten  Dilfeeprouinjen  ?iepanb, 
Änrianb  nnb  CS'ilbf^^^b,  nber  mid)c  geoenu^ärtig 
ia^  alle^  Devfd)lini]enbe  5)hif;(aub  berrfd)r,  unb 
and)  bie  fleine  Snfel  S^efgoiaub,  m  je[5t  bie  bviw 
[d)e  glaj^ge  n^ebt. 

(S^  ift  n)abiv  baß  in  alien  biefen  nnb  nod)  in  eini;? 
gen  anberen  ^anbftrid}en  bad  3^entfd)e  ~  n^enn  ed 
and)  nid)t  in  feiner  9ieiul)eit  (ie[prcd]en  mirb,  -  bie 
t)er[)evrfd)enbe  (2prad)e  geblieben  i|i^  nnb  jn)av  an^ 
b  c  m  ®vnnbe,  mil  biefe  Sänber  feit  nralten  Reiten 
bcntfd)  n^aren  in  ©itten  unb  ®ebränd)en.  1}ie  'l^c^ 
iDobnev  biefer  ?anb|lrid)e  fpred)en  il)rc  gjcijtier^ 
fprad)e  auf  ibvem  eigenen  ®vnnb  nnb  Sin^ben, 
bev  an  unfer  SSaterlanb  außvcnjt,  von  tt)eld)em  \ie 
getrennt  ivurben,  nid)t  in  gofge  n)cd)fe(feiriger  3»  M  inu 
ninng,  fcnbern  bnrd)  bip(omarifd)e  a^erbanbhin^en, 
ober  bnrd)  ben  SlU'ogan.q  bi)na)Tifd)er  ^i'riege.  ^ 

Siefe  f  tinber,  in  tt)cld)en  bie  n  n  d  e  r  m  i  f  dr  t  e 
bentfdjc  SSevölfernng  nod)  uorVDiegt,  finb  ivefenriid)c 


19 


.  which  fonncrly'  beloiigccl-  to  Gerrricany,  though' 
partly  separated  from  her"*  for  centuries,  >vhcre 
the  German  language  is  still  the  prevailing^  one : 
;  Alsace,  for  instance,  -which  was  tv*o  hundred  years 
I  ago  taken  by  the  French ;  the  Grand  Duchy  of 
Luxemburg,  which  is  now  united  to  Holland  ;  ihe 
Duchy  of  Holstein  and  Schleswig,  over  which  the 
-  King  of  Denmark  now  claims'^  sovereignty  ;  the 
i  counties  called  the  Eastern  Sea  provinces,  Livonia, 
Kurland,  and  Esthland,  over  which  the  all-devour- 
j  ing*  Russia  now  rules,^  and  also  the  little  island 
1  of  Heligoland,  where  waves^^  the  British  flag. 

It  is  true,  that  in  all  these,  and  some  other 
parts  also,  the  German  is  still  the  prevailing  lan- 
'I  guage,  though  not  spoken  in  its  purity      but  the 
i  reason''  of  this  is,  that  these  countries  from  the  old- 
est time  have  been  German  in  their  customs''^  and 
manners.'^  The  inhabitants  of  these  portions  speak 
[!  their  mother-tongue  upon  their  own  soil,'^  border- 
ing'^ on  our  fatherland,  from  which  they  were  di- 
vorced,'^ not  by  mutual  agreement,^^  but  either  by 
diplomatic  arrangements  of  peace,  or  the  issue  of 
dynastic  struggles.^^  These  countries,  in  which  the 

1  clicniatw  —  2  o;c()crcn,  —  3  cOc(cid).  —  4  tbciltvclfo.  — 
!5  t^crfHTvfd)cnK—  6  in  7Cnfvvud)  ncfniicn,  — 7  rcvfd)(inccn. 
8  (HTrfdHMi.— 9  ivcbcn.  — 10  tic  9?cinfutt. — 11  tcr  @runK 
12  tic  ©circfuihcttcn,  (Sirtciu  — 13  tic  Ci5ctn\uidH\  —  14 tcr 
SBctciu  —  15  anpvcnicn.  —  16  (cfn'cij}cn.  —  17  tic  llcOcrs 
!cinftimnuuu\  —  18  tcr  ^ampf. 


20 


S3e|lanbtl)eife  t)on  9!JJonard)iccn  gemorocn ;  —  beim 
graiifreid),  wie  je(3t  ift,  faim  feine  $HepubIif  im 
pi'gentlicl)eu  ®inne  beö  lüortö  genannt  tvcrben,  — 
unb  barin  ifl  bie  S:i)ei(naf)me  an  öjfentlic{>en  Singer 
legen l)eiten,  fo  n)ie  bie  Sln^iibnng  ))olitifd)er  dicd)tc, 
entweber  befrf)ränft,  ober  völlig  mtU,  wie  ;(um  S3ei* 
fpief  in  5yinßlanb.  ^nnx  Zljcii  axi^  biefen  ©riinben, 
jnm  2;i)eil  anö  §aß  gegen  bie  anfgebrnngene  dic^ 
giernng,  l)ängt  bie  bortige  nrfpriinglid)  bentfdhe  S5e^ 
t)ülfernng  forrtt)äl)renb  an  il)rer  alten  gjjntterfprai^ 

7  Wlit  obigen  SSemerfnngen  über  bie  5Ißicl)tigfeit  einer 
grnnb(icf)en  Sriernnng  ber  englifc{)en  Spraite  mü 
ber  SSerfajyer  feinedtDcgö  bie  9JJeinnng  ändern,  a(ö 
ob  [eine  ?anböfente  anf  il)re  9Kntterfpracl)c  l)ier  "obU 
lig  i)erjirf)ten  mörf)ten ;  biefe  ift  Dielniel)r  in  ber  Zi)at 
eine  ber  niäd)tigflen,  reict)(len  nnb  an^gebilbetflen 
in  ber  3ße(t ;  jTe  l)at  anf  bie  ßitJilifatien  ber  SSoffer 
ben  größten  ginflnß  an^geiibt,  b^t  an^gejeid)nete 
Uöerfe  in  ^rofa  nnb  ^oejTe  jn  S;age  geforbert  nnb 
Derbient  beßl)alb  and)  in  biefem  iJanbe  gebiil)renbe 
Pflege  nnb  a3ead)tnng.  Sie  grage  \{i  t)ie(me()r  : 
n)ie  nnb  anf  n?eld)e  2ßeife  bemeiflert  ftdi  ber  ein^^ 
n^anbernbe  Sentfd)e  fo  fd)nen  al6  niöglid)  ber  eng^^ 
lifd)en  ®prad)e,  nm  bie  bamit  t)erbnnbenen  SSor^ 

l)ei(e  in  ibrem  ganjen  Umfange  jn  genießen  ? 

3nfofern  bie  perfönfid^en  aSert)ä(tni(Te  ber  @in^ 
n>anberer  fo  fel)r  i)erfdiieben  unb,  (ajTen  fid)  biefer^ 
tt>egen  bloß  allgemeine  9iatl)fd)(äge  ertl)ei(en. 


21 

unmixed^  German  population  prevails,  have  be- 
come essential  parts  of  monarchies,  (for  France, 
las  it  now  is,  cannot  properly  be  called  a  Repub- 
lic,) wherein  the  participation^  of  public  affairs  and 
the  exercise  of  the  privileges  of  political  rights  is 
but  a  limited  one,  and  but  a  mere  nullity,  as  in 
Russia  for  instance.  Partly  from  these  reasons, 
.jpartly  from  hatred-^  to  the  obtruding^  government, 
the  original  German  population^  still  adhere  to 
their  old  language. 

|.    7  Having  said  thus  much  upon  the  importance  of 
'[obtaining  a  thorough^  knowledge  of  the  English 
lilanguage,  the  author  by  no  means  asks  his  coun- 
Itryman  to  renounce  entirely  his  mother  tongue, 
j-'which  is  in  reality  one  of  the  most  powerful, 
Hrich  and  refmed  in  the  world,  and  one  which  has 
i|exercised  a  wonderful  influence  in  civilizing  the 
Ipeople,  and  brought  to  light  excellent  works,  both 
in  prose  and  poetry,  and  therefore  deserves  also  in 
I  this  country  due  care  and  attention.    But  the  ques- 
tion is :     How  and  in  what  manner  the  German 
immigrant  may  in  the  shortest  possible  time  be- 
j  come  master  of  the  English  language,  so  that  he 
I  can  fully  enjoy  the  benefits  connected  therewith? 

Inasmuch  as  the  personal  circumstances  of  im- 
i  migrants  are  so  various,  only  general  advice  can 
i  be  given. 

1  unv>criiuj'cl)t.  —  2  Mc  Ijbcituatmc. —  3  tor  .<ra5 — 
14  aufjivinacn.  —  5  tic  ■sBcrclfcruno.  —  6  ßvünMicb. 


22 


^  'S^'ly*^^^'^'  tX'i^tJ  Cef)  iubej]en  ini  2(ffgemei'iten  fa^ 
gen  lajTea : 

Sieber  älnf^inimün^,  ergreife  jebe  ©efegenl)eil-,  bie 
Jicf)  bir  barbietet,  ober  ^ie(mel)r,  f  u  d)  e  j  e  b  e  ®  e^ 
I e g e n  l) e i  t  auf,  bein  Dl)r,  bein  ®ebäcf)tniß  unb 
beine  ©pracl)orgaue  mit  beu  !i:önen,  äüorten  unb 
ber  3(u^fpract)e  be^  @iiglifd)en  t^ertraut  jii  macl)en* 

Sa  fall:  ein  jeber  bei;tfrf)e  ginmauberer  für  beit 
Slufang  in  einem  beutfrf)en  ^tojl:l)aii)eu^o()nt,  — lutb 
bieg  fcl]eint  atterbingö  au^  mand)en  ©riinbeu  beit 
SSerjiig  jii  ^erbienen,  —  fo  tväl)k  er  \)orjüglid)  ein 
fofd)e^  aiiö,  n?o  ber  9öirtl)  mit  ber  eii(j(ifd)eu  (gpraj? 
d)e  vertraut  i)l,  unb  biefcr  tt>irb,  cljne  3^^^^'^'/  ^uf  fein 
@rfnd)en,  bie  ©ef^xKigfeit  l)aben,  ibu  mit  mand)eu 
eng(ifd)eu  ^iffiorten  unb  9{eben^arteu  befannt  ju  ma^ 
d)en  unb  ibm  bie  ridni.ge  5Iuiifprad)e  ber  Ußorter  an^ 
geben,  n)eld)e  er  in  feiner  ©rammatif  unb  in  fei^ 
uer  (Sammlung  üou  ®efpräd)en  i)orfinbet. 

Senn  ber  35efil3  einer  eng(ifd)en  ©rammatif  unb 
eineö  ?efcbnd)»5  \]l  ein  unentbel)rlid)eii  Srforberniß 
jum  23el)uf  einer  fdjueKeren  unb  grünblid)eren  Sr^ 
lernung  biefcr  (Sprad)e,  befonber^  fürSenjenigeu 
ber,  wie  bie  meijleu  Sintr^anberer,  genbtbigt  i|l,  fein 
eigener  Sebrer  ju  fein.  Sie  niililidifteu  unb  am 
meiilen  verbreiteten  S3üd)er  ber  Slrt,  mld)c  ber  23er;» 
faffer  fennt,  ffnb: 

5Ü  ö  r  t  e  r  b  ü  cf)  e  r  mx  %  %  Deblfd)fäger,  ^hi^ 
labelpbia,  bei  ^ol).  5öeif,  $  1 ;  —  \)on  %  %  Änufl, 
§arriöburg,  bei  ?u(j  unb  @d)efer,  $1^;  — i)on 


23 


®  The  following  may  generally  be  said : 
Dear  fellow-countryman,  seized  every  opportu- 
Inity  that  offers  itself,  or  rather  seek  after  opportu- 
nities,  to  familiarize  thy  car,  memory ,2  and  organs 
of  speech,  with  the  intonation,^  words,  and  pro- 
nunciation'' of  the  English  language. 

As   nearly  every  German   immigrant  takes 
^lodgings  at  first  in  a  German  boarding-house,  (and 
indeed  this  seems  to  be  preferable,  for  many  reasons) 
'.he  should  choose  especially^  such  a  one,  in  which 
Ithe  landlord  is  familiar^  with  English,  and  he 
(will  doubtless"^  have  the  kindness,^  if  he  ask  it, 
\io  make  him  acquainted^  with  many  English  words 
'and  phrases,  and  teach  him  the  right  pronuncia- 
tion of  the  words,  which  he  will  find  in  his  gram- 
i;mar  and  collection  of  colloquial  phrases.    For  the 
.^possession  of  a  grammar  and  exercises  is  indis* 
pensably^®  necessary,  for  the  purpose  of  learning  the 
;  language  more  rapidly  and  correctly,  to  those  who 
I  are  obliged,  as  the  most  immigrants  are,  to  be  their 
^  own  teachers. 

The  most  useful  books    for     immigrants  are  : 
German  and  English  Dictionaries  of  I.  C.  Oehl- 
!  schlaeger,  Philadelphia,  (JohnWeik,)  %l ;  of  P.  I. 
i  Kunst,  Lutz  &  Scheffer,  Harrisburg,  $1.50  ;  of  Wm. 


1  crarcifcn.  —  2  t>a^  ®cl)Äcl)tnif\  —  3  tic  S^ctcnitng.  — 
A  bic  2(u^fprad)C.  —  5  vcvncömticl).  —  6  fcrtrant.  —  7  c^n« 
iSwclfct.  —  8  t)ic  GJütc.  —  9  tcfannt,  —  10  unumga'nglid). 


1 


24 


3B.  Dbett  aimU,  Ticw^^^ovf,  hci  ©ebnibcr  3Be|!er^ 
manu,  -$     ;  —  Don  DKcnborf,  Tuny^'^ovf,  $  L 

©rammatifen  Don  ^prof.  S^l).  35»  Srpan, 
$yfen)^2)orf,  bei  Äod)  n,  iSonip.  62^  C5t^. ;  —  Don 
S^r.  Sol),  gran^  Strnolb,  ^^l)ilabelpl)^a,  bei  3oI)antt 
Üöinf,  $1 ;  —  Don  gvicbrirf)  9{anrf)fiipv  3^en>^^orF, 
62^-  C5ti^,  nnb  ®.  Dan  ben  5)erg,  .^aniburg  bei  Qd)iu 
bavt  lu  Sompv  62}  ßr^^. 

3D  0  I  m  c  t  f  dl  e  r,  ber  fleine,  größere  nnb  große, 
bei  3ß.  D?abbe,  9r;cn)  2)orf.  121,  25  nnb  37J  (5ent^, 
beren  3(nfd)ajfnni}  großen  9inlien  bringt  nnb  mit 
5y{ed)t  empfol)(en  VDerben  fann. 

Sa^  Sefen  (eid^rer  englifd)er  a5iid)er,  Dornamlid) 
©d)nlbiid)er,  fo  u>ie  ber  53ibe[,  bringt  nnbered)en^ 
baren  a>ortl)eiI,  Ie(5tere^  35nd)  nid)t  nnr  in  biefer, 
fonbern  in  einer  nod)  roeit  und)tigeren  93egiel)nng, 
bnrd)  @rl)ebnng  nnferer  ©ebanfen  auf  @ott.  @inc 
Dortrejflid)e  Stn^gvibe  bed  nenen  ^teftamentd  in  bei? 
ben  (£prad)en,  mit  jn>ei  ©palten  auf  jeber  Seite, 
bie  eine  englifd),  bie  nnbere  bentfd),  \\t  Don  ber  aine? 
tifanifd)en  35ibe(gefeUfd)aft  in  Tic\))^^^oxt  im  3^^t)r 
1849  Deranftviftet  morben  nnb  jn  fel)r  billigen  ^3rei? 
fen  jn  l)aben.  2)er  SSerfajfer  bicfer  ^cikn  ge|iel)t, 
baß  er  bem  Serg(eid)en  ber  beiben  Zextc  fel)r  Diel 
jn  Derbanfen  t)at  nnb  bierbnrd)  jnerft  anf  ben  ®e? 
banfen  geleitet  tDnrbe,  and)  biefem  Serfnd)e  bie 
englifd)e  Ueberfel^nng  beijnfiigen,  mil  er  l)offre,  ba? 
bnrd)  bem  einen  ober  bem  anberen  feiner  ?efer  in 
SSejng  anf  bad  griernen  ber  eng(ifd)en  ©pradje  ei^  \ 
neu  2)ieu(l  iu  leifteiu  f 


25 


Odell  Ehvoll,  N.  Y.,Westermanii&]irothers,  $1.50. 
English  Grammars  of  Dr.  John  Fr.  Arnold,  Phila- 
delphia, John  Weik  ;  New-York,  Wm.  Radde,  $1  ; 
of  Prof.  T.  B.  Bryan,  New-York,  Koch  &  Co.,  62^0 ; 
of  G.  van  den  Berg,  62^c. ;  Interpreter^  published 
by  Wm.  Radde  in  a  small,  larger,  and  largest  size, 
12 J,  25  and  37^c. ;  of  Frederick  Rauchfuss,  621c. 
The  possession  of  which  is  of  vast  importance,  and 
Germans  are  hereby  most  earnestly  requested^  to 
obtain  them.  The  reading  of  easy^  English  books, 
especially^  school-books  and  the  Bible,  is  of  in- 
calculable benefit,  the  latter  not  only^  for  the 
purposes  of  learning,  but  also^  for  the  infinitelye 
higher  purpose  of  turning  our  hearts  to  God.  An 
excellent  edition^  of  the  New  Testament,  with  two 
columns  on  each^  V^^^?  German,  the  other 

in  English,  was  published  by  the  American  Bible 
Society  in  1849,  and  is  to  be  had  at  a  very  low^^ 
price.  The  writer  himself  confesses^ ^  that  he  is  very 
much  indebted^-  for  his  progress  in  the  English 
to  his  exercises  in  comparing the  two  texts,  and 
he  was  accordingly^^  induced  to  add  to  this  essay 
an  English  translation,  hoping  that  he  might  per- 
haps, by  so  doing,  famish  a  new  facility  to  his  read- 
ers for  the  accomplishment  of  this  end. 

1  mahnen,  crfucl)cn.  —  2  (ctcbt  —  3  rcrnc()mlic().    4  nid)t 
allein.  —  5  fcnbcvn  and).  —  6  uncntücl).  —  7  tie  2(ii^9at»c 
1  8iet)cr.  —  9  tic  (Seite.  —  10  niebrtg.  —  11  gefteftcm— * 
12  fctu(l>i9  fein.  — 13  »eröteic^en.  —  14  in  t^io^^  teffen. 
3 


26 


^  Sluperbem  bieten  (Td)  bcm  tDi^begiericjeu  (Bd)iu 
lev  taufeut)fad)e  ©elegeitbeiten  bar,  bca  Umfang 
(einer  ÄenntnijTe  im  @nglifd)en  jn  crmeirern. 
Slnfmerffamei^  3nl)'>i*^i^  ^i^f  ®efpräd)e,  fomo()f 
ber  @nt)ad)fenen,  al^  ber  Äinber,  —  letztere  finb 
ihrer  cinfad)en,  natiirh'd)en  ©pred)n)eife  n^egen  nnb 
mil  fie  i[)re  SBorfc  mit  entfpredjenben  SSen^egnn^^ 
gen  nnb  ©eberben  jn  beg(eiten  pflegen,  befonber^ 
Ieid}t  jn  vet\tcl)cn ;  —  Uebnngen  nnb  namentfid) 
gegenfeitige^  lleberf)ören  mit  anbern  @d)ii(ern ;  S3ef 
fnd)  t^on  öffentlid)en  3(nftionen  (n)obei  er  fid)  je^ 
bed)  eben  fo  fel)r  Der  bem  ?D?itbieten,  V)or  Za^ 
fi-f)enbieben  in  2(d]t  jn  nehmen  l)at);  Zljcilnaljme 
an  ben  üjfent[id)en  ®erid)t^i^erl)anbhingen,  tt>ojn 
ein  jeber  freien  3ittritt  l)at;  an  Serfammfnngen, 
tve(d)e  M  Slbenbö  gehalten  jn  ^Derben  pflegen ;  am 
englifd)en  ®otteöbien(l,  tvofmx  bieß  feine  fonftigen 
religiöfen  aSerpfIid)tnngen,  ober  feine  Ueberjengnng 
erlanben:— bieg  atteö  bringt  ifjm  großen  ®en)inn ; 

bereid)ert  feinen  SSerflanb  in  manrf)er  SSejiefinng 
mit  nii^IidKU  Äenntniflen  nnb  fiiljrt  it)n  ber  SBer^ 
n)irnid)nng  feiner  äBitnfd)e  fd)nell  entgegen.  Uebnm 
gen  im  Ueberfegen,  foiDO^I  anö  bem  2)entfd)en  in'^ 
@nglifd)e,  alß  nmgefeljrt,  ffnb  ebenfalls  mx  großem 
3ln§en  ;  ffe  erweitern  nid)t  nnr  feine  @prad}fennt^ 
nijje,  fonbeni  and)  bie  Äräfte  feineö  S3er(lanbeö» 
loj^reifid)  wirb  er  3(nfangö  nnr  ben  geringRen 
5t()eit  t)on  bem  tjerfleben,  waö  er  [)ört  nnb  (ieöt, 
aber  barnm  t)erliere  er  ben  SlWntl)  ixid^u  3lad)  nnb 


I    ^Moreover,*  a  thousand  opportunities  offer  ihem- 
h  selves  to  him  who  seeks,  by  every  means,  to  enlarge 
'[  his  stock^  of  English  ;  such  as  attentive  listening^ 
{i  to  conversation,  especially  of  little  children,  whose 
]  diction  is  so  plain,'*  natural  and  ingenuous,^  accom- 
:  panied,  as  it  always  is,  by  free  and  natural  ges- 
tures ;  exercises  in  mutually  repeating  phrases  with 
X  those  that  are  learning  with  you ;  attendance^  at 
j  I  public  auctions,  where  he  must  look  out  for  pick- 
f; pockets,  and  should  also  refrain*^  from  bidding; 
n  attendance  at  the  courts,  where  every  one  has  a 
[(free  admission;  attendance  at  the  various  public 
y  meetings,  also  at  religious  meetings,  if  it  is  in  ac- 
ifcordance^  with  his  other  religious  engagements, 
H  and  not  repugnant^  to  his  conscience  ;^^  all  of  which 
( are  very  conducive  to  his  welfare.    It  tends  to  store 
I  his  mind  with  knowledge,  and  is  of  aid  to  him  in 
other  important  particulars  ;  and  leads  him  on  ra- 
^pidly  to  the  accomplishment  of  his  wishes. 
|f      Exercises  also  in  translating  from  the  German 
into  English,  and  vice  versa,  (in  which  newspapers 
offer  a  good  opportunity,)  are  of  great  utility,  not 
j  . only  by  enlarging  his  knowledge  of  the  language, 
I  but  also  in  strengthening  his  intellect. 
I      It  is  true,  that  he  understands  at  first  only  a 
small  part  of  what  he  hears  and  reads  ;  but  he  must 

1  ?X^I5cr^cnu  —  2  >r-crratfu  —  3  ;;ul)crcn»  4  ctnfncl). — 
'  5  unpcfünftclt*  —  6  ^P-cfucb.  —  7  fid)  enthalten.  —  8  btc  llc« 
't&crcinftimmung.  —  9  lvit)crftrcitcn^.  —  10  taö  ©can j[cn. 


28 


ttad)  n)irb  fein  DI)r  unb  fein  ®ebäcf)tnig  immer  t)cr^ 
tranter  mit  ben  SOBcrten  nnb  —  U  e  b  n  n  g  m  a  d)  t 
ben  5iK  e  i  jl  e  r,  n)ie  baö  ©pridjwort  fagt.  dx  bcf 
Ijerjige  bie  2ßorte  ©ötl)e'ö : 

92un/  man  fcmmt  fc{)Ou  cine  (Strcclc." 

(Selbjl  anf  ber  ©trage  ftnbet  ber  anfmerffame 
®d)iUer  ®e(egen[)eit  jn  lernen»  &  betracl)tet  jnm 
aSeifpicfe  bie  i)erfcl)iebenen  5(nöl)angefd)i(ber  an  ben 
?abcn,  beren  ©inn  il)m  meijlenö  bnrd)  bie  babei  be^^ 
ftnblid)en  gmbleme,  ober  bnrd)  bie  anc^gelegten 
äßaaren  entjijfert  mvb  ;  er  merft  fid)  bie  gramen 
ber  ©tragen,  it)cld)e  geir>5!)n{id)  an  ben  ©tragen^ 
erfen  angefdjvieben  ftnb;  er  fd]ärft  l}ierbnrd)  fein 
©ebäd)tnig  nnb  geti>o()nt  Ol)r  nnb  Bintge  an  bie 
Slnjfajfnng  nnb  3(n^fprad)e  eng(ifd)er  äöijrten 

SBei  aUem  biefem  t)erfanme  ber  Sln^manberer 
nid)t,  fid)  ein  5Ttorijbiid)eId)en  jn  balten,  ^Dorin 
er  fid)  einjehie  englifd)e  5öerter  nnb  Heine  9?ebe^ 
fälpe,  bie  er  gel)ort  l)at,  anfäeid)ne  nnb  ^Defd)e  er 
fleißig  überlefe  nnb  repetire»  ?ictirt  er  fid)  bee^  Za^ 
geö  nnr  jel)n  nene  löi3rter  (me(d)e  Äleinigfeit !), 
fo  l)at  er  nad)  SSerlanf  eineö  "^aljreß  in  feinem  Äopfe 
ein  ^JJiagajin  Don  3,650  äöörtern.  äßeld)er  beben^^ 
tenbe  ©prad)fd)a<3 ! 

ii@in  anbere{^  ganj  l;)ortreff(id)Cö  Littel  jnr  @r^ 
iDcrbnng  eng(ifd)er  ©prad)fenntnif|'e  uerbient  je^ 
bod)  nod)  befonbere  (SnDäl)nnng.  Sieg  f[nb  bie 
cng(ifd)en  ©onnragöfd)nIen  für  Sentfd)e,  mldjc  in 


29 

not,  on  this  account,  lose  his  courage.  By  and  by 
his  ear  will  become  more  and  more  familiar  with 
the  sounds  of  words,  and  his  memory  more  accus- 
tomed to  retain  them. 

Remember  the  old  adage  —  "Practice  makes 
perfect.'*    And,  as  Goethe  says, 

j  "  Fresh  courage  take, 

f  Good  purposes  have, 

[  Then  all  is  well, 

I  And  you  move  sweetly  on." 

Even  in  the  streets  the  attentive  scholar  finds 
m  opportunity  to  learn.   He,  for  instance,  notices 
the  signs  on  the  shops,  whose  signification  mostly 
Is  explained  to  him  by  the  emblems  around  and 
['the  wares  that  are  exposed;  he  retains  in  his  me- 
jtofiory  the  names  of  the  streets,  which  are  usually 
'|)n  buildings,  at  the  corners.     This  practice  will 
jBharpen  his  memory  and  accustom  his  ear,  by  re- 
minding him  of  the  sound,  to  the  distinction  of 
I  English  words. 

Besides  all  this,  the  immigrant  should  not  ne- 
i  ^lect  to  keep  a  little  blank-book,  in  which  lo  note 
i  iown  single  English  words  and  short  paragraphs, 
j  which  he  should  often  read  over.  If  he  notes,  for 
j  nstance,  but  ten  words  a  day,  (a  mere  trifle,)  iu 
!  ;he  course  of  a  year  he  has  in  his  head  a  magazine 
:  ;>f  three  thousand  six  hundred  and  fifty  words,  a 
ionsiderable  treasure  indeed. 

Another  very  excellent  means  of  acquiring  the 


30 


m'dcn  ©egcnbeii  bcr  Union,  ido  ftcl)  ScntfAe  aixf^ 
l)aUcn,  cnnd)rct  finb.    liSicrin  genießen  3^tnitfd)c 
i)on  beibcrfci  ®efd)(ccf)f,  Snnge  nnb  @mad)Kne 
lint)  i)on  i)erfrf}iebencn  SonfefjToncn,  nnentne(tlid)cn 
Untcrridit  hn  35nd)|tabivcn,  ?cfen,  gd^rcibcn  nnb 
(£prcd]cn,  fnvj,  in  SlKcrn,  wa^  jnr  @r(crnnn(]  bcr 
englifd]cn  (gprad^e  bicnt.  Ter  SSerfajJer  fennt  an^ 
eigener  (Srfal}rnn(]  ben  großen  S^ntjen  folder  3hu 
flatten,  ba  er  ml)renb  feinet  3lnfentl)afte(?  im  mft^ 
lid)en  Zl)eii  be^  ©taat^^  yim  ^  "^ovf  cine  foldie 
befnd)te.    @r  fd)ämte  (Tcf)  nid)t  afs^  ein  ®ei)T(id)cr 
unter  jnngen  S3nrfd)en  jn  filien,  anfangt  mit  bem 
2t53(5^bndv  nad)her  mit  ber  53ibef  in  ber  >>inb  nnb 
cr  mvb  ftet^  bie  5D?änner  fegnen,  u>eld)e  ihm  gnr 
SSeforbernng  feiner  Äenntnifife  nnb  feinet  3öel)fer^ 
Qel)cn^  fo  I)ii(freid)  bie  5;^anb  boten,   giiriDabr,  ber 
regelmäßige  Sefnd)  ber  ©onntagc^fdinfen  fann  ben 
bentfd)en  Sinivanberern,  männ(id)en  nnbiDeib[id)int 
^erfonen,  jnngen  nnb  (5rn)ad)fenen,  nid)t  wavm 
genng  empfol)Ien  vijerben*   Surd)  baö  53anb  ber 
£)antbarfeit  mit  feinem  amerifanifd^en  ?ehrer  v>cv^ 
einigt,  ftärft  bierbnrd)  ber  bentfd)e  Stnfommling 
feine  3lnbäng(id)feit  an  feine  nene  fi^eimarb  nnb  an 
ben  ®ei(T,  ber  barin  maltet  nnb  malten  fo((,  nixnu 
lid)  ben  ©eijl  trenen  5öobfu>oI(en(^  nnb  )t>ed)fe[fetti;; 
gen  3i^f^^nimenmirfen^  jnr  ^eforbenutii  ber  ojfeiU;? 
Iid)en  nnb  priDat(id)en  ^löoblfabrt;  bief?  ift  ber 
©eift  bci^  n>abren  iKepnbfifani^mn!:^,  fo  mie  ber  beS 
(51)riftent[)nm^. 


81 


!'  language  deserves  a  particular  notice:  I  refer  to 
the  English  Sunday-schools  for  Germans,  which  are 
established  in  many  places  where  Germans  reside. 
In  these,  Germans  of  both  sexes,  young  and  old, 
and  of  different  religious  denominations,  enjoy  a 
gratuitous  instruction  in  spelling,  reading,  writing 
:  and  speaking;  and,  in  short,  all  things  that  tend  to 
promote  their  advancement  in  the  English  lau- 
' .  guage.    The  author  knows,  by  his  own  experience, 
1  the  great  benefit  of  these  establishments,  having  at- 
I  tended  une  of  them  in  Western  New- York  during 
I  his  stay  there.    He  felt  not  ashamed,  although  a 
'J  clergyman,  to  take  his  seat  with  young  men,  first 
■  with  the  spelling-book  in  his  hand,  afterwards  the 
;  Bible;  and  he  will  always  owe  a  debt  of  gratitude 
|:  to  those  who  so  kindly,  friendly,  and  affectionate- 
•I  ly  offered  their  services  to  promote  his  knowledge 

and  happiness, 
'j  Indeed,  the  regular  attendance  at  Sunday-schools 
!  cannot  be  too  warmly  recommended  to  German 
[  immigrants,  both  males  and  females,  young  and 
'  old.  United  by  the  ties  of  gratitude,  the  German 
stranger  hereby  strengthens  his  attachment  to  his 
I  fecond  home;  and  the  spirit  that  prevails  there,  and 
i  ought  to  prevail,  the  spirit  of  true  benevolence  and 
i  mutual  concurrence  in  promoting  the  public  and 
I  private  welfare,  which  is  the  spirit  of  true  Repub« 
,  licanism,  and  of  Christianity  too,  he  will  find  also 
to  be  strengthened  in  him. 


82 


'2  2Son  t)cr  l)öcl)il:en  2ßict)ti()feit  unb  eine  elgent(id)e 
Sebeit^frage  ijl  e^  für  jeben  ©iiimanberer,  uiib  $anb 
lit  ^anb  mit  bent  ©tubinnt  ber  englifcl)en  Sprarf)e 
ge()t  e^,  baß  er  febatb  al^  ini>glid)  eine  feinen  Äräf* 
ten  nnb  gdljigfeiten  angemejyene  S3efd)äfrignng  er^ 
l^afte. 

91  r  b  e  i  t  i  |l  eine  a  n  b  e  r  e  ®  r  n  n  b  b  e? 
bingnng  feinet  ©liicf ^. 

9tirf)t  immer  aber  ifi:  eö  mög(td),  bie  frii[)ere  ^e^^ 
benöbefct)äftigung  fejl:jnl)alten,  namentlid)  fiir  fo(d)e^ 
ttjeldie  in  Seutfd](anb  ben  gebilbetcren  ©täuben 
angel)5rten»  äöac^  foHen  nun  biefe  3lt[e  tt)nn? 
„? e  r n e  bid)  f e I b (1:  f  e n n  e n",  fprad)  einft ein 
5ßeifer  be^  2l(tertl}nm^,  ba^  l)eißt,  fomel)!  beine 
$^al)igfeiten  nnb  ^tenntniflfe,  a(d  and)  beine  9Jtänge[ 
unb  (55ebred)en,  bamit  bn  i)on  beinen  ©aben  einen 
n^eifen  Oebrand)  jn  mad)en  nnb  Sl)or!)eiren  jn  "ocv^ 
meiben  lernefi-. 

5a,  in  nn^  fefb|t  febt  nnfer  ®(iicf,  nnter  bent 
SSeiftanb  nnb  Segen  be^  aKnmditigen  ®ette^.  „s>ilf 
bir  felbft''  fagt  baß  amevifanifd)e  (Epvid)n)crt  nnb 
©Ott  n)irb  bir  helfen. 

©0  mandjer  Sintt^anberer  aber  fel)It  bann  ,  bag 
er  !?;age,  ja  ^lCcd)en  (aug  jufteht  nnb  mirrlevavile 
fein  fcflbareö  ©elb  nnb  feine  nod)  fcflbarere  ^cit 
i^ergcnbet,  inbem  er  rnbig  iv>artet,  bi^  ihm  icv 
fait  irgenb  ein  „®(üd"  in  bie  S^awtc  fhhiw 


33 


II 

12  It  is  of  the  highest  importance  for  every  immi- 
grant, and  the  very  means  of  his  livelihood,  going 
hand  and  hand  with  the  study  of  the  English  lau- 

\  guage,  that  he  finds,  as  soon  as  possible,  an  occupa- 
tion^ adapted  to  his  powers  and  abilities.^  Labor 

1  is  a  principal  condition  of  his  happiness,  but  it  is 

I  not  always  possible  for  him  to  adhere^  to  his  for- 

I  mer  occupation,  especially  for  those  who  were 
numbered  in  Germany  among  the  more  educated^ 

\  classes.  What  now  must  all  these  do?  Ifnow 
thyself^  thy  talents  and  attainments,  as  well  as  thy 
faults^  and  errors,"^  said  a  wdse  man  of  old :  in  or- 

'  der  that  thou  mayest  be  able^  to  make  a  wise  use 
of  thy  gifts,^  and  avoid  folly,  may  be  added.  Yes, 
in  ourselves  lives  our  happiness,  under  the  assist- 
ance and  blessing  of  Almighty^  God. 

"  Help  yourself,"  is  the  American  proverb,  and 
God  will  help  you. 

But  the  mistake^®  of  many  an  immigrant  is,  that 

'  he  waits  for  days,  even  weeks,  spending^^  in  the 
mean  while  his  precious^^  money  and  his  still  more 
precious  time,  quietly^^  waiting  until  some  favora- 

1  tic  23cfcl)a'fti9unö-  —  2  bic  (SJcfcbicKicbfoit,  3'ä[)t9fctL— 
3  an()än9cti,  —  4  gcbiltct.  —  5  bcv  gcMcr.  —  6  tor  Srr« 
tftuuu  —  7  fäf)tc.  —  8  tic  ©abc.  —  9  aUmü'cbtip.  ~  10  tec 
3rrtf)um.  —  11  au^oßcbciu  —  1-2  fcjlbar.  —  13  vu[)ic^. 


f 


34 


(5ö  ill  fcf)on  oft  gefagt  it)orben  iinb  ber  ScrfajTer, 
—  ber  nirf)t  fon)oI)f  baraiif  au^gef^t,  ml  Ticiic^  jii 
fageu,  t)ielmel)v  alte  3B  a  l)  r  f)  e  1 1  e  n  beneii 
öu  baö  ^crj  ju  legen,  n?e[c()e  baraud  yiiü}cn  jiel)en 
fönnen  nnb  wollen,  —  fann  eö  nict)t  evnfilict)  ge^^ 
nng  tt)ieberI)oIen,  baß  berjenige  ffcf)  friU)er  ober  fpä^^ 
ter  bitter  getänfci[)t  ftnben  n)irb,  ber  ba  glaubt,  bier 
ein  ?anb,  tt)o  WHÜd)  nnb  §onig  fließt,  ein  Slbcrabo, 
ober  gotbene  SSerge,  anjntreflfen;  ober,  mit  anberen 
Söorten,  ber  ba  mt)nt,  ol)ne  D?ect)tfrf)ajfenl)eit  nnb 
eine  n)ol)(georbnete,^erftänbige  S;()ätigfeit  fein  ®lnd 
fiir  bie  T^aner  gritnben  jn  fönnen» 
13  3>ev  ©nmnberer  \)at  jTd)  n)äbrenb  feined  Slnf^ 
entl)aftö  im  Äoflbnn^  bat)or  jn  l)iiten,  baß  er  jenem 
SSanern  in  ber  gäbe!  g(eicl)e,  ber  in  bie  (Stabt  get)en 
tt)oIlte,  nnb  ba  er  an  bem  Ufer  eined  glnfle^  anfam, 
über  ben  er  I)inüber  mnßte,  bid  jnm  fpäten  5lbenbe 
tDartete,  bid  ffrf)  baö  aßaffer  i^erfanfen  l)aben  n^iirbe. 
Stber  bie  ©ette 

^,fli'ömt  unt)  ivivb  )lct^5  ftrömcn  l&inat)       nn'i5  Gntc  tcr 

3a,  balb  n>irb  ancf)  er  am  @nbe  feiner  Zaqc  fle!)en, 
ol)ne  feinem  '^ide  nät)er  gefommen  ju  fein,  mnn  er, 
n)ie  biefer  tf)örict)te  ?anbmann,  i^erfänmt,  .^anb  an 
baö  5öerf  jn  fegen,  Dormäild  jn  gel)en  nnb  bieman^ 
itigfact)en  ^inbernij]e  jn  befeitigen,  tt>efcl)e  auf  bem 
äßege  feined  ?ebenö  i()m  entgegentreten 

Sin  planlofeö,  nnt^ernünftiged  5;^eriiberfommen 
tragt  ^ä)on  fogleicf)  bei  ber  Sin  fünft  feine  bitteren 


35 


ble  accident^  comes  to  his  relief.  It  has  been  often 
said, — but  the  author,  not  desirous^  of  saying  any 
new  things,  but  rather  warmly  to  recommend  old 
truths  to  the  hearts  of  those  who  may  be  benefited 
by  them,  begs'^  leave'*  to  repeat  it — that  that  man 
must  be  the  victim  of  his  illusions,  sooner  or  later, 
vfc^ho  believes  he  shall  find  here  an  Eldorado — gol- 
den mountains — ^^or  seeks  to  promote  his  lasting^ 
happiness  without^  honesty''  and  a  well-guided,* 
judicious**  activity. 

^3  The  immigrant,  during  his  stay  in  his  boarding 
house,shou]d  not  imitate  the  foolish  peasant^^  in  the 
fable,  who,  as  he  was  going  to  the  city,  arriving  at 
the  bank^^  of  a  river  which  he  had  to  pass,  waited 
till  the  water  might  cease^^  flowing.^^  But  "the 
waves  did  run  and  will  run  perpetually,^^  to  the 
end  of  time.^^* 

A  planless  and  unprincipled  intention,  in  com* 
ing  to  ,this  country,  bears*'''  its  bitter  fruits  on  the 
very  day  of  arrival,  and  the  longer  the  immigrant 
stays^^  without  a  regular,  usefuP^  employment,^°  the 


*  **Labitur,  et  labetur  in  omnc  volubilis  aevum.'* 

1  Sufntr.  —  2  fc!)nförf)ti9  n)(infcf)cnl).  —  3  l^ittcn,  —  4  bu 
©rtaubniS.  —  5  l)flucrl)aft.  —  6  c!)nc.  7  tic  $Hccl)tfc!)nf5 
fcn^cit.  —  8  tvc{;(9c(i'itct.  —  9  wftantig*—  10  33aiicr,— 
11  Ufct.  —  12  auf Wrcju  —  13  flicpcn.  —  14  t)ic  SSefs 
Icn.  —  15  tcflantip.  —  16  t>U  Beit.  —  17  trngcn.  —  18  fid^ 
(luftaltcn.  — 19  wii^Mh  —  20  t>tc  23cfc!)äfti3un9. 

i 


86 


griid)re,  unb  je  länger  ber  Sinv))anDever  o[)ne  xtf 
gelniäßige  mib  nul3licl)e  23efct)äfti9iuig  bleibt,  beflo 
inel)r  (ieigt  feine  2>er(ec|enl)eit,  fein  9Jintl)  nimmt  ab, 
fein  ®e(t)  be^g(eict)en  nnb  n f f i g g an g  i ft  aU 
lev  Rafter  51  n  f  a  n  g/'  fagt  ta^  ®pnid)n)crt* 
1^2) ie  er  fte  "'Pf  lid)  t  ei  n e  ^  S3  nr g  er  ö  ift 
Slrbeit;  jTe  bringt  (Sl)re  nnb  ©eminn.  ®ie  ift 
cine  Dnelfe  l)än^lid)en  ©litcf^  nnb  politifdjer  iBol)!^ 
fal)rt;  ber  ®rnnbpfei(er  im  Stempel  ber  9?cpnb(if, 
l)orjitg(id)  menn  bie  Singenben  ber  ©eniigfamfeit 
unb  9Jivißigteit  bamit  Derbnnben  finb»  2öo  feine 
Slrbeit  ift,  ba  leibet  ber  äöohfftanb  nnb  ijerfallen  bie 
©itten;  nnb  be§tt)egen  follte  9ciemanb  befd)äfti^ 
gnng^lo^  ober  mit^ig  fein,  mit  ^nönabme  ber  ®e^ 
bred)(id)en  nnb  Äranfen,  ober  berer,  bie  an  SKterö^ 
fd)n)äd)e  feiben«  ba^  ehrmiirbige  5([ter  mag  bie 
griidne  jngenb(id)er  nnb  männlid)er  Äraftanftren^ 
gnng  m  n)iirbiger  5Knbe  geniegen*  3lber  mv  nnr 
irgenb  arbeitöfäbig  ift,  follre  tvirfen  nnb  ®nteö 
tbnn  „fo  lange  e^  ZaQ  ift;  e^  fommt  bie  3tad)t,  ba 
9tiemanb  VDirfen  fann."  (3ob.  9,  40  „Siebe  anf 
ba^  2lmr,  baö  bn  empfangen  baft  Don  bem  5;^errn, 
bag  bn  bajfelbe  an^rid)teft."  (ßolofTer  4, 17.)  „diiiu 
get  barnad),  bag  ibr  ftille  feib  nnb  baö  @nre  id)affi 
fet,  nnb  arbeitet  mit  enren  eigenen  5;^änben,  anf  bag 
il)r  el)rbarlid)  iDanbelt  nnb  feinet  bebiirfet."  (1 
Ji:i)eft'.  4, 11. 120  //5Ö0  man  arbeitet,  ba  ift  genng, 
tt)o  man  aber  mitSlßorten  nmgel)et,  ba  ift  9Rangel/' 
(®prnd)e  ©alomo'^  14,  230  //5ßer  arbeitet,  bem 


37 


move  he  feels  embarrassed/  his  energy^  failing,  and 
his  purse  too;  and  "idleness^  is  the  beginning  of 
all  vices,"'*  as  the  proverb  says. 

The  first  duty  of  a  citizen  is  to  labor  :  and  this 

•  brings  honor  and  reward.^  It  is  a  source  of  do- 
mestic happiness  and  political  welfare,  the  main 
pillar  in  the  temple  of  the  Republic,  especially  if 
the  virtues  of  frugality  and  temperance^  are  cou- 
pled with  it.  Where  there  is  no  labor,  morals,  as 
well  as  the  means  of  living,  suffer  and  decay  ;^  and 
therefore  no  one  should  be  idle  or  unemployed 
except  those,  that  are  debilitated  by  sickness,^  or  by 

Ijthe  infirmities  of  age.^  Yes,  venerable  age  may 
enjoy,  in  its  worthy  retirement/^  the  fruits  of  youth- 
ful and  manly  labor.  But  whoever^^  is  able  to  worJc^ 
should  labor  and  do  good,  "while  the  day  lasts^ 

flfor  the  night  cometh,  in  which  no  man  can  work** 
(John  9  :  4.)    '*Take  heed  to  the  ministry  which 

I  thou  hast  received  in  the  Lord,  that  thou  fulfil  it.** 
(Coloss.  4:  17.)  ''And  that  ye  study  to  be  quiei 
and  to  do  your  own  business,  and  to  work  with  your 

'  own  hands,  as  we  commanded  you ;  that  ye  may 
walk  honestly  and  that  ye  may  have  lack  of  nothing." 

i(L  Thessal.  4:  11.  12.)    "In  all  labor  there  is 


1  t>crtvlrrt.  —  2  t)cr  9}Zuth,  tic  ^S^atfvaft.  —  3  OJJu^'ig* 
gang.  —  4  Rafter.  —  5  ber  Scf)iu  —  6  bic  ?}Za'ßi9fcit.  — 
7  Dcrfallen.  —  8  bic  .^ranfbclt*  —  ö  ta^J  2C(tcr.  —  10  t)if 
3ur  lief  gelegen  f)cit«  —  11  tvcr  nur. 

4 


38 


{(1  ber  ®d)faf  fi't^e,  er  babe  wenig  ober  t)ief  gegejyen, 
öber  bie  gitUe  be^  SKeid^eu  läjyet  il)u  itid]t  fAfafen/' 
{^preb{(]er  ©afomo'^  5,  12.)  „Snvd)te  bid)  ri{d)t 
unb  la^  beiue  5jaube  nid]t  miibe  werben  ;  benn  ber 
^err,  bein  ©ott,  if!  bei  bir,  ein  jiarfer  ü^eilanb,  er 
Wirb  fid)  über  biet)  frenen  nnb  bir  frennblid)  fein." 
(3ep[)an.  3,  16.  17.)  Sebe  Slrbeit  ift  ebreni^oU  in 
einer  9?epnb(if,  wenn  fie  ba^  23erte  ber  ©efel(fd)aft 
beforbern  l)ifft.  2^cr  ?anbmann  l)inter  feinem  ^fln^ 
ge;  ber  ^^aglobner  an  üjfentlid)en  äöegen,  Kanälen, 
@ifenba[)nen  nnb  in  ben  Sergwerfen;  ber  ^anbwer^ 
ter  nnb  Äünftfer  in  feiner  Slrbeit^ftätte;  ber  Manff 
mann  in  idncv^al)l{tnhc;  ber  ®e[e[)rte  in  feinen 
gcrfdjnngen  ;  ber  an'o3ejeid)nete  ©taat^^mann,  wie 
ber  f (eine  (^ajiitenjnnge,  ber  ®ei|l(id)e,  wie  ber  Heine 
iEaminfegerjnnße,— fie  aUe  finb  gleidier  &)ve  mwf 
big;  fie  ringen  in  ben  i)erfd)iebenen  Birten  iljvc^  Se^? 
vnf'Sf  afferbing^  anf  5)erfd}iebenen  SBegen,  aber  für 
ein  nnb  bajfelbe  ^id,  für  ba^  5öo!)f  ber  SWenfd)^ 
l)eil: ;  jnr  (Jrfüffnng  il)rer  ^flid)ten  gegen  ®ott 
unb  jnr  33eförbernng  il)re^  eigenen  3Bo!)[ergebenö, 
fo  wie  beö  ®lnrM  i!)rer  5!)Jitmenfd)en* 
i5  9Rid)t^  ift  DieKeid)t  gefdl)rlid)er  nnb  fd)äb[id)er, 
al^  ba^  t)on  9!)?onard)ieen  l)errü[)renbe  aSornrtl)ei[ 
be^  Äaftengeifle^^  bap Einige  bnrd)  il)re®ebnrt 
jn  gürften  nnb  (SbeI(enren,2Jnbere  gu  bo[)en  ®taat^^ 
bienern  beilimmt  feien;  wäl)renb  wieber Sfnbere  aU 
gewöl)nlid)e  Untert()anen  geboren,  woDon  Weber  ffe 
nod)  il)re  5Rad)fommen  ffd)  befreien  fönnen»  2)0^ 


89 


profit,  but  the  talk  of  tKe  lips  bendeth  only  to  pen 
ury."   (Proverbs  14  :  23.)   *'The  sleep  of  a  laboring 
I  man  is  sweet,  whether  he  eat  little  or  much,  but  the 
abundance  of  the  rich  will  not  suffer  him  to  sleep." 
(Ecclesiast.  5  :  12.)    **Fear  thou  not,  let  not  thy 
hands  be  slack.    The  Lord  thy  God  in  the  midst 
of  thee  is  mighty;  he  will  save,  he  will  rejoice  over 
\  thee  with  joy."    (Zephaniah  3  :  16.  17.)    All  labor 
•  is  honorable  in  a  republic,  if  it  is  such  as  the  good  oi 
I  society  requires.^    The  farmer^  behind^  his  plough, 
the  day-laborer  on  the  public  ways,  canals,  and  rail- 
roads, and  in  the  mines;  the  mechanic  in  his  work- 
'  shop,'^  the  merchant  in  his  counting-room,"^  the  scholar 
in  his  meditations  ;  the  distinguished^  statesman,  as 
well  as  the  small  cabin-boy ;  the  clergyman,  as  well 
as  the  little  chimney-sweep  :  they  are  all  worthy  of 
\  the  same  honor ;  they  toiF  in  the  different  vocations* 
iof  life ;  in  different  ways,  to  be  sure,  but  for  one  and 
'  the  same  end,  the  benefit  of  the  race;  to  fulfil  their 
duty  to  God,  to  promote  their  own  welfare  and  the 
happiness  of  their  fellows. 

1^  Nothing  can  be,  perhaps,  more  dangerous^  and 
[pernicious^^  than  the  prejudices,^^  originating  in  mon- 
archies, in  regard  to  caste  ;  that  some  are  born  princes 


1  crfcrtcnu  —  2  bcr  Sandmann.  —  3  Winter.  —  4  bic 
.^anbiDcrffmittc,  —  5  Ba()()lubc.  —  6  nui^gc^cicbnct.  — 
7  vinp.cn,  fid)  aOmuf)Ciu  —  8  tcr  iBevuf.  —  9  gcfatnlid).  — 


40 


rum  bringen  mancf)e  @inn)anberer,  tie  auö  folcfyeit 
Sänbern  fommen,  in  SJejug  auf  tic  natiirlid)e 
®feid)l)eit  ber  ?Oienfc(}en  fel)i'  irrtt)iimlid)e  SSegrife 
mit  l)erüber«  ®oId)e  ©ebautcn  nm^en  ftc  anc^  il)*^ 
rem  ®ebad)tnip  i[)ertilgen,  fobalb  <Te  bie  Äüjte  biefe^ 
freien  SauDe^  beriit)ren«  9iur  ^f[ict)ttreue  unb 
SSerbienjte  geben  l)ier  ein  dlcdjt  auf  2Jd)tung.  2)er 
$){ eid)e  jlel)t  auf  einem  guße  mit  bem  Slrmen ;  ber 
®efel)rte  i(t  nicf)t  mel)r,  at^  ber  fcS)(ict)tejle  j;^anb^ 
merfer,  nnb  beßmegen  foßte  Fein  S)eutfd)er  ficf)  fd)a^ 
men,  eine  Sefd)äftigung  jn  ergreifen,  mld)c  in  ei^ 
Item  ?anbe,  wo  ber  Äaflengeift  unb  bie  9?angfud)t 
fo  groß  (Tub,  Dielteid)t  tt)eniger  gead)tet  mirb,  9tur 
$£l)ätigfeit  bringt  l)ier  @l)re  unb  ^\mv  eine  foId)e 
2:i)ätigfeit,  mldje  aue:  bem  ®ei|le  be^^  (imn^elif 
um^  l)ert)orgel)t» 

?lber  n)ie  fann  ber  (Sinmanberer  gefd)tt)inb  S5e^ 
fd)äftignng  erhalten?  Ser  t)erftänbige  unb  red)t^ 
id)affene  i:;eutfd)e  n)irb  nid)t  äßod)eu  unb  QKonate 
lang  jufel)en  unb  in  feinem  Äo|lt)aufe  trag  unb  nm 
fig  liegen  Meiben,  bi^  fein  tester  Sent  baraufgegan^ 
gen  ijl  unb  er  binauögefd)ajft  werben  folt ;  foubern 
er  fie()t  ffd)  fog(eid)  runb  uml)eruad)  einer  paj]enbett 
Slrbeit  um,  im  ^aü  er  uid)t  t)orjie!)t,  feine  JHeife 
ol)ne  21uffd)ub  in^^  innere  beö  ?anbe^  fortjuiei^en, 
bem  3ieie  feiner  Seflimmnng  entgegen ;  unb  er  rut)t 
nid)t,  bi^  er  gum  n^enigften  ein  pä§d)eu  gefunben 
l)at,  um  feine  uott)menbig)l:en  unb  bringeubflen  S3e* 
bürfuijfe  befriebigen  ju  fönnen* 


I  41 

'and  nobles,  some  ministers,  <fec.,  while  others  are  bom 
subjects,  from  which  they  can  never  rise,  neither  they 
;nor  their  posterity.^  Therefore,  many  immigrants, 
[coming  from  such  places,  bring  with  them  veiy  erro- 
jneous^  vievvs^  in  relation''  to  the  natural  equality  of 
^  nan.  Such  ideas  must  be  for  ever  extinguished^  when 
jhe  touches^  the  shores  of  this  land  of  freedom.  Fide- 
llity^  and  merit^  are  tlie  only  sources  of  honor  here. 
]The  rich  stand  on  the  same  footing^  as  the  poor;  the 
^scholar  is  not  above  the  humblest  mechanic  ;  and, 
therefore,^^  no  German  ought  to  be  ashamed  to  fol- 
low any  occupation  which,  in  a  land  where  the  pre- 
ijndices  of  rank  are  so  strong,^^  might  be,  peril aps, 
'less  esteemed.  And  it  may  be  said  that  that  indus- 
try alone  brings  honor,  which  arises  from  the  spirit 
of  the  Gospel/^ 

rj:  But  how  can  the  immigrant  obtain^"^  ready  em- 
ployment? The  judicious  and  honest  German  will 
not  wait  for  weeks  and  months,  and  remain  in  his 
boarding-house,  lazy  and  indolent,  until  his  last 
cent  is  spent  and  he  is  to  be  turned  out;  but  he 
goes  instantly  into  the  neighboring  towns  to  seek 
■for  a  convenient  employment,  in  case  he  does  no< 
pursue  his  journey  without  delay  to  the  interior 

1  tik  97ad)fcmmcnfd)afr.  —  2  IrrtMimtid).  —  3  l^ic  7Cns 
fid)ton.  —  4  tk  $Bc\5ic()una*  —  5  i->crti(gcn,  t>ernid)tcn.  — 
I  6  t>cru{)rcn.  —  7  bic  ::^reuc,  *5)flid)ttrciic.  —  8  ba^  ^^crs 
t>'icn)l?—  9  bcr  J^iij},  (^tant^piinft.  —  10  bcr  .pan^mafcr. — 

II  t)af)or.  —  12  ftarh  —  13  (Soangcliunu  —  H  crf)a(ti'n. 


i 


42 


i6  2)a  er  unbefannt  i\l  mit  ben  9ftainen  unb  3ßo^^ 
nungen  ber  ^Ivbeitgeber,  mir  feiner  3ieiferoute,  bem 
S3etrag  ber  Dteifefoften  ii.  f.  U).^  fo  füblt  er  bat^  25c^ 
biirfuip  nad)  diati)  luib  Selebrimg. 

(StS  mirb  ibni  nun,  namenrlid)  mm\  er  bei  Jiajje 
ijl,  nict)t  an  (Sefd)en  fehlen,  me(d)e  Um  ihre  Xieni'te 
anbieten,  iiatiirfi*  unter  ber  ä>erfid)eruuc)  ibrerUui? 
eigenunlpißfeit,  fo  wie,  baß  fte  alleö  auf  baö  ^^e|lc 
beforgen  unirben.  (Sr  benehme  fid)  i)'6d))t  DovjTd;ng 
geqen  fold)c  pIol3lid)e  greunbe,  wie  \d)bn  fa*  and) 
gef leibet  fciiU,  me(d)e  (ccf euDe  ä^ertpredninflen  fi'e 
il)m  and)  uiad)en  mögen.  &  iajje  fein  (^>^elb  von 
il)ueu  medifeln  uub  gebe  ihnen  fein  ©elb  jur  Jlufj? 
bemahrung  ober  gefattigen  "ilH^forgniig  ananberc; 
benn  mean  ein  foId)cr  unic^iid)  iil  unb  erfiävr,  taß 
er  e^  Derloren  habe,  fo  fann  er  nad)  bem  C^'^ejcl) 
nidH  beftrafr  werben,  mefern  biefe  ^i>eforgung  feine 
®efd)äfr^fad)e  war,  wofür  er  eine  $>e(ohnung  ober 
bie  3i^0d)^^vung  einer  feld^en  erhalten  hatte,  iix 
Dermeibe  ihre  (SkfeUfd)aft,  lajTe  fid)  uid)t  ihmi  ihnen 
trafriren,  furj,  er  mad)e  fid)  lu  feiner  3Üeife 
V)erbinb(id)  gegen  ^Vrfonen,  bereu  ©teüung  nub 
guter  (Si^arafter  ihm  uid)t  wohl  befannt  ift. 

2}er  arglofeöinwant'erer  iff  wirflid)  i^ftbci  feiner 
f  anbung  in  ©efabr,  in  bie  A^änbe  dou  ^Hninocru 
gu  fallen  nub  ein  Dpfer  feinei^  Bi^^^^^^^'^i^  i^J^b  feijicr 
Unfenntnip  ju  werben»  ^'iHt  ehe  er  ben  '<^oteu 
biefei?  gefegnetcn  ^anbe^  berührt,  3lngefid)t^^  ter 
Äüfte,  wirb  er  gar  oft  düu  biefer  jllaffe  i>on  Waiu 


43 


country,  towards  the  end  of  his  destination,  and  is 
not  discouraged,  until  he  lias  found  at  least  a 
means  of  satisfying  his  immediate  and  short  urgent 
wants. 

,16  As  he  does  not  know  the  addresses  of  employers, 
nor  liis  route,  nor  the  fares  of  travel  either  by  water 
or  by  land,  &c.  he  feels  tlie  want  of  instruciion  and 
advice.  There  will  be,  especially  if  he  is  in  possession 
of  money,  no  lack  of  those,  who  offer  him  their 
sei  vices,  of  course,  under  the  affirmation  of  their 
dis^interestedness  and  that  they  will  take  the  best 
care  of  all  his  affairs.  He  ought  to  be  very  cautious 
with  those  friends  of  the  moment,  however  decently 
they  may  appear,  and  whatever  alluring  promises 
they  may  make  him.  Ho  should  trust  them  with 
no  money  to  change  for  him,  neither  should  he  favor 
them  with  any  money  to  keep  or  send  away  to 
others ;  for  if  such  a  one  is  dishonest  and  declares 
that  he  has  lost  it,  he  cannot  be  punished  for  it  by 
law,  provided  that  this  trust  was  not  a  matter  of 
business,  for  which  he  has  received  a  reward  or  the 
promise  of  one.  Indeed,  the  unsuspecting  immigrant, 
on  his  landing,  is  often  in  danger  of  falling  into  the 
hands  of  some  swindler  and  of  becomino-  the  dupe 
of  his  own  confidence  and  ignorance.  Even  before 
touching  the  soil  of  this  blessed  country,  in  the  sight 
of  the  shore,  he  is  apt  to  be  approached  by  those 
men,  who  skilfully  seize,  in  behalf  of  their  own  selfish 
puiposes,  upon  his  feelings  of  astonishment  and 


44 


fcf)en  attgefprcc{)en,  mld)e  jTcf)  feüteö  ©rjlaiinenö 
unb  feiner  freubic]  aufgeregten  ®efnl)Ie  nub  jng(eicf) 
feiner  llnbefanntfcbaft  unb  2lbl)ängigfei(:  bei  bent 
Slublicfe  benjor  it)m  liegenbeu  neuen  2öelt  mit  ®e^ 
fd)icf  gu  bemeijlern  tvijTen,  urn  il)re  felb)lfiicl)tigeu 
Slbfid)ten  ill  erreic{)en. 

i"3n  biefer  unb  nmucf)er  anberen  S5ejiebung  fottte 
ber  5(u^n)anberer,  meld[)er  2ßitten^  ift,  feine  Steife 
itacl)  3lmerifa  anzutreten,  ober  auf  bem  5öege  bal)irt, 
ben  Diatl)  für  5Iu^n)anberer  nid)t  mbead)tct  faffen, 
n)c[d)er  i)or  einiger  S^it  in  öjfentlid^en  S3Iättern  er^ 
fd}ien  unb  motion  9(ad)fo(genbe^  entnommen  ijl : 

L  9iif  unb  nimmer  la^t  end)  in  2)eutfd)fanb  baju 
t)erleiten,  jnm  SSorau^  fiir  eure  $)^eife  t)ou  5ieu<2)orf 
iu'^  3nuere  von  2lmerifa  ju  bejableu*  ©eroinneu 
fönnt  ibr  babei  uid^t^,  t)erlieren  febr  Dief*  SSejabIt 
bloß  bie  ©eereife  biö  TiCiu'^oxt,  unb  nid)t  meiter  ! 

2.  ^eib  il)r  ^löilteut^,  nad)  ^Dlijfouri,  Soma,  bem 
tt)e)l(id)en  ober  fitblid)en  3Hinoi^  ober  bem  fitblid)en 
3nbiaua  ju  reifen :  fo  reifet  über  9t  e  u  D  r  I  e  a  u  ^ ! 
Dbmobt  and)  bort  53etrug  genug  verübt  tt)irb,  fo  i|l'^ 
bod)  bort  uid)t  f  o  arg,  unb  bie  golgeu  nid)t  f  o  cm^ 
|3finblidv  mc  in  iyfeu<2)orf, 

8.  3br  brandy  end)  mit  feinem  dJlä  flex 
(rimnt^r)  uub  f  e  i  u  e  m  ^  a  f  f  a  g  e  S  u  r  e  a  u  (foi- 
warding  office)  etujulaffeu.  Sie  9JJäf(er  mad)en 
^\d)  md)t^  \)aYaii^,  bie  uuverfcbämteften  ?ügen  ju 
fageu.  gragt  it)r  uad)  einem  greunbe  in  ?teu^2)orf. 


4^ 


joyous*  emotion,^  and  at  the  same  time  of  bis  depend- 
ance^  and  ignorance,  in  view  of  the  new  world  which 
I  lies  before  him. 

\    ^'^  In  this  and  many  other  relations  the  emigrant  in- 
\  tending  to  start^  for,  or  on  his  way  to  America  should 
not  neglect  to  consider  the  advice  for  emigrants, 
which  appeared  in  some  public  papers  a  short  time 
since  and  from  which  the  following  is  selected.'^ 

1.  Never  süßer  yourself  to  be  so  misguided^  in 
Germany,  as  to  pay  in  advance''  your  fare  from 
New- York  to  the  interior  of  America.     You  can 
gain  nothing  by  this,  but  lose  much.    Pay  your 
,!  passage  only  to  New-York,  and  no  fjirther.^ 
■      2.  If  you  wish  to  go  to  Missouri,  Iowa,  to 
Western  or  Southern  Illinois,  or  to  Southern  In- 
diana, go  by  the  way  of  New  Orleans.  Although 
there  is  deception^  enough  committed  there,  yet  it 
is  not  so  bad  and  the  consequences  not  so  pernicious/** 
j  as  in  New- York. 

\  3.  You  need  not  engage^*  a  runner^^  or  inquire^^at 
a  forwarding -office.  The  runners  feel  no  compunc' 
tion  in  telling  you  the  most  impudent  falsehoods 
If  you,  for  instance,  inquire  for  a  friend  in  New- York, 

1  frof),  frcubig.  —  2  t)ic  2Cufrc9ung,  GkmütOc^ücrucgunc^. 
-  3  t)ic  ?Cb()änc\ic\!cit.  —  4  aOvcifcn.  —  5  ivä()(cn,  cats 
eignen.  —  6  v»cr(cttcn,  irre  fa()rcn.  —  7  tm  r-croui^.  — 

tvcitcr.  —  9  Saufcbung,  ^Betrug.  —  10  lu'vtcrüücl),  — 
11  fiel)  cintajfciu  —  12  t)cr  931äf(cr.     13  anfragen. 


i 


46 


fö  t)erjTcf)ent  ffe  eitcf),  er  feitueggcjogcn.  ^ragt  i!)r 
md)  einem  2Birtl}e,  ben  man  eud)  empfol)len  l)at, 
fo  i)erjTdi)eni  (Te  eud),  ber  fei  banfevott  gegaiiv^en. 
Saßt  end)  bitrd)  bie^  5(t(e^  nic{)t  irre  mad)en !  üöie 
fred)  (Te  aiid)  6el)auptcn  mögen,  (Te  feien  i)on  bei 
Dbrigfeit  bajn  befleßt,  end)  jn  ratben  nnb  ju  leiten: 
glaubt'^  nid)t  nnb  befolgt'^  nid)t !  Serbaltet  end) 
gegen  f[e,  al^^  eb  i[)r  meber  ()ören  nod)  fpred)en  fönn^? 
tet !  gjJiißt  il)r  ja  etmaö  fpred)en,  fo  fagt  rnl)ig : 
/,3cl)  it>erbe  fd)on  ^Diflfen,  maö  id)  gn  tl)nn  l)abe/' 
ober  eine  äl)nfid)e  an^meid^nbe  Slntn^ort» 

4.  l)abt  ba^9?ed)t,  jv))eimal  24  ©tnnben 
nad)  enrer  Slnfnnft  mit  enrem  ®epäcf  anf  bem 
(gd)iffe  gn  bleiben*  33  e  n  n  Ij  e  t  bie^  5)ted)t !  ©fet 
nidit !  iJiebmt  end)  ^cit !  ©ebt  rnbig  Don  enrem 
gd)ijfe  an^^  am  ^;^afen  entlang,  fo  merbet  ibr  ba 
fd)on  bie  2^ampfboote  liegen  febn,  bie  nad)  ^bila^^ 
befpbia,  gilbani)  nnb  anbern  Orten  l)infa!)ren.  5)tit 
großen  S3nd)iT:aben  finb  jeneSTi'amen  („^l)ilabefp()ia," 
„2l[bant)'0  bort  angefd)rieben.  äöenn  il)r  nnr  ^hu 
gen  l)abt  nnb  fefen  fönnt,  fo  ftnbet  H)v'^  fd)on,  obne 
einen  anfDring(id)en  gübrer  nötbig  jn  Ijaben.  ^ße^ 
gabft  bann  anf  bem  J^ampfboote  in  ber  SDfftce  beö 
gd)iff^capitaini^  nnb  nid)t  eber,  a(^  biö  baö  Sd)i|f 
abfährt,  enre  greife  bid  ^l)ilabelpl)ia,  Slfbani)  2C., 
unb  mnn  ibr  bort  angefommen  feib,  fo  beja()It  bie 
n)eitere  9?eife  mit  g(eid)er  2sovffd)t ! 

5,  ilanal^D^eifen  fd)einen  ^mx  t?itUDol}(feifer  ju 

; 


47 


they  will  assure  you,  that  he  has  moved  away.^  If 
you  inquire  for  a  landlord,  who  is  recommended  lo 
you,  they  will  assure  you,  that  he  has  become  a 
bankrupt.  Be  not  led  astray^  by  all  this  !  However 
impudently  they  may  assert,  that  they  are  commis- 
sioned by  the  government  to  advise  and  to  guide 
you :  do  not  believe  them  nor  follow  their  advice. 
Conduct  yourself  with  them,  as  though^  you  could 
neither  hear  nor  speak.  But  if  you  must  say  any- 
thing, quietly  say  :  I  know  already  what  I  have  to 
do,"  or  give  a  similar  evasive*  answ^er. 

4.  You  have  the  right  to  remain  with  your  bag- 
gage^ on  board  the  ship  forty-eight  hours  after  your 
arrival.  Make  use  of  this  privilege.  Do  not  be  in 
a  hurry Take  time.  Go  quietly  from  your  ship 
along  the  wharf,  and  you  will  see  lying  there  the 
steamboats  which  are  bound  for  Philadelphia,  Al 
bany  and  other  places.  These  names  (Philadelphia, 
Albany,  &c.)  are  written  there  in  great  letters.  If 
you  only  have  eyes  and  can  read,  you  will  soon  find 
it  out  without  the  aid  of  an  obtruding  conductor. 
Pay  then  upon  the  boat,  at  the  captain's  office,  and 
not  till  the  boat  starts,  your  fare  for  Philadelphia, 
Albany,  &c.  and  when  you  arrive  at  these  places, 
pay  for  your  farther  passage  with  like  precaution. 

5.  Travelling  by  canal  seems  to  be  much  cheaper 

1  wcg^ic()cn.  —  2  irre  (citcu,  tvrc  mocf)cn.  —  3  ct\a(d 
wenn.  —  4  au<?rDcic^cnt).  —  5  taö  (55cpäcf.  —  6  tit  ©ilc 


48 


fein,  aU  (5ifenbaf)ni=5y{eifen  ;  affciit  eö  ianctt  and) 
um  \oml  lä\u]ci\  2>on  2(lbani)  nad)  SiiflFa(o  braucf)t 
mau  per  (gnfeubabu  uur  1  !i:ag,  per  Äaual  8  bi^^  14 
^age ;  auf  ber  @ifeubat)u  l)atmau  im  Sommer  150 
ffnn^  ®epäcf  frei,  auf  bem  Manal  50  ^fuub  ;  auj^ 
ber  (Jifeubalyu  bat  mau  uur  für  eiueu  Xag  Setöfii^ 
guug  ju  bejal)(eu,  auf  bem  Maml  8  biö  14S:age. 

6.  iöer  Dou  5ieu^2)orf  über  SSufalo  uarf)  bem 
SBefteu  reift,  tbut  iu  ber  Stege!  am  befieu,  ftd]  eiuer 
ber  jmei  groj^eu  @ifeubal)ueu  ju  bcticncn^  bie  üou 
9?eu^2)^^'f  bortbiu  ge^u,  uämlirf)  bie  2t  1  b  a  u  i) 
S3  u  f  f  a  (  0  ^Sifeubabu   uub  bie  9?  e  u  ^  2)  o  r  f  ^ 

r  i  e  ^^(Sifeubahu.  ^iöoUt  ibr  auf  ber  erfleu  reifeu, 
fü  fabrt  per  I^ampfboot  bi^  SUbaui),  uub  uebmt 
bort  auf  bem  (Sifeubabubofe  ein  33iUet  nad)  S3uffaIo, 
Dod)  fount  ibr  and)  in  dlen^'^ovf  fd)ou  eiu  93i(tet 
uebmeu  uub  tbut  \vol)l,  wenn  iljv  end)  beöbalb  bei 
ber  Slgeutur  ber  Seutfdjeu  @efet(fd)aft  nad)  bem 
3lgeuteu  ber  3(lbaui)  i^23ujfa(o  ^  Sifeubahu  erfuu?^ 
bigt»  ar^oHt  ibr  mit  ber  ?(eu^2)or^@rie:^@ifeubabu 
reifeu,  fo  gebt  ibv  eiufad)  ju  bem  23abul)ofe,  ber  fid) 
am  ^^iibfou^glug,  am  (Sube  ber  Duaue^^Stra^e 
befiubet»  SSou  bort  gebt'^  jmar  jueril  25  "öJteilen 
mit  beu  j^ubfou^Strom  btuauf  per  Sampfboot, 
\)ann  aber  per  ©ifeubabu  in  uorbU)ejlIid)er  9iid)tuug 
grabe  burd)  bi'^  nad)  X)üufirf  am  Srie^See  (ijou 
ba  mitev  per  Sampfboot  nad)  (^'fe^efanb,  Ban^ 
bu^fi),  Detroit  icj 

7.  ®eib  ibr  aöilteuö,  lu'ö  3unere  beö  ?anbcö 


49 


,  than  by  raih'oads,  but  it  takes  much  more  time.  It 
!  takes  only  one  day  to  travel  by  railroad  from  Albany 

to  Buffalo  (328  English  miles),  by  canal  it  takes 
j  from  8  to  14  days ;  by  the  railroad  you  can  take 
1  150  pounds  baggage  free  during  the  warm  sea- 
t  son,  by  the  canal  only  50  pounds;  on  the  railroad 

you  have  only  to  pay  the  expenses  of  one  day's  living, 
I  on  the  canal  from  8  to  14  days. 

<|       6.  Whoever  travels  from  New-York  to  the  West 
I  by  the  way  of  Buffalo,  generally  does  best,  to  take 
<  one  of  the  two  great  railroads,  which  lead  there  from 
;  New-York;  that  is,  the  Albany  and  Buffalo  railroad 
ir^-  and  the  New-York  and  Erie  railroact   If  you  choose 
to  travel  by  the  first  mentioned,  take  a  steamboat 
from  New- York  to  Albany  and  there  at  the  railroad 
station  buy  a  ticket  for  Buffalo.    But  you  can  also 
take  a  ticket  for  N.  York  ;  and  you  do  well  to  enquire, 
for  tliat  purpose,  in  the  ofHee  of  the  Germau  Society, 
,  for  the  Agent  of  the  Albany  and  Buffalo  R.  R.  Co. 

But  if  you  choose  to  travel  by  the  New-York  and 
i  Erie  railroad,  you  have  merely  to  go  to  the  railroad 
station  which  is  on  the  North  River,  at  the  end  of 
Duane-street.  From  there  it  goes  at  first  25  miles 
up  the  Hudson  by  steamboat,  then  by  railroad  in 
a  northwest  direction  directly  through  to  Dunkirk  on 
lake  Erie,  and  from  thence  by  steamboat  to  Cleveland, 
I  Sandusky,  Detroit,  <fec. 

7.  If  you  intend  to  go  to  the  interior,  be  not  da- 


50 


in  jiefjett,  fo  la^t  end)  mm  m  "iflciu^oxf,  tied) 
tit  anbent  großen  ©täbteu  bard)  bie  bort  n)ol)neit^ 
ben  2)eiitfd)en  ba^on  abl)alten«   ®ie  merbeu  end)  i 
Don  S3arcn  tinb  Söölfen,  V)on  iinburd)bruiglid)en  i 
5Bälbern  iinb  giftigen  (Sümpfen  erjät)Ien,  bie  eö  j 
tm  3nnern  be^  Sanbe^  gebe ;  n^erben  end)  ©d)recfi« 
bifber  atter  SIrt  ijormafen,  am  end)  in  ben  ©täbten 
fejl^nhaften^   ®(anbt  itjncn  nid)t!  ?agt  end)  ta^  | 
bnrd)  nid^t  irre  mad)en  !   S^abt  il)r  J5ern)anbte  i 
ober  Sefannte  in  bem  3nnern,  bie  end)  gefd)rie^  ; 
ben  I)aben,  fo  reifet  jn  it)nen !   ©eib  il)r  öon 
2)entfd)fanb  [)er  baö  ?anb(eben  gevvoljnt,  nnb  liebt 
baffelbe,  fo  voirb'^  and)  in  3(nierifa  end)  anf  bem 
?anbe  fd)on  gefallen,  wie  e^  fo  liefen  tanfenben  ' 
enrer  ?anbötente  bort  red)t  it>ol)I  gefdHt  nnb  rec^t 

8.  3iie  nnb  nimmer  fanfet  ?anb,  baö  il)r  nid)t 
ntit  eigenen  ^ngen  befel)en  ^abt! 

9.  93ebitrft  il}r  in  9ten^2)orf  gnten  diatl)  ober 
3ln^fnnft  über  irgenb  etwa^,  fo  gefjet  jnr  bent^^ 
fd)en  ®efellfd)aft,  Oreenmid)  ^  ©trage  S^ro*  95. 
9JJit  großen  S5nd)|taben  febt  il)r  ba  über  ber  2;i)nr 
gefd)rieben:  „Sie  5(gentnr  ber  bentfd)en 
@  e  f  e  1 1 f  d)a  f  t/'  ®a  mvb  man  end)  nnent^^ 
g  e  1 1 1  i  d)  e  n  9?atf)  nnb  Slnöf nitft  cvtljcUeiu  mextt 
mbji:  bie^  ipt  bie  einjige  Slgentnr,  ba^  cin^iQ^ 
SSnrean  ober  Somptoir,  baö  bie  „bentfd)e  ®c\cU^ 
fdiaft  ber  ©tabt  Ticiu'^oxV*  iintevi^aU.  :Siefe 
@efettfd)aft  Ijat  men  rein  menfd)enfrennblir]^e« 


51 

tained^  either  in  ISTeAv-York  or^  in  other  great  cities 
by  Germans  residing  tliere.  They  will  tell  you 
stories'*  about  bears  and  wolves,  and  impenetrable* 
forests,^  and  poisonous''  swamps/  which  they  say,  are 
in  the  interior;  they  will  paint  before  you  phantoms 
of  terror  of  every  kind,^  in  order  to  detain  you  in  the 
cities.  Believe  them  not!  Be  not  deceived  thereby!'* 
If  you  have  relations^^  or  acquaintances^^  in  the  in- 
terior, who  have  written  you,  travel  to  them.  If 
you  were  accustomed"^  to  a  country  life^^  in  Germany, 
and  like^^  it,  a  country  life  in  America  will  please^* 
you,  as  many  thousands  of  your  countrymen  are  very 
much  pleased  with  it,  and  are  doing^"  very  well. 

8.  Never  buy  land,  which  you  have  not  seen 
with  your  own  eyes. 

9.  If  you  need  in  New- York  good  counsel  or 
information,  go  to  the  German  Society,  No.  95  Green- 
wich-street. There  is  written  in  great  letters  above 
the  door,  "Agency  of  the  German  Society.'*  There 
advice  and  information  will  be  i^iven  to  you  gratui- 
tously. Remember  well :  this  is  the  only  ngency, 
the  only  office,  which  is  sustained  by  the  German 
Society  of  the  city  of  New- York.  This  society  has 
a  humane  purpose  only.    Its  members  contribute 

1  a(>()atten  — 2  cntivctcv.  —  3  ct»cr»  —  4  bic  (55cfd)icl)tc. 
—  5  unt)urd)brinöticl).  —  6  t)vV  S^Batb.  —  7  (l^ft^^*  —  8 
bcr  (Sumpf*  —  9  7(rt.  —  10  f)icvt)urd).  —  11  t)cu  "^Scts 
n)ant)te»  —  12  t)cr  33c6annte.  —  13  9cia)of)ncn.  —  14  ba^J 
l^ant)(c&cn.  —  15  (tcbcn.  — -  IGocfallciu  —  17  fid)  Ocfinbcn, 


52 


tt)ot)Ort  jte  tl)ei(^  2(rme  itnb  Äranfe  uuterfliUj.eu, 
tf)ei[^  jmei  5(genteu  unterl)alten,  bie  tn  jenem  ^lu 
xean  ben  ginmanberern  ratben  nnb  helfen,  y^iibrt 
man  end)  anf  ein  anbre^  93nrean,  nnb  fagt  end), 
ba^  fei  bie  bentfcf)e  ®efel{fd)afr,  fo  mag  e^  wol)l 
eine  ®efeUfd)aft  bentfcter  Setriiger  nnb  ©d)nrfen 
fein,  aber  nict)t  bie  ®efeßfct)aft  bentfd)er  ^Ken^? 
fd)enfrennbe ;  benn  biefe  l)at,  me  gefagt,  fein  an^ 
bere^  53nrean,  alö  ba^ :  ®reenn)id)^@trage  yiv.  95* 

10*  5:^a[tet  tt)r  end)  in  gien^2)orf  einige  ^age 
auf,  fo  fel)t  w>obl  jn,  in  wa^  fiir  ein  ®  a  fK)anö 
i\)V  ge[)t  SSeflfer  ifi'^^:  in  einem  reinticf)en,  orbent^? 
Iid)en  5panfe  t)iel  ju  bejat)fen,  af^  nnter  bem  SSer^^ 
fprecf)en  ber  9Bol)Ifeill)eit  ffd)  in  ein  fd)Ied)teö, 
fd)mnl3i(]e^,  t)erbäd)tig  an^fel)enbe^  S^an^  lorfen 
ju  (affen  nnb  —  ba  geprellt  jn  merben. 

11  ♦  @nb(i(J)  rat()en  mir  jebem  ©nmanberet 
anf'ö  bringen  bfle,  Dor  nnb  n)äl)renb  feiner 
SInfnnft  in  Tien-^'^oxt  ffrf)  in  ernftem  ®ebet  bem 
®d)nl3  nnb  ber  ^itlfe  ®otteö  anjnbefebfen,  nnb 
beö  ®prnd)e^  ju  gebenfen :  ,,aSer(ajte  bid)  auf 
ben  ^errn  V)on  ganjem  5?erjen  nnb  ijerlag  bid) 
nicht  anf  beinen  SSerjlanb  ;  fonbern  gebenfe  an  il)tt 
in  alien  beinen  SBegen:  fo  n)irb  @r  bid)  red)t  fiil)^ 
ren/'  (©pritd)e  ®aL  3,  5—6)  nnb  ber  fd)önen 
@rmal)nnng  be^  alten  Stobiae  an  feinen  ®ol)n : 
„Sein  ?ebentang  Ijabe  ®ott  t)or  JJlngen  nnb  im 


53 


.  money,  with  which  they  both  render  aid  to  the  poor^ 
and  sick/  and  support^  two  agents,  who  advise  and 
\  help  the  emigrants,  who  come  to  this  office.    If  you 
I  are  conducLt.d  to  any  other  office,  and  told  tliat  that 
1  is  liie  German  Society,  this  may  be  perhaps  a  society  of 
German  deceivers'*  and  rogues,^  but  not  the  society  of 
German  phihmthropists,^  lor  this  has,  as  we  have  said, 
'  no  other  office,  than  that  at  No.  95  Greenwich-street. 

10.  If  you  slop^  in  New- York  or  any  other  phice 
'  for  a  few  days,  be  carefuP  in  what  kind  of  a  boaj  ding- 
house  you  go.    It  is  better  to  pay  much  in  a  ckan' 
*  and  deceriL^^  house,  than  to  be,  under  the  promise  of 
cheapness,  enticed'^  into  a  bad,^^  dirty, ^'^  suspicious 
\  looking  house,  in  order  to  be  cheated  there, 
•j       11.  Finally  we  advise  every  emigrant  most  ur- 
<  gently  to  commend  himself  before  his  arrival  and 
J;  during  his  stay  in  New-Yoik,  ttc.  in  earnest  prfiyer 
to  the  protection  and  the  help  of  Almighty  God,  and 
i  remember  the  verses  of  the  Bible :  "  Trust  in  the  Lord 
';  with  all  thine  heart;  and  lean  not  unto  thine  own 
understanding.    In  all  thy  w^*iys  acknowledge  Him, 
and  He  shall  direct  thy  paths,'*  (Proverbs  3  :  5.  6.) 
,  and  the  beautiful  admonition  of  old  Tobias  to  his  son  : 
**jMy  son,  be  mindful  of  the  Loid  our  God  all  thj 
days,  find  let  not  thy  will  be  set  to  sin,  oi'  to  irans- 

II  aviiu  —  ^  franf.  —  3  untcv()altcn.  —  4  bcr  JBctrüQcr. 
—  5  rcr  (Scholia,  (S'cburfc.  —  6  t^cr  ^)}^cn|;l)cnfvi:lln^,  —  7 
Otabon,  nd)  aufholten.  —  8  acbtfam,  iHU'iicbrlo.  —9  rcin(tof), 
—  10  cvDontlicb.  —  11  (ccfciu  —  l-2i'cb(ccl)t,  --13  (a)mn6ig. 


54 


^erjeit,  unb  f)üte  bid),  bap  bit  in  feme  (giittbe  wnüU 
geil,  unb  tt)uc|l  miber  ®ottc^  ®cbot/'  (tob.  4,  6.) 

2^ag  ba^  üben  bejuqlid)  ber  ^Didflcr  ®efac|te  ind)t 
übertrieben  fet,  n>irb  bnrd)  ben  anitlidiPU  33eri(f)t 
einei^  amerifanifd^en  eijTlidKn  be|l-atu]t,  mld)er 
bie  2:batfad)e  anfuhrt,  bag  bie  J}nrd)fd)nitt(^nnnme, 
inn  \vcld)e  jäbrlid)  bie  (g-nuqranren  bei  ihrer  \*an^ 
bnn.(]  in  Dten^^jorf  unb  auf  ihremUBeae  in'c^  "sunere 
betro(]en  tDerben,  fuh  nadi  ber  (]erin.qjien  Sdicilpung 
auf  eine  ^Oiiüion  I^ollanl  ^JJiiKionen  fiinfmalj^ 
t)nnberttaufeiib  ©alten  belaufe, 

2lud)  mag  nod)  auvienilnt  a>.n'Drn,  bag  ähn(id)e 
tvoblthätige  ©efetlfdnifren,  nxe  bie  oben  ermähnte 
in  5)ien''?)orf,  in  ben  lUM-jnolidiftcn  Seehäfen  beftes? 
I)en  unb  eil  unrb  bem  (giinivuiberer  hiermit  onf  ba^ 
crnfrlidijle  empfohlen,  ben  :)i\ith,  meldten  er  bort 
empfäiu]t,  and)  jn  benutzen  uu^  fid)  uidn  a>ieber 
Don  3lubern  irre  feiten  ju  (äffen  o^er  ,^n  benfen,  bag[ 
er  bcffer  mit  ber  Sache  befannt  fei,  aiß  OJcänner, 
benen  eine  lan<\c  (ivfal)nmc\  jnr  Seite  jleht. 

Unb  fo  u>ün)ct)en  wir  einem  ieSDen  (§inn>anberer, 
ohne  lange»^  Sndieu,  eine  Ivilbige,  feinen  yvähi.qfei^ 
ten  unb  üeben^Derhältniffen  angemejjene  3^efd)äf^ 
tigunc^. 

i^.v^at  er  ein  (Skfd)äft  an(]ef»in(ien,  fo  maite  er  ffc^ 
mit  ber  55tethobe  befanur,  me  e^  betrieben  n>irb; 
benn  bie  meiiien  31rbeitfn,  i>on  bem  3(d*erbau  (ober 
ber  ?anbmirthfd)aft)  au,  hi^^  ju  bcn  iH>llenbetften 
Ännfliüerfen  im  5-ad)e  ber  t^)ewerbe,  lUTben  hier  itt 


55 

gress  his  commandments  :  do  uprightly  all  thy  life 
'  long,  and  follow  not  the  way  of  unrighteousness." 
^        That  wliat  is  said  about  the runners  "  in  the 
above  is  not  exaggei-ated/  may  be  substantiated  by 
^  an  offici.il  report^  of  an  American  clergyman,  who 
'  €tates   that  the  average  sum,^  out  of  wiiich  the 
]  eiiiigrants  landing  annually  in  New-York  and  on 
;  their  way  to  the  interior  are  swindled/  amounts,^  at 
the  least  calculation,^  to  one  million  of  dollars,  or  two 
^,  million  five  hundred  thousand  florins, 
f        It  may  be  added,  also,  that  similar  benevolent 
,j  Boci"ties  as  the  above  mentioned  in  New-York,  are 
\  established  in  the  principal  seaports/  and  it  is  most 
I  earnestly  recommended  to  the  immigrant  to  follow 
;  the  advice  as  given  above,  and  not  to  be  misguided' 
again  by  others,  or  to  think  that  be  is  better  acquaint- 
.  ed  with  the  matter  than  those  who  are  aided  by  a 
^;  long  experience.    And  thus  we  wish  to  every  im- 
migrant as  the  result  of  his  inquiries/  a  speedy  success 
i  in  finding  an  occupation,  suitable  to  his  abilities  and 
circumstances  in  life. 

i^When  he  becomes  established  in  an  occupation, 
he  must  familiarize  himself  with  the  new  modes  and 
manner  of  doing  business;  for  almost  every  kind  of 
labor,  from  agriculture  (or  husbandry)  to  the  most 
refined  arts  in  the  mechanical  profession,  is  carried 

1  übertrieben.  —  2  Verteilt.  —  3  tic  t)urcl)fd)nittlicf)C 
©ummo.  —  4  prcUcn.  —  5  (id)  bctaufcn.  —  6  tic  )!^crcd)5 
■    nung.  —  7  Der  6cc()afcn.  —  8  verleiten.  —  9  t)ic  0lad)fvaöc. 


56 


cmem  ganj  anbereu  ©ti)Ie  aii^gefiilirt,  ale  in 
2)eutfct)(ant).  (§r  l)abe  beftaubig  feine  ©ebanfen  auf 
SSerbefiferuuijeu  unb  SSernieibuug  i)ou  gel)leru  geriet)^ 
tet  nub  feiu  gen)ij]*eul)after,  n^oblgefeiteter  gteig 
n:)irb  ba(b  benicvtt  unb  belobnt  n)erben* 

Senu  jeber  ©inmauberer  fottte  c6  n)obI  emägen^ 
baß  in  einem  ?anbe,  roie  tie  bereinigten  (Staaten 
t)ou  Slmerifa,  tvo  3{eict)tl)um  nub  ®rnnbbefil^  fei^ 
Item  S3ef(ger  nict)t  ba^  minbejle  politifd^e  died)t 
\)ov  bem  t)er[eil)t,  m[d)c^  ber  armfte  Bürger  l)at, 
n)o  fein  2(bel,  feine  be^or^ngte  Älajyen,  feine  bc^ 
jal)(te  2lemter  fur  5Ttidi)t^tl)nn  erijliren,  wo  feine 
ftel)enbe  i^^eere  bie  pl)i)f(!*d)e  nnb  moralifdie  Äraft 
be^  Solfd  fd)n)dd)en,  wo  fein  jal)Ireid)er  ^eamteus^ 
tro9  in  träger  9int)e  bai^  33rob  be^  Slrmen  Derjet)rt 
unb  »er  3l(lem,  wo  feine  gnrften  nnb  i[)re  i)erberbi? 
ten  i^ofe  ba^  fogenannte  „g5ttlid]e  9ied)t  ber  ©e^ 
bnrt"  repräfentiren,  tro|3  iserbienfl  nnb  S:ngenb,— 
Sag  in  einem  [old^n  Sanbe  bie  geifiige  Äraft, 
S;i)ätigfeit  unb  2Ui^baner  te^  ©njelnen  einen  wnt 
größeren  ©piclranm  l)aben  nnb  n^eit  fd)neUere 
grnd)te  tragen,  al^  in  yjjonardneen,  wo  jene  Uebel 
feit  3al)rl)nnberten  beilanben  l)aben  nnb  m i  t  i  I) re u 
traurige  n  215  i  r  f  u  u  g  e  u  nod)  befteiien* 

SSiele  ^eifpiele  fönnten  bartl)nn,  mit  wcid)cm 
gUicflidieu  ©ifolgeoben  ermbnte  Jngenben  fmuobl 
Don  Slmerifanern,  al^  £)entfd)en  in  bie}cin  l^ulbe 
geubr  moreen  finb,  fo  unter  auberen,  ba^  i^^beii  be^ 
benibnuen  3ob^nn  "^atob  2(ilor,  t))eld)er  aiS  ein 


I  57 

^  on  here  in  quite  a  different  style  from  that  of  Ger- 
many.   He  should  continually^  turn^  his  thoughts 
;  toward  improving  himself  and  rectifying^  his  mis- 
takes/ and  he  ma}'-  be  sure  that  his  conscientious* 
i  and  well  .guided  industry  will  soon  be  observed  and 
I  ewarded. — For  every  emigrant  should  well  consider, 
:  that  in  a  country  like  the  United  States  of  America, 
where  wealth^  and  possession  of  real  estate^  confers' 
not  the  least  political  right  on  its  owner  above  what 
'  the  poorest  citizen  has,  where  ihere  exists  no  nobi- 
lity, no  privileged  orders  and  sinecures,  where  no 
standing  armies   weaken   the  physical  and  moral 
power  of  the  people,  where  no  swarms  of  public 
functionaries  devour  in  idleness  the  bread  of  the 
poor,  and  above  all,  where  no  princes  and  their  cor- 
rupt courts  represent  the  so-called     divine  right  of 
birth,'*  in  spite  of  merit  and  virtue, — that  in  such  a 
country  the  talents^  energy  and  perseverance  of  a  per- 
son must  have  a  far  greater  opportunity  for  display, 
than  in  monarchies,  where  the  evils  above  mentioned 
have  existed  for  centuries,  and  with  their  sad  effects 
exist  still. 

Many  examples  might  be  given  to  prove,  with 
what  happy  effect  these  virtues  have  been  exercised 
in  this  country,  as  well  by  Americans  as  by  Germans, 
and  among  the  latter,  especially  the  life  of  John  Jacob 

1  tcftauMg.  —  2  wcn^en,  rtd)tciu  —  3  iH^vbcfforn,  Ocrid)* 
ttgcn.  —  4  bcr  ^rrthum.  —  5  pciviffcnf}afr.  —  6  ^or  lOi'cid)? 
t!)um  —  7  ^aC^  liegende  (äic^cntbunu  —  8  rcrUnbcn. 


58 


örmer  3unge  I)erüberfam  mtb  aU  einer  ber  reid)^ 
flen  yjlämxev  in  icv  ^löeft  flarb*  ©ein  Untenie^^ 
miing^geijl:,  feine  Stn^baner,  feine  $){eb(irf)feit  im  gei^ 
fct)äftlicf)en  aSerfel)v,  feine  ©parfamfeit,  feine  Wlä^ 
ßignng  im  ©litcfe,  feine  2Bol)ltl)äti9feit,  fott)ol)l  öff 
fentfirf)  al^  im  ©titten,  »erbienen  alte  9^act)al)mnng 
unb  f[d)ern  einem  jeben,  ber  g(eict)en  ©inne^  ifl, 
mmx  and)  nid)t  immer  benfelben  Srfolg,  aber  boc^ 
fletö  einen  großen  ©rf)at^  an  innerer  3"fnebenl)eit 
unb  anderem  aöol)(jl:anbe- 
19  ift  inbejyen  n)al)r,bag  ber  ©nn>anberer  ^inm^ 
len,  and)  mit  bem  beflen  bitten  nnb  mit  Slnfbietnng 
aller  feiner  Äräfte,  fanm  im  ©tanbe  if},  manct)e 
^inbernijTe  ju  befeitigen,  n)elcf)e  auf  feinem  iifeben^^ 
ttjege  il)m  begegnen»  äßaö  foil  er  in  einem  fütd]en 
galle  tl)nn  ?  ©oll  er  bie  ^^anptqnelle  feiner  Unjn^ 
friebenbeit  in  bem  nnDoHfommenen  B^l^anbe  ber 
menfd)Iid)en  ®efellfd)aft  fnd)en  ?  foil  f[d)  fein  fi^erj 
ntit  SSitterfeit  füllen  in  betreff  be^  bürgerlid)en  nnb 
|)olitifd)en  ©tanbe^  b.er 2)inge,  ben  er  l)ier  antrifft? 
ober  foil  er  felbfl:  { jnm  SSeifpiel,  um  l)öl)eren  ?ol)tt 
jn  erl)a(ten,)  baö  @efe^  ^erad)ten  nnb  jn  gemalt^* 
famen,  nngefeglidien  ^Kitteln  feine  3iJflucl)t  nehmen  ? 
©Ott  bet)nte !  ©onbern,  fo  febr  and)  jeber  SIrbeiter 
feinet  ?ol)ne^  SÜBertt)  ill  nnb  fo  tiefet  5Witgefübl 
mv  and)  für  feine  ?eiben  ()egen:  fo  ernftlid)  miijfen 
n)ir  nid)t^betlon)eniger  bie  !üeibenfd)aften  berjenigen 
mißbilligen,  U)eld)e  bnrd)  3?erlelinng  be^  ©efegeö 
ein  t)ermeintlid)eö  9Jed)t  geltenb  ju  mad)en  fudfen. 


59 


Astor,  who  came  over  as  a  poor  boy^  and  died  one 
of  the  richest  men  in  the  world.    His  enterprising' 
spirit,^  his  perseverance,  his  honesty  in  his  business 
transactions/  his  economy,  his  moderation^  in  success, 
'jis  benevolence^  both  in  public  and  private,  deserve 
all  imitation,  and  give  the  assurance  that  every  one 
who  is  of  the  same  mind,  may  attain,  if  not  always 
the  same  success,  at  least  outward^  competence^  and 
inward^  happiness. 
\    ^9  It  is  true,  however,  that  sometimes^^  the  immigrant 
I  with  his  best  will  and  ability  is  hardly  able  to  sur- 
:  mount^^  many  obstacles^^  which  he  meets  with  in  his 
\  career.    "What  shall  he  do  in  this  case?  Shall  he 
seek  the  main  source  of  his  discontent  in  the  imper- 
fect condition  of  human  society  ?  shall  his  heart  be 
filled  with  bitterness  in  regard  to  the  civil  and  poli- 
tical state  of  things  in  this  country  ?  or  even  shall  he 
(for  instance  in  order  to  get  higher  wages)  disregaj^^' 
the  law  and  resort^'^  to  violent/"^  illegal  means  God 
I  forbid!    But  as  much  as  the  laborer  deserves  his 
reward  and  as  deep  as  are  our  sympathies'^  for  his 
sufferings,  we  must  nevertheless  strongly  disapprove 
the  passions  of  those,  who,  by  violation  of  the  law, 
attempt  to  maintain  a  presumptuous  right.    For  if 

1  tcr  .^nat)C,  —  -2  untcrncfjmcni).  —  3  tcr  ©ctft.  —  4  tic 
S5crrid)tung.  —  5  t>k  5}^a9tc^unp.  —  6  bic  5öcl)(tJ)ättgfcit.  — 
'  7  äu§crlict>.  —  8  t)cr  S[Bo[)(ftanb,  bai>  ?(uöfcmnuMU  ~  9  in* 
crlicb,—  10  ^iiwoitcn.  —  11  ubcrjlcic^cn,  — 1:3  t>a5  .^)inl)cr« 
nl9-  — 13  mii}ad)tcn,  i>cracf)tcn.  — 14  cine  3uflud)t  nc()mcn. 
,  — 15  gcwaltfam.      16  l>a<)  mittel  —  17  t>ic  Sf)ci(na[)me. 


60 


2)enn  mnn  bie  Äfagen  ber  arbeitenben  Äfciflen 
n)t51)Ibegriuibet  |Tnb,  fo  flet)eu  gefe^fid)e  5Wittel  iinb 
aöege  bem  SSoffe  jit  ©ebote,  feine  dicd)tc  ju  n)al)j» 
reu  iiub  bie  ©torungen  feinet  ®Iitcfe^  auö  bem 
äöege  ju  räumen,  2)ie  Freiheit  be^iBorte^ 
uub  ber  ^>  reffe,  ba^  a  I  tg  em  eine  ©timms* 
red)t  uub  ba^  uubefct)räuf te  9? ect)t  ber 
21  f  f  0  c  I  a  1 1 0  u  e  n,  tt)etcf)eö  l)ier  be|lel)t,  bieg  alle^ 
benimmt  bem  gemaltfamen  löiberfprud)  jeg[id)en 
aSormaub  uub  mad)t  Stufläufe  uub  9{ut)eft0rungen 
t)öllig  un|T:att[)aft,  ja  felbfl  Deräd)tlid).  5;^ier  bietet 
fid)  feine  aSeranlajJung  bar,  (Sd)[ad)teu  gegen  unge^? 
red)te  3mingl)erreu  ju  fämpfeu  :  ba^  a>o(f  felbft  i|l 
ber  :^errfd)er  uub  burd)  ba^  heilige  SSaub  ber  grei^ 
Ijeit  uub  gered)ter  ®efege  unjertrenulid)  mit  einan^ 
ber  Derbuubeu,  Ser  ©timmfafleu,  bie  ®erid)tö^ 
l)öfe,  bie  ijalten  ber  ©efel^gebuug  uub  jene^  ebr^ 
rr§rbige  gapitol  in  aBa^l)iugtoii  fiub  bie  eiugigen 
Kampfplätze,  n)o  bie  unblutigen  ^fämpfe  für  bie 
ojfeutlid)e  aöol)Ifat)rt  au^gefod)teu  merben. 
2o^ißol)er  bie  Unjufriebeul)eit  ©injefuer  mit  iii^cv 
?age  oft  entfpringe,  mag  burd)  folgeube  2Inefbotc 
t)eraufd)au(id)t  n)erben,  bie  t)ieHeid)t  l)ier  einen  pap 
fenben  2?erg(eid)ungöpuntt  barbieten  bürfte.  ®n 
Hauptmann  in  Dieuften  eineö  ffeineu  beutfd)en 
gürften  ttjurbe  einjl:  anö  ©rünben  ber  (Sparfamfeit, 
auf  eine  ?ieutenautö|leUe  Ijerabgefel^t»  211^  er  bie 
^a&jvi&jt  t)iert)on  erl)ielt,  geriet!)  er  in  bie  äußerfle 
aiufregung,  eilte  fogfeid)  ju  feinem  ®eneral  uub  be> 


61 


the  claims^  of  the  working  classes  are  well  founded, 
legal  ways  and  measures  are  at  the  command^  of  the 
people,  to  secure  then*  rights  and  remove  the  obstacles 
from  the  way  of  their  success.  The  freedom  of  speech 
and  of  the  press,  universal  suffrage^  and  the  unlimited'* 
right  of  association,  Avhich  are  established  here,  take 
awa}^  every  pretext^  for  a  violent  opposition^  to  the 
law,  and  make  mobs^  and  riots^  utterly^  unjusti- 
6able^°  and  even  contemptible.^^  There  is  here  no 
opportunity  for  fighting  battles  against  tyrants,  the 
people  themselves  being  the  ruler,  and  being  insepara- 
bly united  by  the  sacred  bands  of  liberty  and  just  laws. 
The  ballot-box,  courts  of  justice,  legislative  halls,  and 
that  venerable  capitol  at  Washington,  are  the  only 
arenas,'^  where  the  bloodless  contests  for  the  public 
welfare  are  waged.^^ 

20  Whence  the  discontent  of  individuals  with  their 
lot  often  arises,  may  be  illustrated  by  the  following 
anecdote,  which  may  perhaps  be  pertinent  to  the 
point  in  question. 

A  certain  captain  in  the  service  of  a  petty  Ger- 
man prince  was  reduced  under  a  system  of  re- 
trenchment to  a  li€!utenancy.  As  soon  as  he  had 
notice  to  this  effect,  he  became  very  much  excited 

1  tic  g^crbcrung.  —  2t)cr  93 cfc ()(,  ba6  ©cbct.  —  3ta^ 
©timmrcd)t.  —  4  un(H'fcI)ränft.  —  5  bcr  ^r^criDanb^  —  6  t)ct 
Sßit)crfprud),  tcr  -SBibcrflanl).  —  1  t)cr  7(uf(auf.  —0  Me 
9iu()cftÖrung.  —  9  buccl)au^,gan^  unl)  gar.  — 10  unftattfjaft. 
—  U  ucrädrtlid).  — 12 bcr  ilampfplag.  —  1 3  f ufjrcn,  wagen* 


62 


idmvtc  jTd),  ba^  feine  @l)re  riuiurt  fet  unb  baf?  er 
iinmoglid)  (an^er  in  einer  ©tabt  leben  fi3.nne,  wo  ex 
allgemein  alß  ber  ^anptmann  Tt.  Ti.  befannt  fei 
iinb  fügte  nnter  anberem  Ijin^n^wa^  ihn  am  meiflen 
fcfjmerge,  fei,  Don  feinem  Sebienten  fortan  nicf)t 
tnel)r :  ,,§err  ^anptmann/'  fonbern  „Jgerr  f  ientr^ 
nant'^  angerebet  jn  merben*  i:>er  ®eneraf/^  o/)ne 
3«>eife[  ein  SS}?ann  DonStaft,  gab  it)m  ben  bernhigen^^  * 
ben  9?at() :  „©ie  fommen  an^  biefer  aSerlegenl^eit, 
xoenn  ©ie  itjxen  33ebienten  n)egfd[)icfen  nnb  einen 
anberen  nel)men/'  X)ie  ernfle  ieljve  bicfer  Qv^atj^ 
Inng  ijl:  it)ir  mnjjen  bieUrfac()en  vieler  Uebef^nber 
mldje  mv  nnö  beffagen,  nic()t  anßerf)alb,  f  o  m 
b  e  r n  in  n  n  d  f e  I b  fl,  in  nnferem  eigenen  S)evf 
jen  anhüben  nnb  fie  ^  n  bcfcitiQcn  f n  d)  e  n, 
mnn  wiv  frei  nnb  gliicHfd)  fein  iDoffen* 

©0  {)ören  mv  jnmerTen  Äfagen  Don  dinmnie^ 
rern,  mld)e,  nad)  einem  fnr^en  9(nfentl)afte  in  bie^ 
fem  ?anbe,  nnb  ohne  bie  gjjinbejle  Äenntnig  Don 
bemfelben  nnb  feinen  g'inrid)tnngen  jn  beffgen,  ein 
3?ed)t  anf  bie  53efriebignng  affer  ihrer  2öiinfd)e  ju 
[)aben  Dermemen,  nnb  mldje,  mnn  ffe  f[d)  in  biefen 
il)ren  grtrartnngen  getdnfd)t  fxnben,  bann  jn  ben 
unbittigiTen  25efd)tr>erben  über  i()re  nene  ?age  fTd) 
l)inrci^en  faj]en,  mäbrenb  n^eber  bie  Ungered)tigfeit 
tt)rer  9iebenmenfd)en,  nod)  bie  5i)?angell)aftigfeit  ber 
bnrgerlid)en  @inrid)tnngen  bie  n)at)re  Urfad)e  il)rer 
Unjnfriebenf)eit  ffnb,  fonbern  il)r  eigener  SRangef 
an  'ieben^mi^l^dt,  il;re  eigene  Unfenntniß  ber  SSer^ 


63 


and  immediately  re23aired  to  his  general,  complain* 
bg,  that  his  honor  was  lost/  and  that  he  should  be 
unable^  to  lemain^  any  longer  in  a  city,  where  he 
WAS  well  known  as  the  Captain  N.  and  adding  at  the 
same  time,  that  the  most  painfuP  thing  of  all  was, 
to  be  called  henceforth^  by  his  servant  no  longer 
*'  Captain  but  "  Lieutenant.'*  The  general,  doubt- 
less^ a  man  of  tact,  gave  him  the  conciliating^  advice : 
^*  You  will  be  free  from  this  trouble,  if  you  send  off® 
your  servant  and  take  another."  The  moral  of  this 
story  is  this :  We  must  seek  the  reasons  of  the  many 
evils,  of  which  w^e  complain,  not  abroad,^  hut  in  our- 
selves^ in  our  own  hearty  and  endeavor^^  to  remove 
them,  if  we  wish  to  be  free  and  happy. 

So  we  hear  sometimes  complaints  of  immi- 
grants, who,  after  a  short  stay^^  in  this  country,  and 
without  any  correct^^  idea  of  it  and  its  institutions, 
believe,  that  they  have  the  right  to  enjoy  all  their 
wishes,  and  when  they  faiP^  in  this  expectation,  they 
resort  to  the  most  perverse^**  complaints  of  their  new 
situation,  while  neither  the  injustice^^  of  their  fellow- 
men,  nor  the  imperfection^^  of  the  civil  institutions  of 
which  they  complain,  are  the  true  reason  of  their 

1  vcrtcßt.  —  2  aix^a  8tantc,  unfähig.  —  3  Hctbcn,  ^urücfs 
MciOcn.  —  4  fcbmcv^dd).  —  5  fcvtan*  —  G  oF)nc  3n)cifc(,  ^wiU 
fctici%  —  7  t>cniuttc(nb,  ücfänftigcnt).  —  8tX)C9fd)icfcn,  aO« 
fcbaffciu  —  9  auviravti?.  — 10  lld)t)cmüf}cn.  — 11  t)cr2Cufs 
cnt()a(t.  — 12  vid)tjp,.  —  13  fid)  ta'ufc()cn.  — 14  ocrfcfjvt.  — 
15  tic  Un9crcd)ti9fcit»  —  16  t)icUnt)cttfemmcnl}cit, 


64 


f)fiftmj|e,  t[)r  Seibenfcf)aftett  unb  if^r  Untjerffanb* 
5Reiu,  ungej^iime^  Slnfämpfen  gegen  bie  l)i'er  befle^* 
fienbe  Drbnung  ber  Singe  i(l  meber  ber  ^IBeg  jnr 
Singenb  nnb  jnm  ©litcfe  beö  (Sinjefnen,  nod)  jn  ben 
öffentlicfjen  3ieformen,  n)elcf)e  nott)  tJ)nn^ 
„sterben  ivit  nur  fclOcr  bcffcr, 
SBic  bait)        mUv>  bcfl'cf  fein  !" 
•-^^Sagt  nnö  mit  ben  SSerbeflfernngen  an  nnö  felbfl 
ben  2(nfang  mact)en ;  faßt  nn^  anf  jene  (Sebanfen 
unb  Smpftnbnngen  a3erjicl)t  (eitlen,  momit  eine  nn^ 
gfii(flic()e  SSergangenbeit  nnfer  Urt()ei(  befangen  qc^ 
mad)t  nnb  nnfer  ®efnt)I  erbittert  bat ;  laßt  nn(J 
jnerfi  atte  nnfere  strafte  ber  (Srfiittnng  nnferer 
^flirf)ten  n)ibmen,  nnb  bann  nact)  ben  5Rect)ten  nnö 
unifel)ett,  bie  nnö  nnb  3^bermann  gebiU)ren*  3fl 
iiun  SSeifpiel  ©tolj  ein  ^jinberniß  nnfereö  @lMe6^ 
laßt  nnö  bemiitl)ig  nnb  befcl)eiben  tDerben;  ift  e^ 
2;rdgl)eit,  (aßt  nn^  fleißig  fem  ;  ift  e^  Seiben fcf)aft^ 
Iirf)feit,  faßt  nn^  bie  ^;^errfcf)aft  über  nn^  felbft  ge^ 
tt)innen  ;  ijl  eö  Unmäßigfeit,  laßt  nnö  nücf)tern  nnb 
mäßig  n^erben ;  ijl:     ^D?angel  an  23efc{)äftignng, 
faßt  nn^  unfere  Gräfte  t)erboppefn,  um  nn^  hcv^ov^ 
jntl)nn ;  ifl  eö  9!}tangef  an  grennben,  faßt  nn^  lic^ 
ben^witrbig  nnb  tren  fein ;  i(l  e^  .^eimweh  nnb  baö 
®efitl)l  ber  (§infamfeit,  laßt  nn^  ein  febbafre^  3»^^ 
tereflfe  an  biefem  ?anbe  nnb  feiner  3ßof)lfabrt  xxct^f 
men  nnb  fo  nnö  eine  ijeimatt)  \)iev  b:reiten ;  — 
aber  biefe^  2l(feö  faßt  nn^  für  geringfügig  batten, 
tDofern  nict)t  ber  ®eijl:  ber  Dteligion  nnfer  Syvi 


1 

J  65 

dissatisfaction/  but  their  own  want  of  practical  wis- 
'  dorn,  their  own  ignorance,  their  own  passions  and 
indiscretion.^  No,  impetuous  aggression^  on  the  state 
of  thing's  which  is  estabhslied  here,  is  neither  the 
•  way  to  private  virtue  and  happiness,  nor  to  public 
f  reforms  which  are  needed. 
1  **  As  we  ourselves  grow  better  and  better, 

\  "  So  grow  better  and  better  things  around"*  us." 

i  *i  Let  us  begin  the  reformation  in  ourselves  :  let  us 
'  renounce*^  those  ideas  and  sentiments,  with  which  an 

run  fortunate*'  past^  has  prejudiced  our  judgment  and 
embittered  our  feelings ;  let  us  at  first  devote  all  our 
■  power  to  the  performance  of  our  duties,  and  then 
:  look  out  for  the  rights  which  are  due  to  us  and 
%  mankind.    If  then  it  is  pride^  which  is  an  obstacle 
'  to  our  welfare,  let  us  become  humble^  and  meek  ;^^if 
(  it  is  idleness,  let  us  become  industrious;  if  it  is  pas- 
I  sion,  let  us  become  self-possessed;^^  if  it  is  intemper- 
I'  ance,^^  let  us  become  sober'"^  and  temperate;*^  if  it  is 
want  of  em  ploy  m  en  t,*'"^  let>  us  double^^  our  energies  in 
,  Older  to  excel  ;^^  if  it  is  want  of  friends,  let  us  be 
!  am.iahle  and  true;  if  it  is  the  feeling  of  loneliness 
and  homesickness,  let  us  take  a  lively  interest  in 
I  this  countiy  and  its  well-being,  and  thus  make  us 

I  1  t)ic  Un^ufvicbcnbcit.— 2  ^cr  Unvcrflant».—  3  bor 7fngviff 
—  4  rincif>unu  —  5  t?cr.Vicbten,  aMcacn.  —  6  unc^tüc!(ich.  —  7 
t>ic  ^-BiTC\ana>'nf)cit.  —  8  t)oc  (Stct^  —  bcmüthia.  — 10  fanft 
— 11  .pcrr  über  fid)  K((>ft.  ~  12  bic  llnma'ijigfoit.  — 1.3  nücl).- 
tcrn.— 14  mafnp,.  --15  bic  S3cfcbafti9ung.  — 16  ycrbcppctn 
— 17  fid)  auC\5idd)ncn. 


66 


burd)bvtngt,  unfere  (gd^vitte  leitet  unl)  intfere  Syff^ 
ttungeu  fiavtt  iinb  n>cfern  mv  iucf)t  atle  imfere  Uu^ 
tentehmiingeu  bem  (Secien  bcr  altn)altent)eu  ^Hov^ 
fel)ung  (Settel  anl)eim  fleUen ;  t^enu  ,,tt)o  ber  i>err 
nid)t  ba^  ^^^aui^  baut;  fo  arbeiten  umfoiift,  bie  Mvaix 
bauen.  ^JBo  t)er  5?err  nid^t  tie  ©tabt  beburet ;  fo 
tva&ict  ber  ^löäditer  umfoujl."  Äurj,  voir  niütJeit 
itidit  benfen,  baß  bie  Sßelr  fid)  nm  unö  unb  unfcrc 
©ebauteu  l)erumbrel)t ;  wiv  nnifj'eu  nn^  t^avan 
erinnern,  baß  mv  nid)t  berufen  morben  finb,  in 
biefe^  ?anb  bt*ntberjufumnien,  weber  al^  S^erbeffe^ 
rer  ber  ©efelje,  nod)  a(^  ©törer  be(^  grieben^  unb 
bag  wir  bie  heilige  i5erpflid)tung  l)aben,  pflid)ttreue 
SSitrger  ju  werben  unb  ben  ©efel^en  miUigen  ®e\)ovf 
fam  JU  leiften. 

SSor  altem  bürfen  mir  nid)t  üergeflfen,  baß  ein 
©efeti,  fo  lange  at^  e^  betlel)t,  uuüerleljlid)  gehalten 
iDerben  muß;  benn  bie  fd)limmften  ^oIqcu  würben 
barauö  entfteben,  wäre  e^  nid)t  fo«  äüenn  übrigen^ 
ein  ©efel^  fe()(erl)aft  befunden  wirb,  bann  gibt  e^ 
einen  eigenen  ®erid)t^l)of,  eö  abjufd)affen.  Unb 
wer  mag  leugnen,  baß  alle  nienfd)lid)en  @efei;e  inx^ 
t)oltfommen  finb  unb  t)on  ^cit  ju  ^cit  ^i^erbeffernui? 
gen  bebürfen,  in  Uebereinftimmung  fowohl  mit  ben 
§orrfd)rirten  be^  ^eitQcift^,  ai^  mit  ben  nnwanbel^ 
baren  äöal)rl)eiten  ber  ^{eligion  ? 


67 

a  home  here; — but  all  this  let  us  consider  of 
■  little  avail,  unless  the  spirit  of  religion  penetrates 
i  our  heart,  guides'  our  paths^and  strengthens  our  hopes, 
I  and  unless  we  do  not  depend  in  all  our  undertakings 
I  on  God's  providential  blessings;  for  except  the  Lord 
I  build  the  house,  they  labor  in  vain^  that  build  it: 
''I  except  the  Loi  d  keep  the  city,  the  watchman*  waketh* 
]   jbut  in  vain." 

i  "^Ttn  fine,  we  must  not  think  that  the  world  turns 
!  accordini]:  to  our  notions,^  and  we  must  remember 
j  also,  that  we  have  come  to  this  country,  not 
:  called  here,  either  as  reformers^  of  the  laws,  or  as 
s  disturbers^  of  the  peace,  and  that  we  are  under  the 
^    most  sacred  obligation  to  become  dutifuF  citizens 

and  to  submit  cheerfully'^  to  the  laws. 

Above  ail,  then,  we  must  keep  in  memory,  that 

a  law,  as  long  as  it  exists,  must  be  inviolable,  for  the 
i  very  worst  of  consequences  would  ensue''  if  it  were 
j  otherwise.  If,  however,  a  law  is  seen  to  be  wrong, 
I  there  is  a  proper  tribunal  to  annul  it.  And  who  Avill 
\  deny,  that  all  human  laws  may  be  imperfect  and 
i   require  amendments  from  time  to  time  according  to 

the  progressing'^  spirit  of  the  age,  as  well  as  to  the 
'   immutable'^  principles  of  religion? 

1  (cltcn.  —  2  bcr  ^cbritt.  —  3  umfcnjl.  -  -  4  bcr  9ßa'ct)tcr. 
^  5  ivad)cn.  —  6  bcr  ©c^anfc,  Mc  ©inbitbunc^.  —  7  bet 
©crOcffcrcr.  —  8  bcr  5Kuf)cftörcr,  ^tcrcr.  —  9  pflichttreu^ 
öcf)crfam.  — 10  fröt)(id),  frc().  —  11  crfotQcn^  — -  12  fort» 
fd^rcitcnt»»  —  13  univanbclbar. 

w 


68 


22.  Der  frifcf)e  Slnfommlhig  an^  gdnbern,  bi'e 
unter  bem  Snicfe  ber  ai5iltfül)rl)errfd)aft  feitfjen 
unb  mv  felbfl  biefeu  i:5riicf  enipfunben  t)at,  i|l  (eict)t 
ber  @efat)r  aufgefegt,  t)on  einem  (Jrrrente  in'^  an^ 
bere  jn  fallen,  unb  ba  feine  SSegrijfe  Don  9Jienfrf)en^ 
xcd)t  nnb  ?[Renfd)enwnrbe  nirt)t  bie  gel)erige  5(ni^ln(* 
bnng  erlangt  t)aben,  Freiheit  mit  3itgt^ftofigfeit,  ober 
bem  9?ecf)te  ju  tljnn,  tDaö  il)m  gefällt,  t)ern)ect)^ 
fein. 

25ie  ^vei\)eit  biefeö  ?anbe^  ifl  bie  ^iöirfnng  f[tthV 
(f)en  @e()orfam^  gegen  ein  ©efelj.,  mefd^et^  foiue  S3e>' 
n)ol)ner  ahS  binbenb  für  ftrf)  nnb  Jebevmann  aner^ 
fannten»  (Sie  erlangten  biefe  ^^reibeit  mit  mcinnfi^ 
Iber  @ntfc()IojTeni)eit  nnb  genojfen  ihre  griid)te  mit 
roeifer  ?[)?äfngnng.  2}ie  greil)eit  hier  Derbanft  il)r 
(gnrftel)en  nid)t  irgenb  einer  plöti(id)en  3Uifregnng 
unb  2lnfa>a(tnng  ber  ©L^fiible,  fonbern  einer  rnl)ii]en 
unb  forgfältigen  Erwägung  ber  ©riinbe  nnb  einem 
ernften,  tiefgefiil)(ten  aSerlangen,  n)al)rl)aft  frei  ju 
IDerben*  J)iefe^  2Ser(angcn  nad)  ?^reii)eit  mnrbe 
genä[)rt  im  greife  einer  jeben  gamilie,  in  ben  ®d)n^ 
fen  nnb  Äirdien  nnb  bnrrf)  eine  i^erftcinbige,  (eiben^ 
fd)afttilofe  ^rejfe.  g'j^  mar  ber  ®ei)l  ber  Selbftbe^ 
herrfdiung  nnb  SelbjtDertengnung,  U)e(d)er  eine 
grnd)t  berDieligion  ift,  u^obnrd)  bie  ebfen  ^Patrioten 
Don  1775  nnb  ben  fofgenben  3^1^^'^*"  ben  ©ieg  über 
it)re  mäditigen  geinbe  baDon  trugen;  nnb  fo  lange 
biefer  religiöfe  Sinn,  ivefdjer  ben  ®ei|i  er(cnd)tet 
uub  baöCeben  Derebelt,  unter  il)rcn  i^irgern  bcftebt, 


69 


22.  The  emigrant  from  a  foreign  land,  who  has 
.  lived  under  the  oppression  of  Despotism,  is  in  danger 
of  falling  from  one  extreme  into  another,  and,  as  he 
has  not  been  properly'  enlightened^  in  respect  to  hu- 
man rights,  and  the  dignity  of  man,  he  is  quite  apt  to 
regard^  liberty  as  nothing  more  or  less  than  reck- 
lessness,^ or  the  privilege  of  doing  as  he  pleMses. 
The  freedom  of  this  country  is  the  result  of  moral 
H  obedience  to  a  law,  which  its  inhabitants  recognized^ 
i  as  binding  upon  them  and  all  men.    They  asserted** 
'  this  freedom  with  manly  firmness,  and  enjoyed  its 
fruits  with  wise  moderation.    The  first  appearance  of 
freedom  here  was  caused  not  by  im.pulse^  or  feeling, 
but  bv  a  calm  and  careful  consideralion  of  reasons, 
by  an  earnest  and  heartfelt*  desire  to  become  free  in- 
I  deed.    This  desire  for  freedom  was  nourished  at 
I  every  fireside,^  in  the  public  schools,  and  in  the  pul- 
pit,^^and  by  a  sober^^  minded^^  press.  It  was  by  that 
self-governing  and  self-denying^^  spirit,  which  is  a 
liifruit  of  religion,  that  the  noble  patriots  of  1775,  and 
the  following  years,  gained  the  victory  over  power- 
ful enemies;  and  as  long  as  this  spirit  of  religion, 
iWhich  enlightens  the  mind  and  purifies^*  the  life,  ex- 


1  gehörig.  2  oufflärcn.  —  3  t>ctrad)tcn.  -- 4  tic  (Scrg^ 
(ofigfclt,  SugeUcfigfvnt,  —  5  ancrfcnncn.  —  6  bc[)auptcn, 
cdangcn.  —  7  t)Ct  ?fntricb,  ^rang.  —  8  bcv^Cict),  tiofcicfüf)(t. 
—  9  t)Ct  .^caX>,  ilamin.  —  10  t)ic  .Kan;5cl.  —  11  nü:l)torn. 
—•12  ö^finut.  —  13  fiel)  fclbft  t^crl^ugncnt).  —  14  rcinicicn. 

I 


70 


fo  fange  n>irb  biefe  groge  Dlcpubtif  Untren  unb  ge^ 
beil)en.  ©laube  ?tiemanb,  fd)on  banim  ein  guter 
S3ürger  jit  fein,  mil  er  in  biefem  freien  Sanbe  lebe 
unb  bie  D?ecf)te  eine^  freien  23ürger^  geniege  ober 
mit  er  in  nngemeffenen  Stn^brücfen  auf  dürften 
nnb  ihre  ^'iener  Io^ji'eI)e.  9tein,  mv  frei  fein  tDiK, 
muß  nid)t  nur  bie  grüd]te  t)on  bem  SSaume  ber 
grei[)eit  ejfen,  fonbern  anrf)  feine  aönrjeln  begiefSen 
unb  \nd)t  nur  feine  (gntriifiung  gegen  jebe  Untere 
brürfung  an  ben  Zciq  fegen,  n)elcf)e^  eine  feicl)te 
(2act)e  ifl  in  biefem  ?anbe,  fonbern  feine  ?iebe  ju 
biefer  Union,  iliren  ©efeljen  unb  @inrid[)tungen,  and) 
burd)  fein  geben  bemeifen* 

23.  @^  ift  meffeid)t  für  mand)e  2)eul-fd)e  bie 
IBarnnng  t)on  einer  alf^n  großen  2(ufregnng  ober 
^anati^mu^,  fomol)f  in  SSe^ng  auf  ^ofitif  af^  auf 
Dieligion,  bier  nid)t  am  inxvcdjten  Drte, 

Ungtücf(id)e  9)?enfd)en  fon)oI}f  af^  ungfürf{id)e 
aSötfer  ftnb  l)ierju  gerne  geneigt.  5e  mel)r  ber  SSo^^ 
ben  be^  9ied)t^  nnb  be^  ©fücfe^  i[)nen  unter  ben 
güßen  tveggejogen  ^Dirb,  befto  bitterer  tDerben  bie 
SBorte,  n^omit  fie  il)ren  t)erlet?ten  ®efiil)[en  ?uft 
\md)cn.  3^  wtel)r  fie  ben  Wandel  mvtlid)cv  9?ed)te 
empfinben,  befto  mehr  finb  fie  geneigt,  fid)  mit 
pl)antajlifd)en  ©i)ftemen,  ben  ^Vobuften  pl)i(ofop!)i^ 
fd)er  gorfd)ungen, ix)etd)e  anfärben  nie i^ern)irf(id)t 
werben  fönnen,  jn  täufd)en;  unb  biefe  ^]3rinjipien 
})flegen  fie  mit  einer  5;)eftigfeit  ju  »erfolgen  unb 


71 


ists  among  its  citizens,  so  long  will  this  great  Repub- 
[ '  lie  flourish  and  increase.    Let  no  one  expect  to  be- 
i  come  a  good  citizen  merely  by  living  in  this  free 
country  and  enjoying  the  rights  of  a  free  citizen,  or 
by  abusing^  in  unmeasured  terms^  Despots  and  their 
menials.^    No;  wlioever  wishes  to  be  free,  must  not 
only  eat  the  fruits  of  the  tree  of  liberty,  but  also 
water  its  roots,  and  not  only  show  his  indignation'* 
Ägainst  oppression,  which  is  an  easy  matter  in  this 
■  country,  but  also  prove,  by  his  life^  his  love  to  this 
I  Union,  its  law§  and  institutions. 

23.  It  is  perhaps  a  proper  place  here,  to  warn 
\  many  a  German  against  too  great  excitement  and  fa* 
I  naticism,'^  both  in  matters  of  politics  and  religion, 
y  Unhappy  men,  as  well  as  unhappy  nations,  are  vcrj 
•  prone^  to  this.  The  more  the  basis  of  right  and  hap* 
I  piness  is  taken  away  from  under  their  feet,  the  more 
1  excited  become  the  words,  by  which  they  give  vent^ 
to  their  wounded  feelings.  The  more  they  feel  the 
want  of  real  privileges,  the  more  inclined  they  are  to 
!  delude^  themselves  with  fancifuP  systems  founded  on 
I  metaphysical  speculation,  which  never  can  be  realized 
)  on  earth ;  and  they  are  apt  to  maintain  these  princi- 
1'  . 

j     1  fct)lmpft'n, (a'ftcrn.  —  2  t)cr  2(uf>l)ruc!.  —  3  t)a^  (SJc(int)e^ 
ji  t)cv  ®cf)ü(fc,  ©kncn  —  4  t>lc  (Sntrüftung,  —  5  btc 
^  Witterung,  t)cr  ^anat^omu^^.  —  Gc^cncigt.  —  7  t)tc  2uft. — 
8  täufcl)cn.  —  9  cinQcOiltct,  p^antaftifdf)^ 


72 


fef?ju[)a(ten,  n)elcl)e  mit  i\)xex  Uuauöfüf)rbarfeit  m 
gleu1)em  3Serl)ä(tniflfe  flel)t» 

äöie  nngercd)t  iinl)  liebloö  ffnb  bod)  jumeileu  bie 
Urtl)ci(e  mand)er  ^)erfonen,  nament(ict)  foIc{)er,  bie 
itoct)  nirf)t  lange  im  ?anbe  jTnb,  in  2(nfel)nng  il)rer 
5[)?itmenfct)en  nnb  ber  3n(länbe  il)rer  aSergangentjeit; 
me  gerne  gefallen  fie  fid)  barin,  3inberen  alte 
©d)ulb  anfjiibitvben,  n>al)renb  ein  3cber  fid)  felbjt 
jnmei)!:  anflagen  foltte,  nnb  me  iei&it  \)evbtenben 
^artl)eil)a§  ober  religiöfe  aSornrtfjeile  i()r  gefnnbeö 
Urtl)eil  iiber  2)inge,  mid)e  ihnen  nod)  fremb  finb 
nnb  \ve[d)e  fie  erfl  mit  2Sorfid)t  prüfen  foltten,  nm  pe 
bejfer  fennen  jn  lernen. 

yjjöge  barnm  ber  ©ei|l  berSDläßignng,  bera3efd)eii? 
benbeit  nnb  ä>orfid)r  ftetö  über  nn^  walten  ;  möge 
rege  ^igbegierbe  bie  ©teile  eineö  t)orfd)neIlen  Ur^ 
tl)eil^  erfe^en ;  mi)ge  @intrad)t  nnb  Sffiol)ln)ollett 
alle  J^erjen  i)erbinben  nnb  ber  2önnfd),  ©lite^  gn 
tl)nn,  bie  böfen  ©eifler  be^  fi^aflfeö  nnb  ber  S'^ie^ 
txad)t  für  immer  enttüajfnen  ! 

24.  9tid)t^  aber  erl)ält  ben  ©eijl  freier  Don 
ben  t>eiberblid]en  ©inflüjfen  ber  2lnpenn?elt  nnb 
fd)ü^t  il)n  mel)r  t)er  3?erfnd)nngen,  al^  SDrbnnng 
nnb  (Sinfad)l)eit  in  ber  ?eben^n)eife,  ©enügfamfeit 
nnb  9Jiäßigfeit  in  alten  ©enüjlen  ;  fnrj,  eine  flren^ 
ge  3«d)t  in  SInfebnng  bed  Äörperd,  —  nnb  biefe 
tl)nt  Dielen  nnferer  ?anbdtente  notl)* 

Sie  in  2)entfd)lanb*nnter  alten  Stänben,  jumal 
fcen  gebilbeteren,  ^errfc^enbe  @ennßfnd)t  trägt  nid)t 


73 


pies  with  a  violence  proportioned^  to  their  impracÜ» 
'  cability.^ 

I  ^  How  unjust  and  unkind^  is  sometimes  the  judg- 
!  ment  of  persons,  especially  those  who  have  not  been 
I  long  in  the  country,  in  regard  to  their  fellow  men,  or 
i  the  circumstances  of  the  past.  How  readily  do  they 
:  impute^  all  blame  to  others,  while  each  one  should 
;  rather  accuse  himself;  and  how  easily  does  the  spirit 
i  of  party  or  religious  prejudices  blind^  their  sound 
i  reasoning®  on  things  which  are  still  new  to  them,  and 
which  they  ought  to  examine  cautiously,  in  order  to 
know  them  more  thoroughly. 
)  May  therefore  the  spirit  of  moderation,  modesty 
J  and  caution,  always  rule  over  us;  may  an  active  de* 
'!  sire  for  instruction  prevail,  instead  of  hasty  judg- 
'  ment;  may  concord  and  good  will  unite  all  hearts, 
and  the  wish  to  do  good  disarm  for  ever  the  bad 
I  spirit  of  hatred  and  discord ! 

24.  Nothing,  however,  keeps  our  mind  more  free 
I  from  the  pernicious  influences  of  the  outward  world, 
and  secures  it  from  temptations,  than  order  and 
simplicity  in  the  manner  of  life,  temperance  and  fru- 
gality in  all  enjoyments;  in  fine,  a  strong  discipline  in 
regard  to  the  body, — and  in  this  respect  many  of  our 
countrymen  are  greatly  wanting, 
j      The  desire  for  amusements,  prevailing  in  Germa- 
I  ny,  among  all  classes  of  the  people,  especially  the 

'  1  tm  ^I>crl}ä(tni5  ftcf)cnt).  —  2  tiie  llnau5fii{}rbarfcit.  —3 
i  ttnfreunt>Uct).— 4  bcimcffcn»— 5  ücrbUntcn.— 6  ta^  Uxtl)üU 


74 


feie  geringjle  Sct)ulb  an  bem  SerfaHc  unfere^  SSater^ 
raubet  luib  an,  bem  5J?ig(ingeu  aller  feirlieriger 
greil)eit0be(trebungen.  IDort  wirb  ber  SSerbraiicf) 
geiftiger  ©eträitfe  \3cu  ben  aiegienutgeu  gerabeju 
beförbert,  tljciU  aU  eine  ergiebige  DneKe  be^  (gin^ 
fonnnen^,  ohne  welche  bie  fo  fojlfpielige  nnb  timü^ 
üd)e  (Btaatßma\d)ine  faim  erl)a(ten  werben  fönnte, 
thcil^  ein  gdinl^mittef  gegen  bie  JJfagen  nnb 
S3efcf)Werben  beö  armen  feiner  ebleren  9?ecf)te  nnb 
reineren  ®enüj]e  )oon  ihnen  beranbten  SSolfe^^, 
%afl  ein  3eber  liebt  bort  bie  5reil)eit,  ober  gibt  bieö 
jnm  wenigilen  t)or  ;  aber  ijl:  and)  ein  Seber  bereit, 
an^  ?iebe  gnr  grcibeit  anf  jene  ff[at)ifd)e  Slbfiängig^ 
feit  t)on  finn[id)en  SSergnügnngen  jn  Derjid)ten, 
weldK  feine  Selb|lfnd)t  il)m  anferfegt  ?  S5eflef)t 
bie  greil)eiti^(iebe  Siefer  nid)t  febr  I)änftg  n  n  r  in 
bem  ä>er(angen  nad)  einer  größeren  2(nöbet)nnng 
irbifd)er  ?eben^genü(Te  nnb  ber  ÜJJittel  l)ierjn,  gfeid)^? 
wie  in  ben  fpäteren  X^agen  beö  atten  3?om  ber  9}nf : 
„53rob  nnb  Spiele"  ("  Panem  et  Circenses  ")  t)on  bett 
Sippen  be^  entarteten  2SoIf^  erfd)allte? 

25.  Sie  25ergnügnngi^fnd)t  i(l  (let^  ber  ffd)ere 
Sorbote  nnb  Segleiter  be^  na\)cn  SSerfatt^  eine^ 
S5oIfei5  ober  eine^  einzelnen  5[)?enfd)en  gewefen. 
Slber  ber  erfle(Sd)ritt  jnr  wal)ren  ?frei[)eit  ijt,  .^err 
über  nn^  fetbfl  jn  werben,  baö  beißt,  nnfere  ?iijle 
jeglid)er  5lrt  nnter  bie  ^errfdjaft  jTttftdjn^eligiöfer 
©runbfäge  jn  bringen,  unfere  SSebürfnijfe  einju^ 


75 


more  educated/  is  not  the  least  cause  of  the  decay* 
'  of  our  Fatherland,  and  of  the  failure  of  all  the  strug- 
gles which  have  been  made,  up  to  the  present  time 
for  freedom.    There  the  consumption^  of  spirituous 
'  liquors'*  is  openly  favored  by  the  governments,  not 
i  only  on  account^  of  its  being  a  rich  source  of  income, 
■  without  which  the  expensive^  and  artificiaF  machine- 
;  ry  of  the  state  could  hardly  exist,  but  also  because 
^;  they  consider  it  as  a  palliative  against  the  com- 
;  ^  plaints  of  the  poor  people,  whom  they  have  deprived 
I :  of  their  nobler  privileges  and  purer  enjoyments. 
There  almost  every  one  loves  freedom,  or  at  least  pre- 
tends to  do  so;  but  is  every  one  also  ready  to  re- 
nounce, for  the  sake  of  freedom,  that  bondage  to 
sensual  pleasures  which  his  selfishness  imposes  upon 
him?    Does  not  their  love  of  freedom  very  often 
;  merely  consist  in  a  desire  for  the  greater  amount  of 
i  their  worldly  enjoyments  and  the  means  of  procuring 
;  them,  as  in  the  latter  days  of  Rome  of  old,  the  cry 
I  "Bread  and  games"  ("Panem  et  Circenses")  re- 
sounded from  the  lips  of  the  degraded  people  ? 

25.  Sensuality  has  always  been  the  certain  fore- 
runner and  companion  of  the  approaching  ruin  ot 
a  nation  or  an  individual.  But  the  first  step  towards 
true  freedom  is  to  become  mas'ers  of  ourselves; 
that  is,  to  bring  our  desires  of,  every  description,  un- 
der the  dominion  of  moral  and  religious  principle  ;  to 

1  cr^CQcn,  ac(>t(t)ct. —  2  bcr  ^r>crfa(L —  3  bcr  3?cr(^rau(b. 
I    —  4  ba^  ©ctranf c*  —  5  wcgctu  —  6  f cilfpiclig.  —  7  Eünflüd). 


76 


fd}vänUn  unb  eiit  nücf)terneö,  mäßigec(,  arbeitfameg 
mt>  recf)tfct)afene^  geben  ju  fn()ven. 

aBenn  mir  fo  beii  ®eijl  in  un(^  aiifnel)men,  in 
tt>dd)cm  biefe  9?epublif  gegrintbet  tvarb,  nnb  iDe(^ 
c{)em  jle  il)r  beifpiellofe^  5Bact)^tt)um  Derbanft,  bann 
tt)erben  n>ir  n)urbige  Srbeu  jener  eblen  ^atriofen, 
bie  mit  fo  t)ie(en  ü)in()en  nnb  ®efat)ren,  ja  felbfl 
mit  i[)rem  .^erjblnte,  bie  Freiheit  nnb  Unabl)ängigi« 
feit  biefe^  ?anbe^  errnngen  l)aben* 

26.  Ser  gro§e  Unterfcl)ieb  jn)ifd)en  5[l?onarrf)ie 
ttnb  JHepnblif  ift  ber,  baß  in  (elfterer  aße  ®eti?att 
in  ben  5jänben  beö  SSoffe^^  rnl)t  nnb  i)on  il)m  ober 
feinen  gefel^fidjen  Organen  (©teUt)ertretern  ober 
Sienern)  an^get}t*  ^ier  werben  bie  ®efet^e  ^om 
SSoIfe  felbfl  gemacf)t  bnrcf)  feine  Drgane,  bie  bnrcf) 
feinen  eigenen  freien  äßiifen  für  fnrje  ^eit,  nnb 
bnrd)  l)änf[ge  3ßal)len  bajn  beflimmt  nnb  angeilefft 
werben.  Db  eine  foId)e  ^Jegiernng^form  beffer  fei 
alö  eine  9D?onard)ie,  l)ängt  t)on  bem  ®ei(le  ab,  ber 
baö  ganje  SSoIf  bnrd)bringt. 

„5d)  bin  ber  (Btaat/^  (letat,  c'est  moi !)  fagtc 
einfl  ber  Se^pot  ?nbn)ig  berSierjebnte  t)on  granf^^ 
reid),  nnb  5!)?etternid),  ber  t)ie(gepriefene  ©taatc^^? 
mann  ber  nnbefd)ränften  giirjlengewalt  nnfereel 
Sal)rt)nnbertö,  erffärte  in  äl)nlid)er  aßeife:  „Sittel 
für  baö  aSolf,  nid)tö  bnrd)  ba^  SSoIf"  ("Omnia  pro 
populo,  nihil  per  populuni"  wav  fein  2ßal){fprnd)), 
wobei  nnter  bem  5Borte  „aSolf"  einmal  ba^  „^on 
©otteö  ®naben"  t)erliel)ene  @igentl)nm  fürfl(id)er 


\ 

77 

moderate  our  wants  and  to  lead  sober/  temperate, 
industrious  and  honest  lives. 

]     If  thus  we  enter  into  the  spirit"  in  which  this  Re- 
pubHc  was  founded,  and  to  which  it  owes  its  unpa- 
ralleled^ growth,^  then  we  shall  become  wortliy  heirs* 
f  those  noble  patriots,  who  with  so  many  toils  and 

'  perils,  even  with  their  hearts*  blood,  achieved^  the 
freedom  and  independance  of  this  country. 

26.  The  great  difference  between  a  Monarchy 

;and  a  Republic  is,  chat  in  the  latter  all  the  power  re- 
poses in  the  hands  of  the  people  and  emanates^  from 

I  tliem  or  their  legitimate'  organs.  Here  the  laws  are 
made  by  the  people  themselves,  through  agents  free- 
ly appointed  for  short  periods  by  frequent  elections. 
Whether  such  a  form  of  government  be  better  than  a 

{ Monarchy,  depends  upon  the  spirit  which  penetrates' 

I  the  whole  people. 

I  am  the  state!"  ("Tetat,  c'est  moi !")  said  once 
the  Despot  Louis  XLV"  of  France  ;  and  Metternich, 
the  much  praised  statesman  of  the  absolutism  of  our 

i  century,  declared  in  a  similar  sense,  "  All  for  the  peo-- 
pie,  nothing  through  the  people,'*  ("omnia  pro  popu- 
lo,  nihil  per  populum,")  meaning,  by  the  word  "  peo- 

iple,"  in  the  first  place,  the  property  given  to  Piinces 


I  1  nücl)tcrn.  —  2  OcifüicUc^o. 
S*rbc,  —  5  cnvcrbon,  aringcn. 
—  8  biircbbringciu 


—  3  93?ad)i^t()um.  —  4  bcr 

—  6  au<>9c()cn.--  7  gcfcgticl)* 


I 


78 


^erfonen,  i'()re  ^ad)t,  ihv  ©nfliig  iinb  ber  ©lattj 
tl)rer  2!i)uaftie;  jum  nuberen  lUJale  bcinal)c  tt)ieber 
baflfelbe,  immfid)  bie  (Mefammtl)eir  ber  fteuerpflidHi^ 
gen  llntertbanen,  mld)c  (]el)crd)cn  m  ii  ff  c  n,  u>ieber 
giirft  ober  cine  @d)eiii^(5oufi:itiition  Derfd)reibr, 
l)erftaubcu  tt>irb,  ®ott(ob,  wir  leben  in  feinem 
foId)en  ?anbe  mehr  !  S[i?ir  leben  in  einem  Vanbe, 
tvo  ein  jeber  Bürger  ahS  ©on^erain  betrad)rer  n>ivb, 
ber  nnr  ben  6)efel^en  ®ottc^  nnb  ber  ^epnblif 
l)orfam  fd)nlbicj  ill.  Va^  font^eraine  2soIf  mu§ 
aber  ein  befferer  nnb  n^eiferer  ^err  fein,  ^^^^^ft'^^^ 
nnb  ibre  $)fätl)e  (Tnb,  n>enn  e^  mit  (§hren  berrfd)en 
unb  beReben  foIL  (gin  franjojTfdjer  ©raati^manu 
xinb  *lM)i(ofoplv  9JJontetiqnien,  fagt  in  feinem  beriibm^ 
ten  iöerfe,  „ber  ®eijl:  ber  ®efelje"(L'E  ptii  des  loi^) 
fet)r  wabr,  ba^  ©rnnbprinjip  ber  9!J?iMtard)ie  fei 
bie  i)om  Jtbrone  an^gehenbe  änßere  (J  I)  re,  ba^ 
ber  Di'epnblif  bagegen  bie  2;  n  (]  ^  n  b  ibrer  53ürqer. 
2n  i()ren  re(igii>fen  nnb  fitrlid)en  PHninbfal^en,  in 
t()rem  bieberen  Sb^vafter,  nnb  befonbeni  in  ben 
JTnqenben  ber  Saterfanbpfiebe,  be^  ?Vieifiei^,  ber 
*5!Wäßit]feit  nnb  ©eniigfamfeir  liegt  ibre  Stärfe,  nnb 
fobiilb  biefe  (Sigenfd)aften  nnter  ben  ^^iirgern 
befteben  nnfböven,  bann  ift  e^  einerfei,  vi>e(d)en 
Seamen  ober  Titel  bie  \)M)ftc  S tan ti'^ge waft  führt; 
bann  n)irb  bed)  factifd)  ba^  Äonigrbnm  berrfdien, 
mwn and)  \)iet(eid)t  nnter  er ^JWa^fe  repnbfifanird)er 
gormen,  n)ie  eö  unter  ben  römifd)en  jfaifern  ber 
gall  wax. 


79 

"by  the  ^-race^  of  God,"  their  power  ana  influence, 
and  tlie  splendor  of  tlieir  Dynasty ;  and  in  the  second 
phice,  nearly^  tlie  same;  tliMt  is,  the  whole  sum  of  tri- 
butary* subjects,  which  miist  obey  whatever  the 
Prince  or  a  Mock-Constitution  prescribes.  God  be 
praised,  thnt  we  no  longer  live  in  such  a  country  !  We 
live  in  a  country  where  eve>y  citizen  is  considered  as 
a  sovereign,  bound  only  to  obey  the  laws  of  God  and 
of  the  commonwealth.'^  But  the  people  must  be  bet- 
ter and  wiser  sovereigns  than  the  princes  and  their 
abettors^  are,  if  they  expect  to  sustain  their  dominioo 
honorably.'^ 

Montesquieu,  a  French  statesman  and  philosopher, 
truly  remarks  in  his  celebrated  work,  entitled  The 
Spirit  of  Jaws,  "  («a^'Esprit  des  lois/')  that  the  es- 
sential principle  of  a  Monarchy  is  the  honor  emanat- 
ing from  the  throne,  but  that  of  a  Republic  the  vir- 
tue of  its  citizens. 

Their  strength  lies  in  religious  and  moral  principles, 
in  upright  character,  and  especially  in  patriotism,  in- 
dustry, tempenmce  and  frugality ;  and  as  soon  as 
those  qualities  cease  to  exist  in  a  nation,  it  matters' 
not  by  vvhat  name  the  supreme  power  is  called;  it 
will  be  a  re  il  Mon  irchy,  though^  perhaps  masked^°  by 
the  forms  of  Republicanism, — as  was  the  case  under 
the  Roman  Emperors. 

pflicbtio,  ftcucrpft(cbru\  —  5  XAc  9?cvn(>(if.  —  6  fccr  ^üttoU 
—  7  cbvcnvclL—  8  9U'iel)gü(ti^,  — Ocbglcicb.  —  10  »crbccfU 


80 


27»  3Bie  bic  SKepublif  einem  jebeit  tl)rer  S3ur^ 
ger  gle(cl)e  5Hect)te  nnb  g(eid)en  ©egeu  anbietet,  fo 
legt  jTe  and)  einem  jeben  9(eicf)e  ^>flid)ten  anf.  ©n 
Seber  i(l  t>erbnnben,  ba^  ®efeg  jn  beobad)ten,  ba^ 
aßot)t  ber  ®efammtl)eit  gn  beforbern  nnb  bie  geinbe 
ber  JHepnblif  jn  befämpfen.  ©iner  it)rev  gri)^tert 
geinbe  aber  i|l  ba^  ent(Tttlic()enbe  nnb  öerberb(id)e 
f after  ber  U  n  m  ä  g  i  g  f  e  i  t.  I^ie  gerflörenben 
aCirfnngen  biefe^  gafterö,  mld)e  täglid)  bem  Seob^ 
adhter  in  bie  Singen  fatten  nnb  beren  enerme  Snm^^ 
me  uon  3lerjten,  ©pitaf^  nnb  3lrmenl)an^üertt>af^ 
tern,  ©efangenwdrtern  nnb  anberen  i)ffentlid7en 
^erfonen  in  frf)anbererregenben  3^1)I^Ji  jäbrfirf)  be^ 
gfanbigt  tverben,  fotlten  jeben  gnten  25iirger  anfen^ 
ern,  mit  alter  Äraft  jTct)  feiner  iveiteren  Serbreitnng 
jn  unberfelsen,  nnb  fo  eine  ber  (Idrfffen  Dnelten  ber 
Slrmntl)  nnb  beö  3>erbred)en^  i)er|lopfen  jn  t)e(fen» 

28.  £)ie  gjJäßigfeitö^®efeltfd)aften  baben  biefe 
el)reni)olte  Slnfgabe  nbernommen,  nnb  ed  fann  nnr 
baö  befd)ranfte|te  2Sornrrheit  ober  bie  bö^n)ittig(le 
©e(bfi:fnd)t  fid)  il)rem  fegenöreid)en  ^ißirfen  entge^ 
gen(lellen.  (Sin  3<^ber  foltte  e^  jnm  UjenigRen  einfe^» 
t)en,  bag  biefe  ®efellfd)aften  nnenbtid)  ml  Uebet  v^er^ 
^inbern,  eine  ber  5janpt)liigen  ber$)Jepnb(if,namtid) 
biellngenben  ber  (Sinfad)l)eit,  be^  gteißec?,  berSpar^^ 
famfeit  nnb  ®eniigfamfeit,  befeiligen  nnb  l)ierbnrd) 
@cfnnbt)eit,3ßol)I(lanb  nnb  ®Iitd  beforbern  helfen 

@ö  ifl:  inbejfen  \val)Y,  mand)er  Don  A>an^  am 
mc\)v  an  ein  (Tnntid)eö  ®enn^teben  gewöhnte  Sent^ 


81 


27.  As  the  Republic  has  in  store  for  every  one  of 
its  citizens  equal  rights  and  blessings,  so  it  imposes' 
upon  every  one  equal  duties.  Every  one  is  bound^  to 
observe  the  law,  to  promote  the  welfare  of  the  whole, 
i  and  to  defend  the  Republic  against  its  enemies.  But 
i  one  of  its  greatest  foes  is  the  demoralizing  and  perni- 
cious vice  of  drunkenness.    The  ruinous  effects  of 
j  this  vice,  which  are  daily  seen  by  all  observers,  and 
the  fearfuP  amount  of  which  is  annually  stated  by 
pliysicians,  overseers'*  of  hospitals  and  poor-houses, 
keepers'^  of  prisons,  and  other  public  persons,  should 
induce^  every  good  citizen  to  counteract  its  farther 
spread  with  all  his  energy,  and  in  so  doing,  aid  in  stop- 
iping^  one  of  the  chief  sources  of  poverty  and  crime. 
!    28.  The  Temperance  Societies  have  taken  upon 
themselves  this  honorable  mission,^  to  whose  benefi- 
iciaP^  operations  only  narrow-minded^^  prejudice  or 
jmalicious^^  selfishness  can  be  opposed. 
I     Every  one  should  be  aware  at  least,  that  these  so- 
[;  cieties  prevent  an  infinite  amount  of  evil,  support  one 
I  of  the  main  pillars  of  the  Republic,  to  wit,  the  vir- 
I  tues  of  simplicity,  industry,  economy  and  frugality, 
and  in  this  manner  promote  health,  wealth  and  hap- 
piness. 

I    1  aufcrU'C|cn.  —  2  t?crOunt)cn,  —  3  furi()t6ar,  ^cl)rccf on  cr^ 
'  rcc\cnt).—  4tia*  ?(iiffcf)cr,  ^Bcrtvattcr.  —  5  ^H^a'vtcr.  —  6  Oc« 
n)C(icn,  antreiben.  — 7  cutgcc^cnwivfcn,  bcfa'mpfcu  —  Srcrs 
I  ftcpfcn.  —  9  ^)ic(^cn^u^9,  ?fufc^aOc.  — 10  wo()(tl)ati9.  — 11 


82 


fcf)e  mafl  (Tcf)  Sdtfattgö  md)t  gerne  an  biefe  republifa^ 
nifcf)e  -lugenb  ber  ©clbflt)erleiiguiing  gemol)nen, 
obwo[)l  ev  e^  (lebt,  gewijTe  äußere  ©ebrdud}e  ber 
Slmerifaner  nacf)jiial)men»  Sr  fiiblt  ]\d)  nocl)  fremb ; 
feine  frnl)ere  ?eben^meife  nub  ®en?oI)nl)eiten  (inb 
nod)  frifd)  in  feiner  (geele  nnb  mand)e  geiffige  Untere 
baltnng  gel)t  il)m  für  ben  Slnfang  wegen  feiner  Un^^ 
befanntfct)aft  ntit  ber  englifchen  @pracl)e  t)erforen. 
Slber  n)ohf  i[)m,  tt)enn  er  feinen  n)al)ren  SSortbeil 
bafb  beranöftnbet  nnb  bie  Äetten  feiner  aScrnrtbeifc 
jerfprengt,  nnbefiimmert  nm  ba^  ®erebe  @oIcf)er, 
mld)c  ben  ebleren  3^^e(fen  beö  ?cben^  il)r  £^erj 
t)erfd)(iegcn  nnb  „benen  ber  55and)  il)r  (Sott  ill  nnb 
beren  (Sl)re  ^ju  ©d)anben  mirb."  (^l)i(ipper  3, 19.) 

29.  Ißir  finb  3(l(e  bnrd)  nnanf(ö^(id)e  25anbe 
unter  einanber  tJerbnnben  nnb  einer  mnß  bem  anbe^ 
ren  in  ber  Xngenb  ber  ©e(b(lbel)errfd)nng  ein  gnteö 
SSeifpiel  geben :  nnb  biefe^^  Ijat  eine  clcftrifd)c 
^raft-  &n  foldje^^  S3eifpicl  Don  Selbflbel)errfd)nng 
liefert  ein  großer  5;telb  be^  5((tertl)nm^,  ber  ein|l: 
bei  g(ül)euber  ©onnenbii^e  ffd)  in  einer  5Büfte,  wo 
fein  ^IBaffer  gefnnben  tt)erben  fonnte,  verirrt  l)atte. 

enblid)  ein  ©olbat  in  einer  SSertiefnng  etn>a^ 
Sßaffer,  genug  fitr  einen  ober  jwei,  anfgefnnbcn 
t)atte,  fammefte  er  ee'  in  feinem  SyUuc  nnb  brad)te 

ju  feinem  gelbt)errn.  Siefer  aber  fd)üttete,  3ln^ 
gef(d)tt^  tc6  .\>eereii,  ben  5nba(t  be^  .^elme^  auf 
bie  @rbe  nnb  erf(ärte,  er  fei  entfd)(offen,  an  allen 
6ntbel)rnngen  feiner  Ärieger  Jl)ei(  ju  nebmpn,  nnb 


83 


It  IS  true,  however,  that  many  a  German,  though 
\  desirous  of  imitatini^  certain  American  customs,  yet 
i  habituated^  from  Iiis  early  life  to  more  indulgent^  ha- 
j  bits  of  living,  is  far  from  willing  to  adopt  this  Repub- 
1  lican  self-denial.    He  feels  himself  a  stranger  still; 
I  his  former  habits  and  associations^  are  still  fresh  in  his 
'!  inind;  and  many  an  intellectual*  entertainment^  is 
closed  to  him  at  first,  on  account  of  his  ifrnorance  of 
i  the  English  language.    But  well  for  him,  if  he  soon 
'  finds  out  what  truly  benefits  him,  and  if  he  breaks 
*  the  chains^  of  his  prejudices,  without  caring"  for  the 
remarks  of  those  who  shut  their  hearts  to  the  nobler 
purposes  of  life,  and  "whose  God  is  their  belly,^  and 
j  whose  glory  is  in  their  shame."    (Phil.  3  :  19.) 
(      29.  AVe  are  all  bound  to  each  other  by  indissolu- 
i  ble  bands,  and  must  set  each  other  a  good  example 
I  in  self-government;  and  this  has  an  electric  power. 
I  Such  an  example  of  self  government  is  furnished  by  a 
i  great  hero  of  antiquity,  who  had  lost  his  way  when 
I  marching  through  a  desei't,^^  under  a  burning^^  sun, 
-where  no  water  could  be  procured.  When  by  chance 
'  a  soldier  had  found  in  a  little  cavity,^'-^  water  enough 
for  one  or  two  to  drink,  he  took  it  in  his  helmet^'  to 
his  general,  who,  in  presence  of  his  army,  turned  it 
out  on  the  ground,  declaring,  that  he  was  resolved  to 

1  öctt)ö()nt.  —  anacbgicMg.  —  3bit'3Scrüinl)ungcn.  — 4 
rcrftänbic],  — 5t)ic  llntcrf}a{tun9.  —  6l)ic.^tcttc.—  7  fid)  Ws 
iimwKxxu  —  8  bcr  Saud),  2ciO.  —  9  bic  ^d)anbi\  -—  10  bic 
SSüftc.— 11  brcnncnb.  — 12  biciScrticfunq.  -— 13  bet  vg)c(nu 


84 


feinen  Stropfen  jn  trinfen,  hcoov  ber  leiste  feiner 
Sente  im  (Btan'oc  fei,  feinen  Snrfl  gn  (.üfd)en,  Sin 
fo[cf)er  Jhiö'brucf  n)a[)ren  aßol)Iti>ollcni^  nnb  ebfert 
ÜJJirgefih)!^  l)atte  eine  beffere^Üirfnng^al^  bie  fd)öm 
|le  9?ebe  I)erüorgebrarf)t  haben  VDürbe :  ber  fittlirf)e 
SWntt)  Don  S^anfenben  tDnrbe  bnrd)  biefeö  gnte  ^eU 
fpiel  nenbefebt.  Unb  gerabe  fo  i)ert)ätt  e^  firf)  mit 
ben  5Kägi()feit^^®efettfd)aften.  liie  gntbalrfam^' 
feit  i)on  beranfd)enben  ©etränfen,  mkl)€v  fie  ba(^ 
SBort  reben,  ift  nnr  ba^  i  1 1  e  l ,  vvoburd)  (Te  ein 
gnte^  Seifpiel  geben  nnb  jenen  ©eift  ber  Selbj^be^» 
^errfd)nng  nnb  ®e(bfti)erfengnnng  beförbern  motten, 
0  l)  n  e  n)  e  l  d)  e  n  2:  n  g  e  n  b  n  nr  e  i  n  leerer 
31  am  e  i(l.  Wlit  t^ereinter  yjtad)t  fiibren  pe  Ä'rieg 
gegen  jenen  großen  Be^poten,  ben  Ä'i)nig  3J[lfol)oI 
unb  fein  ftarfe^,  t)erberblid)eö  ^eer*  Ü)Jöd)ten  ffe 
il)n  balb  überannben  nnb  nii>cf)ten  and)  bie  I^cnU 
fd)en  in  Slmerifa  l)ierjn  n]äd)tig  beitragen»  WÖQC 
deiner  ^nrücfjlel)en,  n)o  ein  fo(c5)er  mal)rl)aft  niigli^ 
d)er  nnb  prei^tx)ürbiger  ^md  erreid)t  U)erben  (oll, 
nnb  möge  jeber  ^^entfd^e  e^  beipeifen  —  wa^  bie 
@efd)id)te  nnfere^  Saterlanbe^  in  fo  Dielen  53ei^ 
fpielcn  beftäligt,  —  baßeö  bem  2)entfd)en  nie  an 
einem  t^armen  5;^erjen  unb  feften  ?[öi[len  fel)lte,  ba, 
IDO  e^  fid)  um  bie  (Sad)ebe^  (5l)riflent()um^  unb  um 
bie  Syereblung  ber  S)venfd)l)eit  l)anbe(L 

80.  ?anb^(ente !  2lnf  biefer  viü)mlid)m  23at)rt 
Doranjufd)reiten,  ruft  ber  5(poflel  ^aulu^  end)  ju: 
^,©0  be|lel)et  nun  in  ber  grei^eit,  iamit 


85 

participate  in  all  the  wants  of  his  soldiers,  and  not  to 
drink  a  drop^  before  the  whole  of  his  men  should  be 
able  to  satisfy  their  thirst.    Such  an  expression^  of 
true  benevolence  and  noble  sympathy  had  a  better 
effect,  than  the  finest  speech^  would  have  had ;  the 
moral  energy  of  thousands  was  reanimated'*  by  this 
good  example.    And  this  is  exactly  the  case  with 
temperance  societies.    The  abstinence'^  from  the  use 
of  intoxicating^  drinks,  which  they  advocate,  is  only 
the  means  by  which  they  will  set  a  good  example, 
and  promote  that  self-governing  and  self-denying  spi- 
rit without  which  virtue  is  only  an  empty'^  name. 
With  united  powers  they  wage^  war  against  that 
great  Despot,  king  Alcohol,  and  his  mighty  and  nu- 
i  merous  army.    May  they  soon  overpower^  him,  and 
I  may  also  the  Germans  in  America  powerfully  contri- 
jpute  to  that  result.  May  no  one  stand  back,  where 
r^Buch  a  truly  useful  and  praiseworthy^®  object  is  to  be 
1 3fFected,  and  may  every  German  prove,  that  which 
;he  history  of  our  country  in  so  many  instances^^  con- 
l  irms,  that  the  Germans  have  never  lacked^^  a  warm 
leart,  and  a  strong  will,  where  the  cause  of  Christiani- 
I  y  and  civilization  is  at  stake. 

80.  My  countrymen  !  to  pursue^^  this  noble 
;ourse,  the  Apostle  Paul  calls  to  you:  "stand  fast, 

I  bet  JSrcpfcn.  —  2  tec  2Cu6brucf.— 3  tic  ^Jcbc.  —  4  neu 
•eleOcn.  —  5  tie  ®ntf)a(tfamfeit.  —  6  l>eraufd)enb.  —  7  leer» 
-8ia)Q9en,fü!)ren.  —  9  üOertvältigen.  —  10  preii^ivürtiig, 
1,  -  11  taö  SScifpict.  — 12fel)(en,  niongetn.--  13  t>erfc(.qe«* 


86 


(5^n'(tuö  befreiet  I)at,  unb  la^et  eitcf)  tticf)t  miebentm 
m  ba^  fnecf)Hfcf)e  2orf)  fangen.  31)^  (^ber,  lieben 
Sriiber,  feib  gnr  greif)eit  bernfen»  Stttein  fel)et  jn, 
baß  il)r  bnrd)  bie  Freiheit  bem  g(eifcl)e  nid)t  Dianm 
gebet;  fonbent  bnrd)  bie  ?iebe  biene  (Siner  bem 
Sfnberen.  Senn  alle  ©efege  mrben  in  einem 
SBorte  erfiiKet, in  bem :  giebe  beinen9iärf)jlen 
a  I  ^  b  i  d)  f e  I  b  ©o  il)r  end)  aber  nnter  einanber 
beißet  nnb  freffet,  fo  fet)et  jn,  bag  il)r  nid)t  nnter 
einanber  t3erjel)ret  werbet.  3d)  fage  end)  aber: 
ößanbelt  im  ®ei|Ie,  fo  tt>erbet  il)r  bie  Si'tfle  be^  gfeif 
fd)e^  nid)t  DoKbringen.  Offenbar  ffnb  aber  bie 
äßerfe  be^  gfeifd)e^^,  alö  ba  finb  @l)ebrnd),  ^nrerei, 
Unreinigfeit,  llnjnd)t,  3lbgötterei,  ^aiihcvci,  geinb^ 
fd)aft,  5?aber,5leib,  3orn,  3anf,  3mietrad)t,  9?otten, 
^aß,  gjlorb,  ©anfen,  ^rejfen  nnb  bergfeid)en,  Don 
n)eld)en  id)  end)  l)abe  jnüor  gcfagt,  nnb  fage  nod) 
gnt)or,  baß,  bie  fo[d)e^  tbnn,  mvhcn  baö  9ieid)  Oot^ 
te(^  nid)t  ererben/'  (®afater  5,  L  13-210 

3üng{inge !  S3el)erjiget  bie IBorte  be^  ^falmijlen : 
„5ßie  tt)irb  ein  3intgling  feinen  2ßeg  nnfiräflicf)  ge^ 
l)en  ?  wenn  er  ffd)  hält  nad)  beinen  (®otteö)  5Sor^ 
ten/'  C^falm  119,  90/  unb  bie  @rmal)nnng:  „®e^ 
benfe  an  beinen  @d)öpfer  in  beiner  3»g<?nb,  e[)e 
benn  bie  böfen  ^age  fommen  nnb  bie  3al)re  berjn^ 
treten,  ba  bn  mv\t  fagen :  ©ie  gefallen  mir  nid)t 
C^reb.  ®aL  12, 10 

Äinber !  bie  t). ©d)rift  gebietet:  „3t)r  Äinber,  feib 
Öcl)orfam  euren  eitern  in  bem  Äerrn ;  benn  baö  ifl 


87 


■  tlierefore,  in  the  liberty  wherewith  Christ  has  made  us 

■  free,  and  be  not  entangled^  again  with  the  yoke  of 
bondage.    For,  bretlircn,  ye  have  been-  called  unto 

,  liberty  :  only  use  not  liberty  for  an  occasion  to  tlio 
i  flesh,  but  by  love  serve^  one  another.  For  all  the  law 
i  is  fulfilled  in  one  word,  even  in  this  :  Thou  shalt  love 
'  thy  neighbor  as  thyself.    But  if  ye  bite^  and  devour 
one  another,  take  heed,'*  that  ye  be  not  consumed  one 
of  another.    This  I  say  then,  Walk  in  the  Spirit,  and 
ye  shall  not  fulfil  the  lusf*^  of  the  flesh.    Now  the 
i  works  of  the  flesh  are  manifest,  which  are  these,  adul- 
tery, fornication,  uncleanness,  idolatry,  witchcraft, 
;  hatred,  variance,  emulations,  wrath,  strife,  seditions, 
/  heresies,  envyings,  murders,  drunkenness,  revellings,® 
and  such  like  'J  of  the  which  I  tell  you  before,  as  I 
I  have  told  you  in  time  past,  that  the)'-  which  do  such 
j  things  shall  not  inherit  the  kingdom  of  God."  (Ga- 
I  latians,  5  :  1,  13-21.) 

Young  men  !  bear^  in  mind  the  words  of  the  Psal- 
j  mist :  "  Wherewith  shall  a  young  man  cleanse  his 
{  way  ?  By  taking  heed  thereto  according  to  thy 
V  word."  (Psalm  119:  9.)  And  the  admonition  "Re- 
^  member  now  thy  Creator  in  the  days  of  thy  youth, 
i  while  the  evil  days  come  not,  nor  the  years  draw 
J  nigh,  when  thou  shalt  say,  I  have  no  pleasure  in 
them."    (Ecclesiast.  12  :  1.) 

Children !  the  Holy  Scripture  commands  :  "  Chil- 

^  1  i>crn)icfc(n.  —  2  bicnciu  —  3  Ocif'cn.  —  4  tic  ?fcl)r.— 5  tie 
if  0uft.—  6  l>a$  (Scl)ivct9cn,  fvctfcn.  —  7  t)crötcid)cn. 


88 


billig,  el)re  SBarer  unb  9Kuner !  ba^  i(t  ba(^  erfle  ©e* 
bot,  ba^  bie  2ScrI)eigun(}  l)at :  3luf  baß  bir'ö  n)cl)l 
get)e  unbbu  lange  lebejl:  auf  (grben."  ((äpt),  6,1—3.) 

Unb  if)r,  (Altern,  betrac()tet  a(^  eure  erfie 
^flic{)t,  euren  Äinbern  eine  gute,  ct)ri(ilirf)e  (iv^ 
jiel)ung  jn  ertl)eilen;  gebt  ibnen  fiet^  ein  gute^ 
S3eifpiel  unb  ermahnt  jTe  bei  3^iten  ju  ber  „gnrd)t 
(Siebe)  beö  ^errn,  n)eld)e  ijl  aller  SBei^beit  ^liu 
fang leljrt  ^e  baö  ©ebot  bebenfen,  „bn  foUjl  ben 
Feiertag  beiligen"  unb  feib  ibnen  l)ierin  fetbft  ein 
nad)al)mung^it)ürbige^  SSorbilb.  galtet  im  ©e^ 
bäct)tnijye  bie  @rmal)nung  be^  3tpo|lel^ :  „3t)r  25ä^ 
ter,  reibet  eure  Äinber  nicl)t  jum  ^ovn,  fonbern 
jiel)et  fie  auf  in  ber  ^ndjt  unb  gTmal)nung  jum 
^errn/'  (@p[)efer6,  4.) 

3L  „3llö  bie  gjjutter  2Baöl)ington^,  fo  wixi 
erjäl)lt,  gefragt  mivic,  mc  jTe  ben  ßl)arafter  il)reö 
@ol)ne^^  gebilbet  l)abe,  fo  gab  fie  jur  Stutmort,  ffe 
fei  bemü()t  gemefen,  ifjn  brei  Dinge  ju  leljren  :  ®e^ 
tjorfam,  gleiß  unb  Söabrbeitöliebe/' 

steine  bejfere  ?el)re  unb  @rmal)nung  fönnen  (St 
tern  it)ren  ^inbern  ertl)eilen* 

?el)rt  eure  Äinber  ©  e  l)  o  r  f  a  m.  ?a0t  e^  bie 
erjle  Section  fein*  Sf)^'  fönnt  faum  frü()e  genug 
anfangen.  S3eftänbige  Sorgfalt  unb  SlnfmerffantJ' 
feit  ijl:  nötl)ig,  bag  e^  auf  folcl)e  5Beife  gefcl)el)e,  baß 
nid)t  bie  felbftpnbige  ßl)arafterentn)icflung  beö 
Äinbeö  barnnter  leibe. 

gefjrt  eure  Äinber  Stl)ätigfeit*  Sie  ©en^olju* 


89 


dren  !  obey  your  parents  in  the  Lord  ;  for  this  is  light. 
Honor  thy  father  and  mother,  which  is  the  first  com- 
mandment with  promise,  that  it  may  be  well  with 
thee,  and  thou  may  est  live  long  on  the  earth.' 
''Ephes.  6 :  1-3.) 

And  you,  who  are  parents,  consider  it  as  your 
first  duty  to  give  your  children  a  good  and  Christian 
education;  set  them  always  a  good  example,  and 
teach  tliem  early  '*  the  fear  of  the  Lord,  which  is 
the  beginning  of  all  wisdom teach  them  to  re- 
member the  Sabbath  dny  to  keep  it  holy,"  and 
be  yourself  a  pattern  worthy  of  their  imitation. 
Keep  in  memory  the  admonition  :  And,  ye  fathers, 
provoke  not  your  children  to  wrath  :  but  bring  them 
up  in  the  nurture  and  admonition  of  the  Lord." 
(Ephes.  G  :  4.) 

31.  It  is  said,  that,  when  the  mother  of  Wash- 
ington was  asked,  how  she  had  formed  the  character 
of  her  son,  she  replied,  that  she  had  endeavored  to 
teach  him  three  things  :  obedience,  diligence,  and 
truth. 

No  better  advice  can  be  given  by  any  parent. 

Teach  your  children  to  obey.  Let  it  b(!  the  first 
lesson,  you  can  hardly  begin  too  soon.  It  requires 
constant  care  and  attention  to  do  it  in  such  a  way 
as  i.ot  to  break  down  the  strenoth  of  a  child's  cha- 
racter. 

Teach  your  children  to  be  diligent.    The  habit  of 


90 


^ei't,  bcflaubig  nii^üd)  befchäftigt  ju  fein,  ijJ  ein  c^itf 
ter  v5cl)ii(5enge(  burd)'^  ?cbeit,  nnb  j^ugfcid)  jur 
^>flege  ieg(id)er  5l!u(]cnb  iimimciängd'd)  nethmeitbig* 
Tii&)t^  fawn  rbönd^ter  fein,  al^  bie  3lnffd)t  manner 
©(tern,  al^  fei  e^  nnanftänbig,  il)ve  ^inber  arbeiten 
jn  (affen.  ®ett)öl)nt  jce  frübjeitiß  an  eine  niU^lidie 
2;i)ätigfeit» 

X)k  as  a  I)  r  I)  e  i  t  ^  t  i  e  b  e  aber  ill  Don  ber 
I)öd)(len  93ebentnng.  ?agt  lieber  aßeö  3(nbere 
babin  fahren,  a(^  biefeö.  Uöie  fönnt  ihr  end)  anf 
cnre  ^inber  Derlaflfen,  tvenn  biefelben  ni*t  )pahr^ 
{)eitö(iebenb  ffnb?  i;^iitet  end)  barnm  feiber  flanj 
befonberö,  ctwa^  jn  tbnn,  ir^obnrd)  ihr  f[e  jn  in^cnb 
einer  Untrene  ober  lliimabrbeir  anfeiten  fönnret. 

Unb  enb(id),  Csunß  nn^  3l(t,  la^t  nn^  alle  nnfcre 
Gräfte  ^nr  STreid)nng  eined  ^ick^,  cinc^  (SnC»^ 
jwed^  Dereinitjen,  ?afit  nn^  nuißii],  fleif;i(]  nnb 
genitgfam  fein ;  laßt  nn^  eingebenf  fein  nnfcrer 
^flid)ten  gegen  nnferen  (gdiö^fer  nnb  nnfere  "^Mt^ 
menfd)en;  la^t  nn^  in  nnferen  x^er^en  einen  Zcm^ 
pel  griinben,n)orin  ber  i)erf?änbige  nnb  in  bieJverne 
blicfenbe©eijl  anierifanifd)er  greil)eit  lebe  nnb  blühe, 
—  nnb  bann  werben  mir  g  n  t  e ,  g  l  ii  d  I  i  d)  e  nnb 
freie  S3nrger  ähnerifa'c?  werben« 


91 


'being  always  employed^  is  a  great  safeguard'  through 
life,  as  well  as  essential  to  the  cultivation  of  almost 
every  virtue.  Nothing  can  be  more  foolislr**  than  an 
idea  wliich  parents  have,  that  it  is  not  respectable''  to 
set  their  children  to  work.  Let  them  learn  early^  to 
be  useful. 

As  to  truth,  it  is  the  one  essential  thing.  Let  every 
thing  else  be  sacrificed  rather  than  this.  Without 
it  whnt  dependance^  can  you  place  in  your  child  ?^ 
And  be  sure  to  do  nothing  yourself  which  .may 
countenance^  any  species  of  prevarication^  or  false- 
hood. 

And,  finally,  young  and  old,  let  us  unite  all  our 
energies  for  the  accomplishment^  of  one  purpose,  one 
end.  Let  us  b:v  temperate,  industrious  and  frugal; 
let  us  remember  our  obligations  to  our  Maker  and  our 
fellow-men,  let  us  build  up  in  our  hearts  a  temple, 
wherein  the  rational  fjirseeing'"  spirit  of  American  li- 
berty, may  live  and  flourish,  and  thus  we  may  be- 
come^^  goody  happy  and  free  American  citizens. 


1  (>i'fc()äftic^cn.  —  2Mc  (^clni|n)acl)C.  3  tboricbt.  —  4 
onftantiu,  c^rcnrdt.  —  5  früb^cittp,  —  6  ta^  Bntrnucn. — 
7  aufmuntern,  untcrftugcn.  8  t'tc7Cu?f(üchtc,  9?a'nfc.— 
9  tic  (£Tfü(Uin9/  ^n*cid)un9.  —  10  wcitfcftcnK  —  11  met* 
ten. 


92 


(SvnUitntipn 

bet 

fSetcini^ien  Staaten  Don  ^tnetifa^ 

5Bir,  ba^  SSoff  icx  aSereinigtcu  <Btaatcn,  in  ber 
2(bjTct)t,  cine  i)oHfommeuere  Union  jn  bifben,  $)?ecl)t 
unb  ®erect)tigfcit  einjnfe^en,  $Knl)e  im  Innern  ju 
»ergevt)i()*ern,  für  gemeinfame  SSertbeibignng  %\\x^ 
forge  jn  trejfen,  altgemeine  5ßol)Ifabrt  jn  before 
bern  unb  ben  ©egcn  bcr  greil)eit  uu^  nnb  nnferen 
9tarf)fommen  jn  jtdjcrn,  i)erorbnen  nub  ervicf)ten 
l)iermit  biefe  gonjlitution  für  bie  aSereiuigteu  ©taa^ 
ten  t)on  2Jmcrifa» 

Slrtif cl  I-  —  e-rftcr  ?f(>fc{)nttt. 

Sitte  bierin  bewittigte  gefejsgebenbe  ®ema(t  foil 
einem  ßougreffe  bcr  SSereiuigfeu  ©raaten  über^ 
tragen  fein,  mkhn*  aii^  bem  (Senate  unb  bem 
§aufe  ber  JHepräfentautcu  beffel)en  fott, 

Biveitcr  ?(Ofd)nitt. 

§.  1.  Sa^  .pauö  ber  $)?epräfentauteu  foil  auö 
gjjitgtieberu  jufammeugefcBt  fein,  \vM)c  alle  '^wei 
5abre  i)on  bem  SSolfe  ber  i^erfc()icbcucu  graaren 
emäbft  mevben  nub  bie  3öäh(er  in  einem  )e^en 
Staate  fo((en  biejenigeu  (Siaeufctafren  habnt,  u^ffcbe 
für  ^ßäbfer  bei^  jahfrcidiftni  3u>riiiet^  tor  &c)H}^ 
gebnug  in  iljrem  eigenen  Staate  erforberlid)  (Tnb^ 


93 


I  CONSTITUTION 

'  OF  THE  i 

I  UNITED   STATES  0 AMERICA. 

I 

We,  the  people  of  the  United  States,  m  order  to 
i  form  a  more  perfect  union,  establish^  justice,  ensure 
;  domestic^  tranquilHty,  provide  for  the  common  de- 
!  fence,"*  promote  the  general  welfjire,  and  secure*  the 
blessings  of  liberty  to  ourselves  and  our  posterity, 
?  do  ordain  and  establish  this  Constitution  for  the 
j  United  States  of  Ameiica. 

,;  ARTICLE  I.    Section  First. 

I The  legislative  powers  herein  granted,  shall  be 
irested  in  a  Congress  of  the  United  States,  wliicli  shall 
consist  of  a  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives. 

j  Section  Second, 

§  1.  The  House  of  Representatives  shall  be  com- 
iposed^  of  members  chosen  every  second  year  by  the 
people  of  the  several  states,  and  the  electors^  in  each 
state  shall  have  the  qualifications  requisite  for  electors 
of  the  most  numerous  branch^  of  the  state  legishiLure. 

1  cinrid)tcn,  ciniegcn.  —  2  ()a'ii>'^(icb/  tnnordcl).  —  3  l)ic 
I  tcr  SS5ä()lcr»  —  7  t)cr  3ivao.. 


94 


§♦  2.  Tiimanb  foil  jiim  9?eprafentantett  crn)al)lt 
n^erben  fönnen,  hex  nicht  baö  2l(tcr  Don  fitnfunt)^ 
jwanjig  3cil)reu  erreid)t  bat  lutb  feit  (Teben 
S5ürger  ber  3Sereinigten.®taateu  gen)cfeu  iff,  unb 
ber  iud)t,  jur  ^eit  feiner  @rn)äl)lnng,  ein  ßin^ 
tt)ol)ner  be^jenigen  ©taateö  ift,  in  n)eld)em  er 
gen)äl)lt  n)nrbe» 

§.  3»  2)ie  $)Jepräfentanten  nnb  bie  birecten 
©tenern  follen  nnter  bie  i)erfd)iebenen .  Staaten, 
ml&fC  mm\)alb  biefer  Union  begriffen  fein  mi^gen, 
t)erl)ä(tnißmäßig,  je  nad)  beren  refpectit)en  2(njaf)l, 
t)ertl)eilt  mxbcw ;  nnb  biefe  mxi  fo  bered)net,  ba0 
ber  ganjen  2lnjal)l  freier  ^erfonen,  einfd)Iie^lid) 
berer,  n)eld)e  eine  fefi-gefel^te  ^eit  t)on  S^llt'^n  ju 
bienen  ijerbnnben  f[nb  nnb  an^fd)Iie^tid)  ber  nid)t 
bellenerten  Snbianer,  brei  giinftl)eile  aller  übrigen 
^perfonen  jngett)eilt  tt)erben. 

2)ie  bießmalige  3^1)f«"3  foil  tnnerfjalb  brei  ^alj^ 
ten  nad)  ber  erflen  SSerfammlnng  beö  Songrefleö 
ber  SSereinigten  Staaten  gefd)el)en  nnb  innerl)alb 
eineö  jeben  baranf  folgenben  S^^t^^i^^^^  ^on  jel)tt 
3al)ren  in  ber  Slrt,  wie  berfelbe  (Kongreß)  ffe 
bnrd)  baö  ®efe§  beflimmen  n)irb*  S)ie  3^^1)1  ber 
JKepräfentanten  foil  nid)t  @inen  Don  jebmeben 
breißigtanfenb  (®ejä()Iten)  nberfd)reiten,  aber  je^ 
ber  ©taat  foil  n^enigflenö  einen  SHepräfentanteit 
baben,  nnb  biö  baß  eine  nene  3^W'i»^3  Dörgen 
nommen  n)irb,  foil  ber  ©taat  9ten?$ampfl)ire  brci, 
TOajfad)nfettö  ad)t,  3ll)obe  3ölanb  mit  ^roDibence 


§  2.  No  person  shall  be  a  representative  'who 
'  shall  not  have  attained^  to  the  age  of  twenty-five 
i   years,  and  been  seven  years  a  citizen  of  the  United 

I  States,  and  who  shall  not,  when  elected,  be  an  in- 
:   Habitant  of  that  state  in  which  he  shall  be  chosen. 

4  §  3.  Representatives  and  direct  taxes  shall  be 
apportioned  among  the  several  states  which  may  be 

\    included  within^  this  Union,  according  to  their  re^ 

^!  spective  numbers,  which  shall  be  determined  by 
adding  to  the  whole  number  of  free  persons,  includ- 
ing^  those  bound  to  service  for  a  term^  of  years, 

{    and  excludino;^  Indians  not  taxed,  three-fifths  of  all 

II  other  persons. — The  actual  enumeration^  shall  be 
'\  made  within  three  years  after  the  first  meeting  of  the 
I  congress  of  the  United  States,  and  within  every  sub- 
I    sequent"'  term  of  ten  years,  in  such  manner  as  they 

shall  by  law  direct.^  The  number  of  representatives 
j  shall  not  exceed^  one  for  every  thirty  thousand,  but 
1  each  state  shall  have  at  least  one  representative ;  and 
until  such  enumeration  shall  be  made,  the  State  of 
New  Hampshire  shall  be  entitled  to  choose  three, 
Massachusetts  eight,  Rhode  Island  and  Providence 


1  crvcicl)cn.  2  inncrf)alO.  —  3  cinfcWicf(id).  —  4  Ut 
Scitraum.  —  5  au6fcl)(icji(id).  —  6  tie  U\xUal)lwnQ*  —  7 
ttad)ftfc(9cnl>.  —  8  Oc)limmcn.  —  9  übcrftcigcn. 


i 


96 


plantation  einen,  gonnecticnt  fünf,  9ien^9)orf 
fed)ö,  ytciu'^scxin)  Dier,  ^Vnnf^f^anien  ad)t,  Sela^ 
tt)are  einen,  5[)?ari)Ianb  fcd]^,  SSirginien  jel)n  9iortf)^ 
garofina  fiinf,  (2entt)^(§aroIina  fünf  nnb  ©eorgia 
brei  jn  tvabfen  berecf)tigt  fein* 

§.  4,  äßenn  jTd)  in  in  9?epräfentation  irgenb 
eine^  ©taate^  ©tettenerlebignngen  ereignen,  fo  fott 
tie  t)ott3iel)enbe  ©emaft  bejfelben  lBa()(an^fd[)reiben 
ergel)en  fajfen  nnb  fofct)e  erfebigte  Stetten  ergänzen» 

§.  5.  2)a^  §anö  ber  9?epväfentanten  foß  feinen 
@precf)er  nnb  anbete  SSeamte  n}äl}fen,  nnb  bie  attei^ 
nige  9)iad)tbefitgniß  einer  ^tageeinbringnng  t)or 
bem  ©enate  l)aben» 

S)rittcr  2tbfd)nitt» 

§.  L  25er  ©enat  ber  bereinigten  (Btaatm  fott 
an^  jtt)ei  (Senatoren  mx  einem  jeben  (Btaatc  jn^ 
fammengefel^t  fein,  mld)e  bie  ©efei^gebnng  beffefben 
anf  ferf)ö  3cil)V'c  ern)ä[)tt  ^at;  nnb  jeber  (Senator 
fott  eine  (Stimme  [)aben» 

§.  2»  Unmittelbar  nad)  iljrer  anf  bie  erfte  5Baf)I 
erfolgten  SSerfammfnng  foHen  fie  fo  gteid)fi3rmig  afö 
möglid)  in  brei  Staffen  gctl)ei[t  tverben*  'Sie  (Si§e 
ber  (Senatoren  erfler  Stajfe  foHen  mit  bem  SIbtanfe 
be^  jweiten  3al)rö,  bie  ber  jrtieiten  &a^e  nad)  3lb^ 
(anf  be^  vierten  3^f)t*^^  xmi)  bie  ber  britten  ßfaffe 
nad)  Slbtanf  be^  fed)öten  Sabred  erlebigt  werben, 
fo  baß  atte  jwei3al)re  ein  Srittbeit  ermäbtt  merbe; 
unb  wenn  (Stetten  erlebigt  werben  bnrd)  %mt6im^ 


97 


Plantations  one,  Connecticut  five,  New -York  six, 
New  Jersey  four,  Pennsylvania  eight,  Delaware  one, 
Maryland  six,  Virginia  ten.  North  Carolina  five, 
South  Carolina  five,  and  Georgia  three. 

§  4.  When  vacancies^  happen  in  the  represen- 
tation from  any  state,  the  executive  authority  thereof 
shall  issue  writs  of  election  to  fill  such  vacancies. 

§  5.  The  House  of  Representatives  shall  choose 
their  speaker  and  other  officers  ;  and  shall  have  the 
sole^  power  of  impeachment.^ 

Section  Third. 

§  1.  The  senate  of  the  United  States  shall  be 
composed  of  two  senators  from  each  state,  chosen  by 
the  legislature  thereof,  for  six  years ;  and  each 
shall  have  one  vote."* 

§  2.  Immediately  after  they  shall  be  assembled 
in  consequence  of  the  first  election,  they  shall  be 
divided  as  equally^  as  may  be  into  three  classes.  The 
seats  of  the  senators  of  the  first  class  shall  be  vacated 
at  the  expiration^  of  the  second  year,  of  the  second 
class,  at  the  expiration  of  the  fourth  year,  and  of  the 
third  class,  at  the  expiration  of  the  sixth  year,  so  that 
one-third  may  be  chosen  every  second  year ;  and  if 
vacancies  happen  by  resignation,"^  or  otherwise,  during 

Itic  C5r(ct)i9unc(  einer  8tcllc.—  2  ntlcintg,  cin^tp.  — 
3  bic  öffcntlid)C  2(n!(a9C.  —  4  tic  8tlmmc  (Oct  bcr  2(0fttnu 
mungO  —  5  9(cicl)ma'ßic5,  —  6  bcr  ?(6(auf»  —  7  tic  9Sct* 
lid^ttcijiun^  auf  cine  Stelle. 


98 


berlegintg  ober  auf  aubere  äBcife,  n)al)renb  bem 
bie  ©efeggebuug  irgenb  eincö  <Btaatc^  feine  gi^iutg 
f)ä{t,  fo  foil  bie  t)olljie[)enbe  ®malt  bejyelben  tempos 
väve  SSefteltiiugeu  bi^  jiir  imd)jlen  3«f^«^nteufunft 
ber  gefel^gebenbeu  23e^övbe  mad)en,  mid^c  alöbanit 
bie  erlebigteu  ©teilen  wicbev  befe^en  foH» 

3tiemanb  foil  Senator  iDerben,  ber  md)t 
ba^  Sdter  t)on  breißig  3al)ren  meid)t  l)at  nnb  nenn 
3at)re  Sitrger  ber  SSereinigten  Staaten  geir>efen  i% 
unb  ber  nirf)t,  jnr  ^cit  feiner  @rn)äl)tnng,  ein  SSe^ 
wot)ner  be^jenigen  Qtaatc^  n)ar,  t)on  ttjelc^em  er 
ertt)äl)ft  iDurbe. 

§♦  4*  23er  aSice^^räfibent  ber  SSereinigten  (Staa^ 
ten  foil  ^räftbent  be^  ©enat^  fein,  jebocl)  feine 
©timme  {)aben,  an^er  tt>enn  bie  ©timmen  gleidl) 
5!)ertl)eitt  ffnb* 

§♦  5»  2)er  ©enat  foil  feine  anberen  SSeamten 
tt)ät)Ien  nnb  ebenfo  einen  ^räflbenten  pro  tempore 
in  5lbn)efen[)eit  be^  SSice^^räfibenten,  ober  n^enn 
biefer  ba^  2(mt  beö  ^räjibenten  ber  SSereinigten 
©taaten  befleiben  mi\^. 

6»  2)er  ©enat  foU  bie  alleinige  ©emalt  I)aben, 
über  alle  Dor  if)n  gebrac()ten  Slnffagen  ®erid)t  ju 
l^alten^  SBenn  er  jn  bem  @nbe  ©ignngen  I)ält,  fo 
foil  er  t)or[)er  bnrd)  (Sibfcf)n)nr  ober  feiertid)e  Serff^» 
d)erwng  an  @ibeö(latt  t)erpflicl)tet  mxicn.  SBirb 
ber  ^räffbent  ber  SSereinigten  Staaten  t)or  ®erirf)t 
gelaben,  fo  foil  ber  £)berricl)ter  ben  SSorffß  führen 
unb  Kiemanb  foH  für  übenuiefen  erflart  »erben. 


99 


the  recess  of  the  legislature  of  any  state,  the  executive 
thereof  may  make  temporary  appointments^  mitil  the 
next  meeting  of  the  legislature,  which  shall  then  fill 
^  such  vacancies 

(  §  3.  No  person  shall  be  a  senator  who  shall  not 
have  attained  to  the  age  of  tlurty  years,  and  been 
nine  years  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  and  who 

1^  shall  not,  when  elected,  be  an  inhabitant  of  that  state 
'  for  which  he  shall  be  chosen. 
i: 

j  §  4.  The  Vice  President  of  the  United  States  shall 
i  be  President  of  the  Senate,  but  shall  have  no  vote, 
I  unless  they  be  equally  divided. 

§  5.  The  Senate  shall  choose  their  other  officers, 
and  also  a  President  pro  tempore,  in  the  absence^  of 
I  the  Vice  President,  or  when  he  shall  exercise^  the 
\  office  of  President  of  the  United  States. 

I       §  6.  The  Senate  shall  have  the  sole  power  to  try* 
\  all  impeachments.    When  sitting  for  that  purpose,^ 
they  shall  be  on  oath  or  affirmation.    When  the 
President  of  the  United  States  is  tried,  the  Chief 
i  Justice  shall  preside  f  and  no  person  shall  be  con- 


1  tic  ScflaUung.  —  2  tic  7C()n)cfcnf)cit.  ■—  3  Ccfkibcn, 
ou^übcm  —  4  (53cnc6t  fiattcn.  —5       (Snt^wccf.  —  6  ben 


100 


töettit  n\d)t  jttjei  2)rittf)eife  bcr  gegenwärtigen  WliU 
glieber  nbereütflimmen» 

§.  7*  Sin  Urt()ei[  in  Slnflagefäßen  ^or  bem  ©e^ 
nate  fann  jtct)  nicf)t  weiter  erflrecfen,  al^  auf  5(mt^^ 
entfe^nng,  Unfäl)igfeitöerf(ärnng,  irgenb  ein  (gf)ren^ 
amt,  ein  antjertranteö  ober  einträglidf)eö  2lmt  in 
ben  bereinigten  Staaten  jn  beffeiben  nnb  jn  t)er^ 
walten ;  aber  ber  überwiefene  Zt)cil  föH  bemnnge^ 
acf)tet  ber  SInffage  k)or  bem  ©efd)n)ornenj^@eri(J)te, 
bem  gerict)tlirf}en  aSerl)öre,  ber  3Sernrtl)eiInng  nnb 
SSeilrafnng  nntermorfen  fein. 

SSlcrtcc  ?(Ofcl)nitt 

§•  1.  3eit,  Drt  nnb  5Beife  ber  5Bal)rabf)artnng 
för  (Senatoren  nnb  D?epräfentanten  foKen  in  jebem 
(Staate  Don  bej^en  gefe^^gebenber  95ef)örbe  t)orgefc{)rie^ 
ben  werben ;  aber  ber  Kongreß  barf  jn  jeber  ^cit 
bnxd)'^  ®efei3  berartigeSSeftimmnngen  madjcn  ober 
änbern,  an^fct)tießlicf)  über  bie  jnr  IBal)!  ber  ®ena^ 
toren  bejlimmten  Drte. 

2.  25er  Kongreß  foil  ffdf)  wenigflenö  einmal  im 
Sat)r  ^erfammeln  nnb  eö  foil  biefe  Sßerfammlnng 
am  erilen  gjlontage  beö  I^ecemberö  ftattftnben,wenn 
er  nid)t  bnrd)'^  ®efel^  einen  anberen  ^ag  bajn  be^ 
(limmen  wirb. 

Sünftcc  2(0fcbnitt. 
§.  1.  ©nem  jeben  fi^anfe  (lebt  baö  3?icl)teramt 
fiber  bie  5ßablen,?Bal)lbericf)te  nnb  5ßa()lbefngnijfe 
feiner  eiqenenSUiitglieber  iii,  nnb  bie  9[)?el)rgaf)l  eixtci 


1  101 

victed*  without  the  concurrence^  of  two  thirds  of  the 
members  present. 

§  1,  Judgment'  in  cases  of  impeachment  shall 
not  extend  further  than  to  removal'^  from  office,  and 
disquahfication  to  hold  and  enjoy  any  office  of  honor, 
trust,  or  profit,  under  the  United  States ;  but  the 
party  convicted  shall  nevertheless^  be  liable^  and 
subject  to  indictment,^  trial,®  judgment,  and  punish-' 
ment,  according  to  law. 

I Section  Fourth, 
§  1.  The  times,  places  and  manner  of  holding 
elections  for  senators  and  representatives,  sliall  be 
;  prescribed  in  each  state  by  the  legislature  thereof: 
but  the  congress  may  at  any  time  by  law,  make 
I  or  alter  such  regulations,^  except  as  to  the  places 
I  of  choosing  senators. 

§  2.  The  congress  shall  assemble  at  least  once^® 
in  every  year,  and  such  meeting  shall  be  on  the  first 
|.  Monday  in  December,  unless  they  shall  by  law  appoint 
a  different  day. 

Section  Fifth. 

§  1.  Each  house  shall  be  the  judge  of  -the  elec- 
tion returns,^^  and  qualifications^^  of  its  own  members, 

1  ü(>orfüf)rcn,  üOcrwcifon.  —  2  tic  llcbcrcinftimnmnci.  — 
3  t)af>  llrtbcU.  —  4  bic  ?Cmt:^cntfdjiing.  —  5  bcmungcnchtct, 
nid)t5bcflLMvcni(^cr,  —  6  untcnvcrfcn,  t»crl>inMid).  —  7  feic 

,  2(nnaAc  r»cc  t)cm  ®ofchn)crnon'®cricl)tc.  —  8  Qcricbtlicbc 
SScrbcr.  — 9l)ic  ^^clTunimino.  — 10  cinmaL  — ll'bcc  ^iBaht^ 

,1  tci;icl)t.  — 12  bic  aßa()(l>cfu9nii;\ 


102 


jeben  S>a\\^e^  foil  bie  jum  SSetn'eb  ber  ®efc()äftc 
nött)ige  Sdiijabl  fein,  aber  eine  fleinerc  ^abl  barf 
(td)  üoa  einem  !£ag  jnm  anbeven  tJertagen  nnb  i(l 
betJoUmäd^tigt,  bie  ^Infnnft  abwefenber  ^JKitglieber 
in  ber  9lrt  unb  bnrd)  foId)e  ©trafen  jn  betreiben, 
tt)ie  ein  jebe^  5;>anö  (Te  feftfe^en  n)irb. 

§.  2.  5ebeö  S^an^  barf  feine  ©efrf)äft^orbnnng 
felbjl  bejlimmen,  feine  5i)Jitglieber  ivegen  nnorbent^* 
Iid)en  Senet)menö  betrafen  nnb  mit  3«ftin^wnng 
Don  jtt)ei  2)rittl)ei(en  ein  ?OJitg(ieb  an(^fd)Iießen. 

§♦  3.  3^bed  S)axx^  foK  ein  $lagebnd)  feiner  2>er^ 
l)anblnn9en  i)aUen  nnb  eö  tjon  i^cit  jn  3^it/  »nt 
Sln^nabme  fo(d)er  ^Ibcife,  Die  e^  nad)  feinem  Llr^ 
tl)eile  geheim  jn  l)alten  fiir  nötbig  bält,  tjeroffentlii^ 
d)en.  Sie  ©timmen  ber  ^Witglieber  eine^  S)a\\\c^ 
für  ober  gegen  irgenb  einein  SKebe  ftebenbe ®ad)e 
fotten  anf  SSerfangen  öon  einem  giinftbeife  ber  ge^^ 
genwärrigen  aWitglieber  in  baö  ZciQcbnd)  eingeriicft 
njerben. 

§.  4.  Äein  S)a\\^  barf,  obne  bie  3nftimmnng  be^ 
anberen,  feine  (Si^nngen  wäbrenb  ber  Saner  be^ 
ßongreffe^  länger  M  brei  itage  an^fcgen,  ncd)  flc 
an  irgenb  einen  anberen  Drt  i)erfegen  al^  an  ben, 
worin  beibe  ^änfer  il)re  ©ignngen  Ratten  werben. 

@cc()^tct:  ?{bfcl)nitt. 

§.  1*  Sie  (Senatoren  nnb  9tepräfentanten  foffen 
eine  ®e(bt)ergütnng  fiir  ihre  Sicnftfetflnng  erhalten, 
bie  bnrd)'ö  @efeg  feil  jn  beflimmen  nnb  an^  ber 


I 


103 


and  a  majority  of  each  shall  constitute  a  quorum'  to 
do  business;  but  a  smaller  number  may  adjourn^  from 
day  to  day,  and  may  be  authorized  to  compel  the 
attendance  of  absent  members,  in  such  manner,  and 
under  such  penalties^  as  each  house  may  provide. 

§  2.  Each  house  may  determine*  the  rules^  of  its 
proceedings,^  punish  its  members  for  disorderly^  be- 

^  haviour,^  and,  with  the  concurrence  of  two-thirds, 

I  expeP  a  member. 

ii      §  3.  Each  house  shall  keep^^  a  journaP  of  its  pro- 
'  ceedings,  and  from  time  to  time  publish  the  same, 
excepting  such  parts  as  may,  in  their  judgment,  re- 
quire  secrecy ;  and  the  yeas  and  nays  of  the  members 
,  of  either  house  on  any  question,  shall,  at  the  desire^* 
of  one  fifth  of  those  present,  be  entered  on  the  journal. 
§  4.  Neither  house,  during  the  session  of  congress, 
V  shall,  without  the  consent  of  the  other,  adjourn  for 
;  more  than  three  days,  nor  to  any  other  place  than 
that  in  which  the  two  houses  shall  be  sitting,*^ 
Section  Sixth, 
§  1.  The  senators  and  representatives  shall  receive 
a  compensation**  for  their  services,  to  be  ascertained** 
by  law,  and  paid  out  of  the  treasury*®  of  the  United 

1  Mc  nöt()ic^c  1i\\^a%  —  2  wtagvn« —  3  tic  Strafe— 4 
bcfiimmcn.  —  5  tic  Sieget.  —  6  Mc  Gicfcbaftc.  —  7  uncrtcnts 
lid).  —  8  ta^  JBctrac^cn.  ■—  9  au6fd)Ucf'cn.  —  10  batten, — 
11  ta^lSagcbudv—  iSbcr  SS^unfd),  t)aö  58cr(angcn.  13 
©i^ung  batten.  —  14  Mc  ^^^crgütung.  —  15  fcftfcgcn^ 
0cwi9  mad)Ctt.  —  16  (^^ag. 


104 


©taatöfaffe  ber  SSereinigten  (Staaten  gu  bejat)krt 
ifl.  ©ie  foEen  tu  aßen  gällen,  i?od)t)erratlv  ^elof 
nie  unb  griebene^brud)  aufgenommen,  baf  2Sorrect)t 
^aben,  n)d()renb  i()rer  ©egenmart  bei  beu  ©ilsungett 
ihrer  refpefrit)eu  Käufer,  fomie  n)äl)reub  beö  S)m^ 
gängig  gu  ober  ber  5Rncffebr  dou  beufelben  nict)t  t^ct^ 
l)aftet  ju  u>erben ;  uub  jTe  foUen  wcqcw  feiner  in 
einem  ber  beibeu  Käufer  ge()a(tenen  9?ebe  ober  Se^ 
batte  au  irgeub  einem  anberen  Orte  jur  D?ebe  geflelU 
tverben  fönueu* 

§.  2.  Äein  Senator  ober  9?epräfcntant  fott  wäl)^ 
renb  berlDaner  berS^^if/  fi^r  bie  er  gemäh(tn)orbeu, 
in  irgeub  einem  unter  2(nterität  ber  aSereinigten 
Staaten  ffel)enben  biirgerlid]en  2lmte,  tDeld)ef  n)äl)^ 
renb  fold}er  ^cit  gefrf)atfen  VDorben,  ober  bej]eu  Qin^ 
fünfte  unter  ber  ^eit  vergrößert  ivorbeu  finb,  ange^? 
pellt  ^Derben;  uub  Sftiemaub,  ber  irgeub  ein  ben 
SSereinigten  (btaatcn  unterjogenef  2lmt  befleibet^ 
foil  iDJitgtieb  einef  ber  beibeu  ^;^äufer  fein» 

(SicOcntct:  2(ü|cl)nitt. 

§.  1.  2llfe  (Sefet^efeutiDÜrfe  über  (Srt)ebung  i)on 
©taatöeintünften  follen  auf  bem  j'^^anfe  ber  $)teprä^ 
fentauten  nrfprüng(id)  I)ert)orgehen,  aber  ber  genat 
fann,  me  bei  anberen  S3iltf,  Serbejyerungen  ober 
3ufal<5e  Dorfd)lagen  ober  bajn  mittt)irfen» 

2.  3^be  35itl  (©efejjefentmnrf),  bie  in  bem 
^anfe  ber  ^{epräfeuranten  nnb  bef  (Senate  burd)^ 
gegangen  i\%  foK,  bevor  fie  jum  ©efei^c  u^irb,  bem 


105 


States.  They  shall,  in  all  cases/  except  treason,^ 
felony,^  and  breach'*  of  the  peace,  be  privileged  from 
arrest  during  their  attendance^  at  the  session  of  their 
respective  houses,  and  in  going  to,  and  returning 
from,  the  same;  and  for  any  speech^  or  debate^  in 
either  house,  they  shall  not  be  questioned  in  any 
other  place. 

§  2.  No  senator  or  representative  shall,  during 
the  time  for  which  he  was  elected,  be  appointed  to 
any  civil  office  under  the  authoiity  of  the  United 
States,  which  shall  have  been  created,  or  the  emo- 
luments^ whereof  shall  have  been  increased^  during 
such  time ;  and  no  person  holding  any  office  under 
the  United  States,  shall  be  a  member  of  either  house 
luring  his  continuance^^  in  office.^ ^ 
Section  Seventh, 

§1.  All  bills^^  for  raising*^  revenue^^  shall  origi- 
nate^^ in  the  House  of  Representatives ;  but  the  Senate 
may  propose  or  concur  with  amendments'^  as  ou 
other  bills. 

§  2.  Every  bill  which  shall  have  passed"  the 
House  of  Representatives  and  the  Senate,  shall,  before 

1  bcc  5a((.—  ^ibcc  ^Scrratf)*  —  3  t)a*5  gemeine  ^crtvrc? 
^cn.  4t)cr  SBrud).  —  5  bcc  SBcföcl),  bic  ©egcnwart.— 
6  btc  JRcbi'*  —  7  He  Debatte.  —  8  bic  ©infunfte.  —  9  i?crmel)? 
ren,t>crArö6crn.—  10  tic  ^ctttiaucr.  —11  ba<>?(mt.  —  12 
tec  63cfcgentn?urf.  — 13  erbeben.  — 14  bte  :Stviatvcinf ünfte. 
— -ISau^piehen,  entfprinaen.  — 16  bic  ^I^cvOeffcrun^en,  3u« 
p(|c*  — -  17  burebgelKn,  öenel)mic|t  iDcrbcn. 


106 


^räjTbenteu  ber  aSereinigteit  (Btaatcn  äberm'cl)i 
njerbcn  ;  ertf)eilt  biefer  feine  3iif^intnnnig,  fo  fotl  er 
jle  iinter^eict)neiv  tvo  xn&it,  fo  folt  er  fie  mit  feinen 
Sinivenbnngen  jn  bem  .^anfe  jnriicffenben,  anö  bem 
jle  l)en)orgegangen  ift,  unb  mld)c^  bie  ©inti^enbnn^ 
gen  an^fnl)rlic()  in  fein  S^agebnd)  anfnel)men  nnb  f[e 
ito(J)maliger  Snt)ägnng  nntertt)erfen  fott.  äBenn 
ober,  nad)  fo  gebad)ter  äSSieberenvägnng,  jwei  2)rir^ 
tl)ei(e  be^  5;>anfe^  über  bie  SJlnnabme  ber  Si!t  nberj^ 
einfommen,fo  foil  fie  mit  fammt  ben  ßinwenbnngen 
(be^  ^])rä(lbenten)  bem  anberen  §anfe  jngefenbet 
tt)erben,  i)on  bem  f[e  gteid]fallö  nod)malö  in  @mä^ 
gnng  gebogen  mvten  foil.  Sßirb  fie  bann  'oon  ^mx 
2)rittl)eilen  biefeö  5?anfeö  genel)migt,  fo  folt  jle  ©e^ 
fel^ecfrafr  erl)alten. 

2n  allen  fold)en  gällen  jebod)  foUen  bie  (Stimmen 
beiber  i;>änfer  bind)  nnb  9?ein  beflimmt  an^ge^? 
briicft  nnb  bie  9iamen  ber  ^erfonen,  n?eld}e  fiir  ober 
gegen  bie  33ill  ffimmen,  in  ba^  2:agebnd)  jebe^  be:^ 
iiiglid)en  ^;^anfe^  eingetragen  iverben. 

aßenn  irgenb  eine  23ilt  »om  ^räfibenten  md)t 
innerl)alb  jel)n  ^agen  (bie  gonntvige  nngeved)net), 
nad)bem  fie  il)m  iiberreidit  tt)orben  ijT:,  jnriicffommt, 
fo  foil  fie  ebenfo  (Sefcgeefraft  erl)alten,  al^  ob  er  fie 
unterjeid^net  l)ätte,  fei  benn,  ber  Kongreß  Der^ 
^inbere  il)re  Dtiirffnnft  bnrd)  bie  SSertagnng  ber 
^änfer,  in  tt)eld)em  galt  bie  Silt  feine  ©efege^fraft 
|)aben  folt. 

§.  3.  eine  jebe  SSerorbnnng,  jeber  55efd)tnp  ober 


107 


it  become  a  law,  be  presented  to  the  President  of  the 
United  States ;  Jf  he  approve,  lie  sliall  sign  it,  but  if 
not  he  shall  return  it,  with  his  objections,^  to  that 
house  in  which  it  shall  have  originated,  who  shall 
enter  the  objections  at  large^  on  their  journal,  and 
proceed  to  reconsider^  it.  If  after  such  reconsidera- 
tion two  thirds  of  that  house  shall  agree  to  pass  the 
bill,  it  shall  be  sent,  together  with  the  objections,  to 
the  other  house,  by  which  it  shall  likewise"*  be  recon- 
sidered, and  if  approved  by  two-thirds  of  that  house, 
it  shall  become  a  law.  But  in  all  such  cases  the 
votes  of  both  houses  shall  be  determined  by  yeas 
and  nays,  and  the  names  of  the  persons  voting  for 
and  against^  the  bill  shall  be  entered  on  the  journal 
of  each  house  respectively. 

If  any  bill  shall  not  be  returned  by  the  Presi- 
dent within  ten  days,  (Sunday  excepted),  after  it 
shall  have  been  presented  to  him,  the  same  shall  be 
a  law,  in  like  manner  as  if  he  had  signed  it,  un- 
less the  congress  by  their  adjournment^  prevent^  its 
return,  in  which  case  it  shall  not  be  a  law. 

§  3.  Every  order,*  resolution,^  or  vote,  to  which 
the  concurrence  of  the  Senate  and  House  of  Repre- 


I  bic  G'inwcnbung,  bcr  Einwurf  —  2  oui>füftrUd),  im 
Tdlgcmcincn*  —  3  ncd)mal5?  erwägen.  —  4  ötcid)faIB  ■—  5 
gegen.  —  6  ble  SScrtagung.  —  7  ücr^inbern.  —  8  Vk  iöcr» 
crbnung.  —  9  Ut  23cfd)(up. 


108 


itarö  ober  be^  ^aiijeö  ber  SRepräfentanten  iiüt()ig  ifl 
(mit  2l«^nal)me  ber  ^vhqc  über  aSertagung),  feilen 
bem  ^räjTbeitteu  ber  SSereinigten  Staaten  vorgelegt, 
iinb  bet)or  fie  Äraft  erl)a(ten,  t>on  iljm  gene()nugt 
fein,  ivenn  er  fie  aber  nirf)t  genebniigt,  fo  fotten  ffe 
nod)ma(^  buret)  bie  @iufcl)eibung  t)on  jwei  25rittl)eij' 
len  be^  (Senate  uiib  be(^  joaufeö  ber  D^epräfentanten 
burct)gegangeit  fein,  ubereinftimmenb  mit  beu  bei 
beu  35ilt^  i)orgefd)riebeueu  S3e|limmungen  unb 
fct)räufungen» 

2(d)tcr  2(l)|ci)nitt. 

©er  Songreg  foil  bie  ^JJladjt  tjaben : 

1.  ©tenern,  Sluflagen,  3ölle  nnb  SOBaaren^ 
penern  anfjnerlegen  nnb  jn  erl)eben  ;  bie  (2ct)nlben 
jn  bejahten  nnb  fiir  gemeinfame  SSertbeibignng  nnb 
altgemeiite  'K$ol)lfabrt  ber  bereinigten  Staaten  ^^ür^ 
forge  jn  treffen»  5lber  alte  Slnflagen,  3ölte  nnb 
SßaareniT-euern  follen  bnrcf)  bie  ganjen  SSereinigten 
(Btaatm  gleict)förmig  fein. 

2.  9(nf  ben  ßrebit  ber  bereinigten  Staaten 
©elbanlel)en  jn  maäjen. 

§.  3.  2)en  .^anbel  mit  fremben  Stationen,  jwt^ 
fct)en  ben  einzelnen  Staaten,  fomie  and)  mit  ben 
Snbiauerftämmen  jn  regeln* 

§.  4.  @ine  bnrcf)  bie  ganjen  bereinigten  Btaaten 
gleid)fürmige  SSerorbnnng  über  37aturalifation  nnb 


I  109 

I 

isentatives  may  be  necessary,  (except  on  a  question 
of  adjournment,)  shall  be  presented  to  the  President 
o(  the  United  States  ;  and  before  the  same  shall  take 
Reflect,  shall  be  approved^  by  him,  or  being  disap- 
[proved^  by  him,  shall  be  re-passed  by  two- thirds  of 
?the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives,  according 
ito  the  rules  and  limitations^  prescribed  in  the  case  of 
fibill. 

Section  Eighth, 

flhe  Congress  shall  have  power"* — 

§  1.  To  lay^  and  collect  taxes,^  duties,'  imposts,' 
fand  excises,^  to  pay  the  debts  and  provide  for  the 
Jcommon  defence  and  general  welfare  of  the  United 
j  'States ;  but  all  duties,  imposts,  and  excises,  shall  be 
uniform^^  throughout  the  United  States. 

§  2.  To  borrow^^  money  on  the  credit  of  the 
jtUnited  States. 

§  3.  To  regulate  commerce  with  foreign  nations, 
and  among  the  several  states,  and  with  the  Indian 
itribes.^^ 

§  4.  To  establish  an  uniform  rule  of  naturalisa- 
tion,^^ and  uniform  laws  on  the  subject  of  bankrupt- 
cies throughout  the  United  States. 

1  bUUgcn,  — •  2  mifüUligcn.  •—  3  t)ic  ^•tnfcf)ranEunc|,  — 
4  W  5)Zacbt,  (35cit)alt^  —  5  auferlegen.  —  6  t>ic  Steuer.  — 
7  t)te  2Cuf(acje.  —  8  ber  3oU.  —  9  tie  SBaarenfteuer.  —  10 
ö(eld)förmi9.  —  11  Ocrgcn,  entteftnen.  —  12  t)er  ©tamnu— • 
(13  t)ie  ©rt^eilung  l>e^  S3ur9crrecf)t^. 


110 


glei'd^föniitge  ©efegc  über  ha^  Sanferottirefen  ju 

§♦  5*  ©elb  ju  frf)Iagen  iinb  beffen,  fott)ie  frember 
?!JJiuisen,  äöertt)  jit  bcjlimmen,  iiub  ein  5[Raaß  uub 
®emid)t  ill  bejlimmen» 

§♦  6*  äüegcn  ^ejlrafiutg  ber  9tacl)a[)mung  unb 
gälfd)inig  t)on  Sd^einen  inib  umlaufcnbcr  QJJiutje 
ber  SSereüugten  ©taaten  SSerfiigung  jii  treffen» 
§.  7*  ^oftämter  unb  ^)o|l:flraßen  ju  errid]ten» 
8.  Saö  gort[d]reiren  ber  äßiffeiifd^aften  unb 
nüi3lid)en  fünfte  baburd)  ju  beförbern,  ba^  er,  je^ 
boci)  nur  für  befd)ränfte  ^eitcW;  2lutoren  unb  @r^ 
ftnbern  ba^  au^fd)lieglid)e9{ed}t  auf  il)re  refpecttoen 
©d)rtften  unb  (grftnbungen  fidjere, 

§♦  9*  Sem  oberften  ®erid)t^^üf  nnter^i^orfenc 
$£ribunale  ju  ernennen» 

§♦  10»  Ueber  ©eeräubereien  unb  auf  offener  ©ee 
begangenen  3Serbred)en,  fon>ie  über  SSerfegungen 
berSßölferred^te  ju  eutfd)eiben  unb  bereu  S3e(Irafung 
ju  t)erl)ängen» 

§.  IL  krieg  ju  erf(aren,Äaperbriefe  ju  tJerfeiljen 
unb  SSerorbnungen  {)inftd)tnd)  ber  ©trafen  ju  ?anb 
unb  JU  äöajTer  jn  mad]en» 

§.  12»  §eere  juftellenunb  juunterf)atten;  jebod) 
fcU  fein  ®elb  l)ierju  für  einen  fängeru  3^itraum 
aU  jtDei  ^a\)xe  Dermittiget  n)erben» 

§»  13»  Sine  ®cemad}t  auöjurüfleu  unb  tu  gutem 
3uftanbe  ju  erf)alten» 
§»  14»  ©efeglidje  SSejlimmuugen  l^iujcdjtlid)  ber 


Ill 


§  5,  To  coin^  money,  regulate  the  value  thereof, 
,and  of  foreign  coin,  and  fix  the  standard  of  weights 
(and  measures. 

I  §  6.  To  provide  for  the  punishment  of  counter- 
feiting^ the  securities^  and  current  coin  of  the  United 
States. 

§  Y.  To  establish  post-offices  and  post-roads. 

§  8.  To  promote  the  progress  of  science  and 
useful  arts,  by  securing,  for  limited**  times,  to  authors 
•  and  inventors  the  exclusive  right  to  their  respective 
i writings  and  discoveries.^ 

§  9.  To  constitute  tribunals  inferior  to  the  Su- 
preme Court. 

i  §  10.  To  define  and  punish  piracies^  and  felonies 
.icommitted  on  the  high  seas,  and  offences  against  the 
|lavv  of  nations. 

I  §11-  To  declare  war,  grant  letters  of  marque  and 
^reprisal/  and  make  rules  concerning  captures^  on 
jjland  and  water. 

§  12.  To  raise  and  support  armies,  but  no  appro- 
priation of  money  to  that  use  shall  be  for  a  longer 
term  than  two  years. 

§  13.  To  provide  and  maintain  a  navy.^ 
§  14.  To  make  rules  for  the  government  and 
regulation  of  the  land  and  naval  forces. 

 . 

1  (Selb  fcbtagcii/  münden,  prägen»  —  2  tic  ©ctbfäts 
fd)un(i*  —  3  ber  (^dicin,  (Scbu^^^d)etn.  —  4  (>erd)va'nEt, 
—  5  ble  (äntbccfung.  —  6  Me  (Secvaubcret.  — 7  berJtapcrs 
'trief.  —  8  beu  —  9  bie  6'eemad)t. 


112 


S5efel)tigitiig  unb  @inn'd)tung  ber  ?anb^  wnb  ©ee^ 
(Ireitfräfte  treffen. 

15*  Den  Slufruf  ber  yjlilii  ju  beforgeii,  urn  bie 
®efe$e  ber  Union  jn  t)oHilrecfe4i,  Slnfjlänbe  ju 
bampfen  nnb  Slngrijfe  tjon  Sinken  abjntt)el)ren. 

§.  16,  gitrforge  jn  treffen  für  bie  Drganifation, 
S5en)affnnng  nnb  Si^ciplinirnng  ber  yjfilij  nnb  fnr 
bie  S3efel)Iignng  be^jenigen5tntl)eifö  baibon,  ber  jnm 
X)icn}tc  ber  2>ereinigten  Staaten  i^evmnict  n^erben 
barf,  wobei  ben  refpectit)en  Staaten  ba^  dvimx^ 
iinngörecf)t  ber  Dfftciere  nnb  bie  @rmäcl)ti9nng,  bie 
SiKilij  xxad}  ben  Don  bem  Kongreß  tjorgefdjriebenen 
2)i^ciplingefe(3en  einjniiben,  t)orbel)alten  ifl. 

§.  17.  (tUen  nnb  jeben  gälten  eine  anöfd)Iie^f 
licf)e  ©cfelsgebnng  über  einen  SSejirf  (beflfen  ®rö^e 
jtid)t  jebn  ©eüiertmeilen  überfd^reitet)  anöjuüben, 
ber  ba  bnrd)  SIbtretnng  einzelner  ©tanten  nnb  2(n^ 
nal)me  be^  (Senate  berDiegiernngejT^  ber  SSereinig^ 
ten  Staaten  mxicn  n)irb,nnb  eine  gleid^e  Oberberr^ 
(id)feit  über  alte  ^lät^e  an^s^iüben,  bie  mit  S^flimsf 
mnng  ber  gefe^gebenben  33el)örbe  bedjenigen  Staate, 
worin  biefelben  fid)  befinben,  S3el)nf^  ber  Srrid)tnng 
t)on  gejlnngen,  ?!JJagajinen,  3engl)änfern^  ®d)iff^^ 
tt)erften  nnb  anberen  notl)tt)enbigen  ®ebänlid)feiten 
fänflid)  erworben  worben ;  —  nnb 

18.  3Jlte  nötl)igen  nnb  pajfenben  ©efege  ju 
ntad)en,  nm  bie  tJorfTebenben  nnb  alte  anberen 
gKad[)tbefngnifi'e,  ml(t)c  in  ®emäß()eit  bicfer  23er^ 
fajfnng  t)on  ber  oberjlen  SScbörbe  ber  Sereinigteu 


i 

'\  113 

§  15.  To  provide  for  calling  forth*  the  militia  to 
I  execute  the  laws  of  the  union,  suppress^  insurrections, 
[and  repeP  invasions/ 

§  16.  To  provide  for  organizing,  arming,  and  dis- 
icipHning  the  militia,  and  for  governing  such  part  of 
ithem  as  may  be  employed^  in  the  service  of  the  United 
States,  reserving  to  the  States  respectively,  the  ap- 
ipointment  of  the  officers,  and  the  authority  of  train- 
.:ing^  the  militia  according  to  the  discipline  prescribed 
(by  Congress. 

§  ]  7.  To  exercise  exclusive  legislation  in  all  cases 
j whatsoever,  over  such  district,  (not  exceeding  ten 
[miles  square,^)  as  may,  by  cession^  of  particular  states, 
'land  the  acceptance  of  congress,  become  the  seat  of 
'the  government  of  the  United  States,  and  to  exercise 
ilike  authoi  ity  over  all  places  purchased^  by  the  con- 
isent  of  the  legislature  of  the  state  in  which  the  same 
(  Shall  be,  for  the  erection  of  forts,  magazines,  arsenals,*^ 
'  dockyards,^^  and  other  needfuP^  buildings. — And 

§18.  To  make  all  laws  which  shall  be  necessary 
land  proper  for  carrying  into  execution  the  foregoing 
^powers,  and  all  other  powers  vested  by  this  Consti- 


1  aufrufen.  —  2  untcrbrücfcn,  bämpfcn.  — -  3  at)ia)cf)tcm 
f  —  4  bcr  ^Cngriff  v»cn  ?Cuj5cn,  ber  (ginfalt.  —  5  t>crivcnt)cn. 
^  —  6  chuiOen.  — -  7  bic  D.uabtatmci(c«  —  8  bic  TCOtrctung, 
—  9  fciufcn,  fäuftid)  cnvcrOcn.  —  10  t)a<>  Scug^aui?.  —  H 
ta^o  !Sd)iff5ivcrfr.  —  12  nctfimcnbig. 


114 


Staaten  ober  Don  xvQcni  einem  'iScxmltnwQ^fad} 
ober  SSeamtcu  berfelbcu  l)ef(eibet  ivirb,  jur  2liiö^ 
fül)rung  bringeiu 

§.  1.  Sic  ©inn^anbcnnig  ober  bie  @infül)rinig 
foIct)er  ^erfoncu,  n)ie  irgenb  einer  neit  bcn  ber^ 
tnaligeu  bc|T:el)enben  ©taatcn  für  s^'äfjTg  crnittet, 
füll  Don  bem  (^engreß  Dor  bem  ^a\)x  1808  nid)t  ge^ 
gel.)inbert  merben,  jebod)  barf  eine  Stener  ober  Slb^ 
gäbe,  mld)e  \\id)t  jel)n  ToHar^  fiir  bie^erjon  iiber* 
peigt,  anf  foldie  @infül)rnng  gelegt  tverben. 

§.  2»  Sa^  aSorred^t  ber  Ä;^abca^  ßorpnd  2lfte  foU 
itid)t  anfgel)oben  tverben  biufen,  anper,  wenn  e^  in 
gcitten  eine^  Slnfrnbr^,  ober  eine^^  feinblid)en  31nfallö 
bie  i3flrentlid)e  ®id)ert)eit  erforbert- 

§♦  3.  (S^  folt  feine  SSannbilt  nnb  fein  ©efel^  mit 
rncfwirfenber  Äraft  (ex  post  facto  law)  geniad)t 
n)erben» 

§♦  4.  Äeine  Äopf?  ober  anbere  birecte  Stener  foil 
auferlegt  werben,  bie  nid)t  im  SSerbäftni^  jn  bem 
ßenfn^  ober  ber  bierin  Dorl)er  Derfügten  3lnfjd[)fnng 
entnommen  werben  fann. 

§,  5.  folt  feine  ©tener  ober  Slbgabe  anf  2(nö^ 
fnl)rartifel  Don  einem  jnm  anberen  (Btaat  anferfegt 
werben ;  bnrd)  feinerlei  SSerorbnnng  über  jf^anbel 
ober  ©taat^einfünfre  foil  ben  .^äfen  t>eß  einen  ober 
anberen  irgenb  ein  S5orred)t  eingeräumt  werben, 
nod)  foUen  ®d)ijfe,  bie  Don  ober  ju  einem  anberen 


115 


Ii  .  tution  in  the  government  of  the  United  States,  or  in 
1    any  department  or  officer  thereof.^ 

Section  Ninth. 

§  1.  The  emigration^  or  importation^  of  such  per- 

i  sons,  as  any  of  the  states  now  existing  shall  think 

\  proper'*  to  admit,  shall  not  be  prohibited  by  the 

i  congress  prior  to  the  year  one  thousand  eight  hundred 

'  and  eight,  but  a  tax  or  duty  may  be  imposed^  on 

■  such  importation,  not  exceeding  ten  dollars  for  each 

I  person. 

f        §  2.  The  privilege  of  the  writ  of  habeas  corpus 

I  shall  not  be  suspended,  unless  when  in  cases  of  re- 

I  bellion  or  invasion  the  public  safety  may  require  it. 

I  §  3.  No  bill  of  attainder  or  ex  post  facto  law 
f  Bhall  be  passed. 

§  4.  No  capitation,^  or  other  direct  tax  shall  be 
j.  laid,  unless  in  proportion  to  the  census  or  enume- 
1'   ration  herein  before  directed  to  be  taken. 

§  o.  No  tax  or  duty  shall  be  laid  on  articles  ex- 
ported from  any  state.  No  preference^  shall  be  given 
I    by  any  regulation  of  commerce  or  revenue  to  the 
ports  of  one  state  over  those  of  another  ;  nor  shall 


1  hiervon.  —  2  bic  (Siinvanbcrung.  —  3  tie  ß-tnfü^? 
it  rune;.  —  4  paffcnt),  fc()ic!(id).  —  5  auferlegen.  —  G  tic 
^    ^cpfftcucr.  —  7  lia^o  2[>cvrcd)t. 


116 


Btaate  ju  geben  beflimmt  ffnb,  t)erpfli'rf)tet  feirt, 
umjufaben,  ober  in  einem  anberen  ©taate  3oll  gu 
jal)(en» 

6.  Äeiite  ©elber  fotten  auö  bent  ©taat^fcf)aße 
genommen  werben  bitrfen,  in  gofge  gefel3lfc{)er 
3Sern)il(ignng,nnb  ein  regelmäßiger  ©tatn^  (S3end)t) 
nnb  eine  5Hecf)nnng^abfage  ber  ®nna[)men  nnb  2(iiö^ 
gaben  aller  öffentlicl}en  (Selber  follen  t)on  ^eit  jn 
3eit  t)eröjfentlirf)t  mxien. 

§.  7*  Äein  Slbelötitet  foil  Don  ben  bereinigten 
Staaten  ertl)eilt  n)erben,  nnb  ?tiemanb,  ber  irgenb 
ein  it)nen  nnterjogene^,  an^ertrante^  ober  einträgt 
Iicfje^  2lmt  befleibet,  foil  ot)ne  ®enel)nngnng  beö 
ßongre(i*e^,,  irgenb  ein  @efcl)enf,  (Smolnment,  2lmt, 
ober  einen  J^itel  irgenb  einer  2lrt  nnb  t)on  irgenb 
einem  Äönige,  dürften  ober  fremben  Staate  anncl}^ 
men  biirfen» 

Sehntet  ?X6fcl)uitt. 

§♦  !♦  Mein  ®taat  foil  fiel)  in  irgenb  einen  aSer^« 
trag,  S3ünbnig  ober  eine  aSerbinbniig  einlajfen, 
Äaper^  nnb  Dteprejfalienbriefe  ertbeilen,  @elb  \Ma^ 
gen,  ©taat^papiere  erlaflen,  mit  nidjt^  anberem 
jicf)  erbieten,  bie  ®cl)nlb  jn  bejablen,  at^  mit  ©olb^? 
nnb  ©ilbermünjen,  feine  Sannbilt  nnb  fein  ®efe$ 
mit  riicfmirfenber  Äraft,  ober  ein  ®efel^,  mld}c^ 
ben  an^  einem  Vertrage  entfprnngenen  SSerbinbd'cl)^? 
feiten  jntt)iber  i(l,  erlajfen,  and)  feinen  Slbel^titeC 
mlei^en* 


I 


117 


.  vessels  bound  to,  or  from,  one  state,  be  obliged  to 
enter,  clear,^  or  pay  duties,  in  another. 

§  6.  No  money  shall  be  drawn  from  the  treasury, 
but  in  consequence  of  appropriations  made  by  law  ; 
and  a  regular  statement  and  account  of  the  receipts' 
and  expenditures^  of  all  public  money  shall  be  pub- 
lished from  time  to  time. 

§  7.  No  title  of  nobility"*  shall  be  granted  by  the 
United  States,  and  no  person  holding  any  office  of 
profit  or  trust  under  them,  shall,  without  the  consent 
of  the  congress,  accept  of  any  present,  emolument, 
office,  or  title  of  any  kind  whatever,  from  any  king, 
prince,  or  foreign  state. 

Section  Tenth, 

§  1.  No  state  shall  enter  into  any  treaty,^  alliance, 
or  confederation  f  grant  letters  of  marque  and  re- 
prisal ;  coin  money ;  emit^  bills  of  credit ;  make  any 
thing  but  gold  and  silver  coin  a  tender*^  in  payment 
of  debts ;  pass  any  bill  of  attainder,  ex  post  facto 
law  or  law  impairing^°  the  obligation^^  of  contracts, 
or  grant^^  any  title  of  nobility. 


1  umtabcn,  aui>tabcn.  —  2  tic  S*innaf)mc.  —  3  bic  ?fu^s 
gaOc.     4  t)cr  ?Ct)c(i^titc(.  —5  bcr  SScrtrag.  —  6  t)ai  Sünbs 

ben.  —9  t>a!$  ?(ncr(>ictcn.,  —  10  t?crminbcrn,  fcbwa'cl)cn.  — 
11  tic  3Scrblnt(icl)fcit.  —  12  OcivUligcn,  t)cr(ci()cn. 


118 


2.  Mein  Qtaat  foil  o[)ne  3«(innntung  be^  Som 
greft'e^^  ^öUt  Dber  3(uflagen  auf  (iiiu  unb  2tii^ful)r^ 
avtiM  legen,  mit Slu^nabmc  befl'en,it)ad  umimgängif 
üd)  notl)n)enbig  juvSSollftrecfuug  feiner  ^canf\\d)tU 
gnng^gefege  ifl,  nnb  ber  reine  Ertrag  alter  Slnfla^ 
gen  nnb  S'öüe,  bie  in  irgenb  einem  Staate  anf  din^ 
ober  2ln^fnl)rartifel  gelegt  ffnb,  foil  bem  (S^taat^^ 
\d)a^e  ber  SSereinigten  (Btaaten  jn  gntfommen,  nnb 
alle  berlei  ©efe^e  foUen  ber  ®nrd)fid)t  nnb  (Son^? 
trolle  bei?  ßongrefle^^  nntermorfen  fein.  Äein  'Staat 
foil  ol)ne  3»l^i»^5"nng  be^  Songrejfe^  irgenb  ein 
JConnengelb  erl)eben,  S^rnppen  ober  Ärieg^fct)iffe  in 
grieben^jeiten  galten,  in  irgenb  eine  Llebereinfnnft 
ober  einen  SSertrag  mit  einem  anberen  <Btaatc  ober 
einer  fremben  93Jad)t  treten,  nnb  in  einen  Ärieg  fid) 
einladen,  e^  fei  benn,  er  tDcrbe  inirflirf)  feinblid)  an:> 
gefallen,  ober  eö  brol)e  ihm  eine  fo  angenfd}ein[id)e 
@efal)r,  baß  fein  a!?erjng  jnläffig  fei. 

^tüM  II.  —  (Srflcr  7(6ic()nltt. 

§.  Sie  an^übenbe  9)Jad)t  foil  Don  einem^räfT^? 
benten  ber  aSereinigten  (Staaten  Don  2(merifa  befleiß? 
bet  it>erien.  @r  foil  fein  3(mt  anf  bie  Saner  Don 
Dier  3at)ren  inne  l)aben  nnb  jngleid]  mit  bem  fiir 
ben  gleid^en  3<^it^t*^nm  ern)äl]lten  SSice^^räjTbenten 
in  folgenber  2lrt  geit)äl]lt  n)erben. 

§♦  2.  @in  jeber  Staat  bejlimmt  in  ber  3(rt,  mc 
feine  gefei^gebenbe  SSebörbe  einrii)ten  n)irb,  eine 
3al)l  Don  äöäl)lern,  bie  gleid)  ber  ganzen  3al)l  ber 


119 


§  2.  No  state  shall,  without  the  consent  of  the 
congress,  lay  any  imposts  or  duties  on  imports  or  ex- 
ports, except  what  may  be  absolutely  necessary  for 
executing  its  inspection  laws;  and  the  net^  produce  of 
all  duties  and  imposts,  laid  by  any  state  on  imports 
or  exports,  shall  be  for  the  use  of  the  treasury  of  the 
United  States ;  and  all  such  laws  shall  be  subject  to 
the  revision^  and  controF  of  the  congress.  No  state 
shall,  without  the  consent  of  congress,  lay  any  duty 
of  tonnage,  keep  troops,  or  ships  of  war,  in  lime  of 
peace,  enter  into  any  agreement*  or  compact  with 
another  state,  or  with  a  foreign  power,  or  engage  in 
w^ar,  unless  actually  invaded,  or  in  such  imminent^ 
danger  as  will  not  admit  of  delay 

Article  ii.    Section  First 

§  1.  The  executive^  power  shall  be  vested  in  a 
President  of  the  United  States  of  America.  He  shall 
hold  his  office  during  the  term  of  four  years,  and  to- 
gether with  the  Vice-President,  chosen  for  the  same 
term,  be  elected  as  follows  : 

§  2.  Each  state  shall  appoint,  in  such  manner  as 
the  legislature  thereof  may  direct,  a  number  of  elec- 
tors equal  to  the  whole  number  of  senators  and  re- 


1  rein.  —  2  tic  5)urcl)f{cl)t.  —  3  bic  (Scntrcllc,  2Cuffi'c!)t, 
tli;()crn)acf)ung.  —  4  ticllcbcrclnfunft.  —  5  t'rof)cnb,  nugcns 
fd^cinlic^.  —  6  tcr  ^Scr^ug.  -—  7  tic  auvü6cnt)c  5}?acbt. 


120 


©enatoreit  imb  9?epräfentanten  fei,  ju  bereit  SBer* 
tretung  im  Sengrelfe  ber  ®taat  bered)n'gt  jebod) 
fett  fein  ©enator  ober  9?epräfeutaut,  ober  eine  ^er? 
fon,  bie  ein  unter  ben  SSereinigten  (Staaten  flel)en* 
be^,  befolbete^^  ober  @()renamt  beflcibet,  jum 
Söa[)lmann  beftellt  ti^erben. 

§.  3.  Sie  ^äl)[er  fotten  jTcf)  in  it)ren  refpectiöen 
Staaten  Derfammeln,  unb  burd)  ©frutiniuni  für 
gmei  ^Vrfonen  (timmen,  n)ot)on  @i'ne  toenigflenö 
fem  5D?iteintt)ol)ner  i()re^  (Btaatc^  ijl.  ®ie  foßen 
eine  ?ifte  alfer  berer,  für  bie  geftimmt  Horben,  unb 
ber  3^f)t  ber  Stimmen  für  einen  jeben  verfertigen, 
mld)c  kifte  f[e  untergeicf)nen,  begfaubigen  unb  t)er^ 
(Tegeft  nad)  bem  ©il^e  ber  Siegierung  ber  bereinigten 
Q>taaten,  unter  ber  3Iuffd)rift  an  ben  ^räiTbenten 
be^  Senate,  überfenben  foKen«  Der  ^VäjTbent  beö 
©enatt^  folt  bann  in  ©egenmart  hc^  Senate  unb 
be^  ^aufe^  ber  ^e^ßxäfentantm  alte  S3erid)te  eröjf^ 
neu,  unb  I)ierauf  fotten  bie  (Stimmen  gejä[)It  )t)erben. 
Diejenige  ^Vrfon,  mld)c  bie  größte  ^al)i  von  ®tim^ 
men  beflißt,  foil,  menu  foId)e  Sal)l  bie5[)iajorität  ber 
ganjen  bejlellter  Süäbter  ijt,  ^räfibent  tt)er^ 
ben»  äöenn  aber  me^ir  al^  einer  ba  ber  eine 
fold)e9}tcl)rl)eit  unb  eine  gleid)e  ©timmenjal)!  \)abcn 
feilte,  fo  folt  ba^  S)an^  ber  Dieprdfentanten  unmit^* 
telbar  barauf  einen  baDon  burd]'j^  (Sfrutinium  jum 
^Präfibenten  n)äl}len»  £^at  jebod)  feiner  eine  ^lajof 
rität,  fo  folt  gebad)te  S^an^  an^  ber  3^1)'  ber 
fünf  Srjlen  im  SSerjeidjnijfe  auf  gleid)e  5trt  ben 


1  121 

\ 

*;  presentatives  to  which  the  state  may  be  entitled  in 
the  congress:  but  no  senator  or  representative,  or 
I  person  holding  an  office  of  trust  or  profit  under  the 
;  United  States,  shall  be  appointed  an  elector. 
I     §  3.  The  electors  shaH  meet^  in  their  respective 
I  states,  and  vote  by  ballot^  for  two  persons,  of  whom 
one  at  least  shall  not  be  an  inhabitant  of  the  same 
,  state  with  themselves.    And  they  shall  make  a  hst 
,  of  all  the  persons  voted  for,  and  of  the  number  of 
<;  votes  for  each ;  which  list  they  shall  sign  and  certify,* 
and  transmit,^  sealed,  to  the  seat  of  the  government  of 
the  United  States,  directed  to  the  President  of  the  Sen- 
,!  ate;  who  shall,  in  the  presence  of  the  Senate  and  House 
I  of  Representatives,  open  all  the  certificates,  and  the 
.j  Tiotes  shall  then  be  counted.^  The  person  having  the 
{  greatest  number  of  votes  shall  be  the  President,  if 
j  such  number  be  a  majority^  of  the  whole  number  of 
electors  appointed ;  and  if  there  be  more  than  one 
,  who  have  such  majority,  and  have  an  equal  number 
I  of  votes,  then  the  house  of  representatives  shall  im- 
\\  mediately^  choose  by  ballot  one  of  them  for  Presi- 
dent; and  if  no  person  have  a  majority,  then,  from 
the  five  highest  on  the  list  the^aid  house  shall  in  like 
manner  choose  the  President.    But,  in  choosing  the 


I     1  fic^  öcrfammctn»  —  2  ta?  (S!rutintunt,  ber  SBa^ls 
'  icttcL  —  3  bcgtauOtöcn.  —  4  übcrfcnbcn.  —  5  ^ä^Utu 
—  6  t)lc  ^d)t\)dU  — •  7  unmittelbar. 


i 


122 


^räffbentett  n)äl)leiu  Sa  aber  bei  ber  ^räjibentem 
tt)al)t  bic  ©timmen  nod)  ben  (Staaten  genommen 
)t)erben,  n)obei  bie  $)?epväfentatton  eine^  jeben  ©taa<* 
te^  nnr  Sine  ©timme  bat,  fo  foU  bie  für  biefen 
3wecf  t)oK}länbige  Slujal)!-  anö  einem  ober  mel)reren 
ÜRitgliebern  i)on  jtt>ei  Srittl)eilen  ber  SKitglieber  ber 
Staaten  bepel)en  nnb  eine  Sliajorität  aller  Staaten 
jur  aöal)l  nötl)tg  fein.  — 

giir  jeben  gall  foil  bie  ^erfon,  mld)e  nad)  ber 
aSal)t  be^  ^räfibenten  bie  größte  ®timmenme()r^eit 
ber  aövibler  bef^i^t,  SSice:j^>rä)lbent  \t>erben.  ©oU^ 
ten  aber  jwei  ober  me()rere  bat)on  gleidje  ©timmen 
l)aben,  fo  foil  ber  ©enat  anö  il)nen  bnrd)  ©frntininm 
ben  2Sice^i>räffbenten  n>äl)len* 

4.  Ser  Kongreß  fann  bie  3eit  jnr  2Ba!)l  ber 
2öal)lmänner  nnb  ben  S!ag,  an  vt)eld)em  fie  i^re 
©timmen  abjngeben  I)aben,  beftimmen;  biefer  S^ag 
foil  ein  imb  berfelbe  für  bie  gangen  SSereinigten  Qtaa^ 
ten  fein. 

§.  5.  ?tnr  ein  nrfprünglid)  eingeborner  23ürger, 
ober  Siner,  ber  S3ürger  ber  SSereinigten  ©taaten 
jnr  ^cit  ber  2lnnal)me  biefer  ßonjlitntion  n)ar,  foU 
gnm  ^räfibenten  n)a^tfä[)ig  fein,  Dtiemanb  jcbcd), 
ber  nid)t  ba^  fünfnnbbreißigt^e  3al)r  erreid)t  l)at, 
unb  nid)t  feit  5:)iersel)n  3al)ren  feinen  aßo^njTg  in^ 
nerl)alb  ber  bereinigten  ©taaten  hatte. 

§♦  6.  3«t  S^K^  i^^^  ^ntfegnng  beö  ^Väffbenten 
Don  feinem  Slmte,  feineö  Slbflerben^,  25erjid)tleiffenö 
ober  feiner  Unfä^igfeit,  bie  (SJewalten  unb  ^pflid)ten 


123 


President,  the  votes  shall  be  taken  by  states,  the  re- 
presentation  from  each  state  having  one  vote;  a  quo- 
\  rum  for  this  purpose  shall  consist  of  a  member  or 
members  from  two  thirds  of  the  states,  and  a  majori- 

■  /  ty  of  all  tlie  states  shall  be  necessary  to  a  choice.  In 
•  CA^ery  case,  after  the  choice  of  the  President,  the  per- 
i  son  having  tl)e  greatest  number  of  votes  of  the  elec- 

■  tors  sliall  be  the  Vice-President.  But,  if  there  should 
I  remain  two  or  more  who  have  equal  votes,  the  Senate 
i  ■  shall  choose  from  them  by  ballot  the  Vice-President. 
I  §  4.  The  congress  may  determine^  the  time  of 
)  choosing  the  electors,  and  the  day  on  which  they 
I  shall  give  their  votes ;  which  day  shall  be  the  same 
]  throughout  the  United  States. 

§  5.  No  person  except  a  natural  born'  citizen,  or  a 
I  citizen  of  the  United  States  at  the  time  of  the  adop- 
T  tion^  of  this  Constitution,  shall  be  eligible^  to  the  of- 
fice of  President;  neither  shall  any  person  be  eligible 
I  to  that  office,  who  shall  not  have  attained  to  the  age 
i  of  thirty-five  years,  and  been  fourteen  years  a  resi- 
i  dent^  within  the  United  States. 

§  6.  In  case  of  the  removal  of  the  President  from 
office,  or  of  his  death,^  resignation,  or  inability^  to  dis- 
:  charge^  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  said  office,  the 


1  bcflimmcn.  —  2  ctn.qcücrcn.  —  3  bic  Vfnnaf;mc.  — 
^  4  tt?af)tfa()ig.  —  5  t)cr  $8civcf)ncr.  —  6  bcr  Zct>,  t)a$ 
i  Ub^aUn.  —  7  tie  llnfd'^igfcit,  —  8  ausüben» 


124 


befagten  Slmte^  an^juuben,  foil  bafl'efbe  bcm  SSicc^* 
^rajtbenten  übertragen  merbeit,  and)  taim  ber  iioiu 
greß  burd)'^  ®efe^  far  ben  gall  ber  (Sntfe^uitg  t)om 
5lmte  n^egeu  be^  J^obe^,  ber  2Serjid)tleijlung  ober 
Unfäl)igfeit  beiber,  be^  ^räftbenten  me  be^  SSices? 
^>rä(Tbenten,  3}erfitgung  treffen,  mld)cv  Seamte 
aföbann  bie  ^räjTbentfd)aft  nberne{)men  [oil,  nnb 
biefer  S3eamte  foil  in  ©emäg^eit  beffen  bie  ©telle 
befleiben,  bi^  bie  Unfal)igfeit  befeitigt  ober  ein  ^vä^ 
fibent  gen)äl)lt  fein  n)irb. 

§♦  7-  2)er  ^räjlbent  foil  jn  fejlgefe^ten  Reiten 
für  feine  2)ienfle  einen  ©e()alt  er[)alten,  ber  rvixij^ 
renb  ber  Daner  ber  ^eit,  für  bie  et  gewählt  tt)orben, 
Weber  erl)öt)t  nod^  verringert  mvben  barf,  nnb  er 
foil  innerljalb  biefer  ^eit  mbev  t)on  ben  SSereinigten 
^taaten^  nod)  von  einem  einzelnen  berfelben  irgenb 
ein  anbere^  @molnment  ertjalten* 

8.  SSor  bem  Eintritte  feiner  2lmtöt)errid)tnng 
foil  er  folgenben  @ib  ober  feierlid)e^  ©elöbniß  leijlen : 

§»  9,  „3d)  fd)möre  (ober  gelobe)  t)iermit  feiere 
„lid)jl,baß  id)  getrenlid)  ba^Stmtbe^  ^räffbenten  ber 
„bereinigten  (Staaten  t)ermalten,  nnb  nad)  meinen 
„betten  Äräften  biea^erfaffnngberaSereinigten  ®taa* 
„ten  beyiDabren,  befd)ül^en  nnb  Dertt^eibigen  n)ill/' 

3n)cltcc  2(0fcl)nitt. 

1.  Der  ^räffbent  foil  ber  Dberbefel)I^i)aber 
ber  Slrmee  nnb  ber  glotte  ber  bereinigten  nnb  ber 
SDZilij  ber  tjerfc^iebenen  (Staaten  fein,  wenn  biefe  jnnt 


125 


•  same  shall  devolve^  on  the  Vice-President,  and  the 
congress  may,  by  law,  provide  for  the  case  of  removal, 
death,  resignation,  or  inability,  both  of  the  President 
and  Vice-President,  declaring  what  officer  shall  then' 
ict  as  President,  and  such  officer  shall  act  accord- 
ngly,  until  the  disability  be  removed,  or  a  Presi- 
dent shall  be  elected. 

§  7.  The  Presidentshall,  at  stated^  times,  receive  for 
his  services,  a  compensation,^  which  shall  neither  be 
increased  nor  diminished  during  the  period  for  which 
he  shall  have  been  elected  ;  and  he  shall  not  receive 
within^  that  period  any  other  emolument  from  the 

I  United  States  or  any  of  them. 

§  8.  Before  he  enter  on  the  execution^  of  his  office 
he  shall  take  the  following  oath  or  affirmation  : 

I     §  9.  "I  do  solemnly^  swear,  (or  affirm,)  that  I 

I  "will  faithfully  execute  the  office  of  President  of  the 
"United  States,  and  will,  to  the  best  of  my  ability, 

j  "  preserve,  protect,  and  defend  the  Constitution  of 
the  United  States." 

Section  Second. 

§  1.  The  President  shall  be  commander-in-chief  of 
the  army  and  navy  of  the  United  States,  and  of  the 
militia  of  the  several  states,  when  called  into  the  ac- 


1  zufallen,  übertragen  n)cvt)cn.  —  2  alc^baniu  —  3  fcrts 
9c[cf5t.  —  4  Mc  ^i>ci'9ütiina,,  l)cr  ©c[)alu  —  5  inacrfjalO* 
—  6  t)ic  ?(ii6a6iin9,  t>cr  ?{ntritt  (cinc^  7{mtej.)  —  7 
fcicr(id). 


126 


acHtJeitl^ienlteber  5;erciingten  Staaten  berufen  tt)or^ 
ben  ;  er  fann  fcbriftlid)  bie  5(nficl)t  nnb  SReinung  ber 
oberften  SSeaniten  in  jebem  ber  DoU3iel)enben  D?ec;ie^ 
rnng^fad]er  über  irgenb  einen  ©egenftanb,  n>eld)er 
jn  ben  Serpfluttnngen  ihre^  refpecticen  Stinted  c;e^ 
t)ört,  nadifnrfjen  nnb  betjiehen,  nnb  foU  bie  9JJaef)t 
l)aben,  2(nffcf)nb  ber  (Strafe  nnb  ®nabe  fnr  aUe  ^ev^ 
gebnngen  gegen  bie  bereinigten  Staaten  jn  ertl)eilen, 
auif^genonnnen  bei  3lnfIagefaUen  öor  bem  (Senate, 

§.  2-  @r  felt  bie  \ytad)t  baben,  bnrd)  nnb  mit 
SSeijiebnng  nnb  Suftimmnng  be^  (Senate  Verträge 
jn  niacben,  Dcranc^gefei^t,  bag  gmei  Srittbeile  ber 
(Senatoren  gegenmrtig  fcien,  nnb  il)m  beijiinimen, 
unb  nut  93eiratl}  nnb  B^ftimmnng  beö  Senat(^  foU 
er  ©efanbre,  anbere  öjfentlidK  ^JJiinifter  nnb  Son^ 
fntn,  9tiditer  bei?  eberjlen  ®eridit^l)cf^  nnb  aUe 
anbere  Beamten  ber  isereinigten  (Staaten  ernennen 
unb  einfetten  tonnen,  über  beren  SJnftettnng  l)ierin 
uid)t  anf  anbere  aöeife  gürforge  getroffen  i|l,  nnb 
bie  bnrd)  ein  ©efel^angeorbnet  it)erben.  S)er  (5on^ 
greg  fann  jebod)  gefei^Iid^  bie  SlnfteUnng  aüer  fot^ 
d]er  llnterbeamten,  ttjie  er  e^  für  bienlid)  erad]tet, 
entn^eber  bem  ^räfibenten  allein,  ober  ben  ®erid]tö^ 
t)öfen,  ober  ben  (5l)ef^  ber  Diegiernng6fäd)er  über^ 
tragen. 

§.  3.  Der  ^räfibent  foU  bie  ©emalt  l)aben,  äffe 
ertebigte  Stetten,  bie  ivabrenb  ber  2Uiö[clj.nng  ber 
(Silpungen  be(^  Senat^J  etn^a  fid)  geigen  bürften, 
burd)  (5*rtl)eilnngen  Don  proDiforifd)en  ^eftaUnngen, 


127 


•  tuaP  service  of  the  United  States;  he  may  require  the 
opinion,"  in  writing,  of  the  principal  officer  in  each  of 
the  executive  departments,  upon  any  subject  I'elating 
to  the  duties  of  their  respective  offices,  and  he  shall 
have  power  to  grant  reprieves^  and  pardons  for  of- 
fences**  against  the  United  States,  except  in  cases  of 
impeachment. 

\      §  2.  He  shall  have  power,  by  and  with  tlie  advice 
and  consent  of  tlie  Senate,  to  make  treaties,'*  provided 
two-thirds  of  the  senators  present  concur;^  and  he 
shall  nominate,  and  by  and  with  the  advice  and  con- 
sent of  the  Senate,  shall  appoint^  ambassadors,  other 
I  public  Ministers  and  Consuls,  Judges  of  the  supreme 
;  court,  and  all  other  officers  of  the  United  States, 
"whose  appointments  are  not  herein  otherwise  pi  ovid- 
||:  ed  for,  and  which  shall  be  estabhshed  by  law :  but 
I  the  congress  may  by  law  vest^  the  appointment  of 
j  such  inferior  officers  as  they  think  proper,^  in  the 
I  President  alone,  in  the  courts  of  law,^°  or  in  the 
heads^^  of  departments. 

§  3.  The  President  shall  have  power  to  fill  up  all 
vacancies  that  may  happen  during  the  recess  of  the 


1  ix)tv!(id),  actti\  —  2  .l)lc  mnnung.  —  3  \>ct  2(uf^ 
fd)uO^  t)ic  grift.  —  4  l>ic  ^Scrgchunc^,  t)a^  9Scr9cl)cn.  — - 
5  bet  ertrag.  —  6  Oeijlimmen.  —  7  ernennen.  —  8 
übertragen.  —  9  geeignet,  blenücl).  —  10  ber  ®ericl)t^of)of. 
—  11  t>aC>  .paupt,  ber  ©[)ef. 


♦ 


128 


bie  am  ©cf)(iifie  ber  imdjften  ©iliung  beö  (SenaW 
erlöfct)en  feilen,  n^ieber  ju  befcgen. 

©nttct  2Cbfcl)nitt 

§♦1.  @r  foil  bem  ßongveß  Don  3^it  ju  3^it  JJacf)^ 
ricf)t  über  ben  3«Ranb  ber  Union  geben  nnb  beflen 
@rtt)ägnng  foldie  5!}Jagregetn  empfel)len,  n)ie  er  f[e 
fnr  nothig  nnb  jn^ecfbienlid)  t)ätt;  er  barf,  bei  aiif 
gerorbentlict)er  ©elegenbeit,  beibe  .^änfer  ober  einö 
baüon  jnfammenrnfen,  nnb  im  gälte,  bag  f[e  über 
i[)re  aSertagnngöjeit  md)t  einig  mit  einanber  n)erben 
fönnen,  fann  er  ihre  ©il^nng  bii^  jn  bem  it)m  geeig^? 
net  fdieinenben  3eitpnnfte  vertagen» 

§.  2.  dv  foil  bie  ©efanbten  nnb  anbere  öffentlts» 
d)e  3lbgeorbnete  empfangen  ;  er  foil  ©orge  fnr  bie 
getrenlid)e  i^^anbbabnng  ber  ®efe(3e  tragen  nnb  bie 
aSeflallnngen  aller  Dfjtciere  ber  bereinigten  'Staaten 
anöfertigen* 

SSicrtcr  7C0fcl)nitt* 

§.  L  Der  ^räfibent,  Sice^^räffbent  nnb  alle  (iU 
m(beamte  ber  bereinigten  Staaten  feilen  il)rer 
©teilen  entfe^t  tverben,  anf  Slnflage  nnb  lleberfiilii^ 
rnng  t)er  bem  Senate  n)egen  ^^edi^erratl)^,  aSefle^ 
d)nng,  ober  anberer  bol)enSSerbred)en  nnb  aSergeben* 

5lrtifcl  ISff.  —  (Srilcr  ?Cb|cl)nitt. 

§.  1.  2)ie  rid)terlid)e  ©emalt  ber  SSereinigten 
Staaten  fett  Den  einem  oberilen  ®erid)rii[)ofe  nnb 


120 


senate,  by  granting  commissions,  which  shall  expire*' 
at  the  end  of  their  next  session. 

Section  Third, 
§  1.  He  shall,  from  time  to  time,  give  to  the  con- 
f  gress  information^  of  the  State  of  the  Union,  and  re- 
commend  to  their  consideration^  such  measures  as  he 
shall  judge  necessary  and  expedient;'*  he  may,  on  ex- 
traordinary occasions,  convene^  both  houses,  or  either 
of  them  ;  and  in  case  of  disagreement^  between  tliem 
with  respect  to  the  time  of  adjournment,  he  may  ad- 
journ them  to  such  time  as  he  sliall  think  proper. 

§  2.  He  shall  receive  ambassadors  and  otlier  pub- 
1  lie  ministers ;  he  shall  take  care  that  the  laws  be  faith- 
■  fully^  executed,  and  shall  commission^  all  the  officers 
of  the  United  States. 

Section  Fourth, 
§  1.  The  President,  Vice-President,  and  all  civil 
officers  of  the  United  States  shall  be  removed  from 
office  on  impeachment  for,  and  conviction  of,  treason,^ 
bribery,^^  or  other  high  crimes^^  and  misdemeanors.^* 
ARTICLE  III.    Section  First. 
§  1.  The  judicial"'  power  of  the  United  States 
shall  be  vested  in  one  Supreme  Court,  and  in  such 

1  cr(cfcl)cn,  ait^taufcn.  —  2  bic  ^.acbvicbt.  —  3  bic  (Sr? 
ttja'9iunc\.  —  4  ^worfMcnUcb.  —  5  ^ufammcnrufciu  —  6  bie 

lie!).  —  8  l>crraUcn,  bic  ^ejlaUung  au6forti(\cn.  —  9  bet 
9Scrrat().  —  10  Mc  5Bcftcd)uua.  — 11  t)ai>  ^^Scfbrcd)t'ru  — 
12  t)a5  ^I>er9cl)ciu  —  13  vid)tcv(id). 


130 


foIcl)eit  Untergencf)töl)öfen  beffeibet  n)erteit,  tt)ie  ffe 
bcr  Kongreß  Don  ^eit  ixi^cit  ijerovbnen  uub  einriii)^ 
ten  mag.  liie  9iirf)ter  bc^^  oberjlen  S)of^  rvic  bcr 
unteren  @ericl)t^l)öfe  foKen,  fo  lange  <Te  jTd)  eineö 
guten  SSetragen^  befleißigen,  i^re  2(eniter  be[)a(ten 
unb  jn  feftgefegter  ^cit  für  if)re  2)ien|le  eine  ©elb^? 
Vergütung  empfangen,  bie  mä()renb  ber  Sauer  il)rer 
Slmtöbefleibung  nict)t  verringert  n?erben  barf* 

Sivcitcr  ?XOfd)tütt. 

§.  L  Sie  ricf)terlicf)e  ®en)alt  foil  ftrf)  au^bel)rtett 
Uber  alle  gälle  Don  ®efeg  unb  S3illigfeit,  bie  unter 
biefer  ßonflitution,  unter  ben  ©efegen  ber  SSereinig^^ 
ten  Staaten  unb  ben  unter  ber  Slutorität  berfelben 
gemacf)ten  ober  nod)  ju  mad)enben  SSerträgen  ffd) 
ereignen ;  über  alle  gälte,  bie  ©efanbte  unb  anbere 
öjfentlirf)e  ®efd)äftöträger  unb  ßonfuln  betreffen; 
über  alle  gälle  ber  Slbnüralität  unb  ©eegerid)t^bar^ 
feit;  über  ©treitigfeiten,  worin  bie  SSereinigten 
(Btaatm  eine  ^artbei  bilben ;  über  ©treitigfeiten 
jn)ifd)en  jn^eien  ober  mel)reren  Staaten;  jn)ifd)en 
einem  ©taate  unb  ben  S3ürgern  eine^  anberen 
Qtaate^ ;  jn)ifd)en  ben  SSürgern  Derfd)iebener  (Btaa^ 
ten;  jn)ifd)en bürgern  eineö  unb  beffelben  <Btaate^^ 
mki)e  auf  Räubereien,  bie  i[)nen  unter  D?ed)t^titelrt 
t)on  Derfd)iebenen  ©taaten  gemätjrt  n)orben  ftnb, 
5lnfprüd)e  madjen  unb  jn)ifd)en  einem  Staate  ober 
bejfen  bürgern  unb  fremben  Qtaateii;  bereu  SSür^ 
gern  ober  Untertl)anen» 


131 


inferior  courts  as  the  Congress  may  from  time  to  time 
ordain  and  establisli.  The  judges,  both  of  the  su- 
preme and.  inferior  courts,  shall  hold  their  offices 
during  good  behaviour,^  and  shall,  at  stated  times, 
receive  for  their  services,  a  compensation,  which 
shall  not  be  diminished  during  their  continuance' 
in  office. 

Section  Second. 

§  1.  The  judicial  power  shall  extend^  to  all  cases, 
in  law  and  equity,'*  arising  under  this  Constitution,  the 
laws  of  the  United  States,  and  treaties  made,  or  which 
shall  be  made,  under  their  authority ;  to  all  cases  af- 
fecting^ ambassadors,  other  public  ministers  and  con- 
suls; to  all  cases  of  admiralty  and  maritime  jurisdic- 
tion;^ to  controversies^  to  which  the  United  States 
shall  be  a  party ;  to  controversies  betAveen  two  or 
more  states,  between  a  state  and  citizens  of  another 
state,  between  citizens  of  diffiirent  states,  between 
citizens  of  the  same  state  claiming  lands  under  grants 
of  different  states,  and  between  a  state,  or  the  citizens 
thereof,  and  foreign^  states,  citizens,  or  subjects.^ 


1  t)af>  SBctraucn.  —  2  titc  2)aucr,  Jcrtbaucr.  —  3  jic^ 
ciuf>t)cf)ncn,  fid)  crftrccfcn.  —  4  tic  SBitUö^cit.  —  5 
trcffcnt).  —  6  t>ic  ©ct:icl)tö()arfcit.       7  t>ic  (StrcitigCcit. 
—  8  frcmt,  —  9  t)cr  Untcrtf)an. 


132 


§♦  2.  3«  ciUcn  ptten,  mld)e  ©efanbte  iinb  an^ 
bere  öffentlicf)e  S3eöottmäct)tigte  itnb  ßonfuln  be^ 
treffen,  iinb  in  fo(cf)en,  m  ein  ®taat  eine  ^artl)ei 
t|t,  foil  ber  obcrjle  ^of  nrfpriinglict)e  ®mdyt^baxhit 
bejTl^en*  3^  alien  anberen  t)orl)er  ermät)nten  gälten 
foil  ber  oberRe®erid)töI)ofbie2lppettation^^^®erid)t^:? 
barfeit  l)aben,  fon)o()t  in  @acf]en  n?a^  D?ecl}ten^,  alö 
n)a^  bie  $i:()at  betrifft,  mit  folcf)en  2ln^nal)men  nnb 
nntcr  folcf)en  Slnorbnnngen,  n)ie  jTe  ber  Kongreß 
ttiadjen  rnvb. 

§♦  8.  ^ie  ©ericf)tööer[)anblnnj3  über  alleSSerbre^ 
cl)en,  mit  3ln^nal)me  ber  3]nflage  t)or  bem  ©e^ 
ttate,  foil  bnrcl)'^  ®efcl)n)ornengeric{)t  gefcl)e(}en  nnb 
ein  folcl)eö  3SerfaI)ren  in  benjenigen  (Staaten  gebat 
ten  tt^erben,  mxin  baö  SSerbrerf)en  begangen  n)nrbe; 
wenn  eö  aber  nirf)t  inner()alb  eine^  ber  'Staaten 
begangen  morben,  fo  foil  bie  ®ericf)t^Der[)anblnng 
an  ben  Orten  gef)alten  tDerben,  bie  ber  Kongreß 
bajnbnrd)'^  ®efe(3  bejlimmt  f)aben  mxb. 

^rittet:  2(6fc()nitt. 

§♦  1.  §ocl)t)erratl)  gegen  bie  ^Bereinigten  Staaten 
foil  nnr  in  einer  Srregnng  eine^  Äriege^  gegen  bie^ 
felben,  ober  im  einem  Slnbang  an  beren  geinbe,  in^^ 
bem  biefen  ^iilfe  nnb  Llnterftiignng  geleiflet  n)irb, 
be|lel)en*  9^iemanb  foil  be^  ^ocl)t)erratl)^  nberi^ 
n)iefen  n)erben,  al^  anf  S^'^^Ö"^^  ^meier  ^^n^en  Mn 
enter  nnb  berfelben  offen  begangenen  S;i)at,  ober 
auf  ©eftänbniß  im  offenen  @ericl)t^l}ofe* 


133 


§  2.  In  ail  cases  aflfecting  ambassadors,  other  puV 
liö  ministers  and  consuls,  and  those  in  which  a  state 
shall  be  a  party,  the  supreme  court  shall  have  origi- 
nal' jurisdiction.  In  all  the  other  cases  before  men- 
tioned, the  supreme  court  shall  have  appellate  juris- 
diction, both  as  to  law  and  fact,^  with  such  excep- 
tions, and  under  such  regulations  as  the  Congress 
^  shall  make. 

^     §  S,  The  trial  of  all  crimes,  except  incases  of  im- 
{  peachment,  shall  be  by  jury  f  and  such  trial  shall  be 
held  in  the  state  where  the  said  crimes  shall  have 
been  committed;"*  but  when  not  committed  within 
any  state,  the  trial  shall  be  at  such  place  or  places  as 
\  the  Congress  may  by  law  have  directed. 

(Section  Third, 
§  1.  Treason  against  the  United  States  shall  con- 
;  sist  only  in  levying^  war  against  them,  or  in  adhering^ 
j  to  their  enemies,  giving  them  aid  and  comfort.  No 
person  shall  be  convicted  of  treason  unless^  on  the 
testimony^  of  two  witnesses^  to  the  same  overt^^  act, 
or  on  confession  in  open  court. 


1  urfprunölicl).  —  2  t>ic  S^at.  —  3  ba*o  (^cfd)it>orncns 
gmc^t*  —  4  begeben.  —  5  erregen,  anfangen«  —  6  an^an« 
gem  —  7  außer»  —  8  t)aö  Seugnig.  —  9  bec  äcuge.  —  10 
offcu/  offenbar» 


134 


§.  2.  Scr  ßciigreg  fett  fcic  ©malt  !)abcn,  bie 
©j:rafe  fceö  Jood)i:?ermti)$^  ju  beftünmcn,  aber  feine 
öjfent[id)e  llebern^eifung  be^  §cd)^errätl)er^  foU  cij» 
neu  (Sd)aitbflecf  auf  feine  gamilie  mxfen,  ober  SSer^^ 
mögen^^Sonfiöfation,  anger  n)äl)renb  ber  Sebenö*' 
bauer  beö  UebertDiefenen,  ben){rfen» 

§Crtif  cl  IV.  —  G-vj!cr  2C0|cl)nitt. 

§.  1.  SSoller  ©faube  iinb  grebit  foK  tu  jebem 
©taate  ben  öf entlirf)en  2lFten,  Urfnnben  nnb  rief)? 
terlirf)en  Serfa[)ren  eine^?  jeben  anberen  QtaaM 
gegeben  werben,  nnb  ber  ßongreg  fann,  bnrcf)  aKge? 
meine  ©efei^e,  bie  Slrt  nnb  SBeife  Dorfcf)reiben,  anf 
bie  fo[cf)e  5lften,  Urfnnben  unb  rict)terlid)e  3Serfa[)rett 
erprobt  werben  nnb  irelcfje^  i[}re  SBirfnng  fein  fott* 

Streiter  2C6fc!)nitt. 

§.  !♦  Sie  Bürger  eineö  jeben  (BtaaM  folfen 
allen  3Sorred)ten  nnb  greit)eiten  ber  SSurger  in  ben 
i)erfd)iebenen  Staaten  bered)tigt  fein* 

§.  2.  ©ne^Vrfon,  bie  in  irgeiib  einem  Staate  beö 
SBerratl}^,  ber  Felonie  ober  eineö  anberen  SSerbred)enö 
angefragt,  t)or  ber  3itflij  fliel)t  nnb  in  einem  anberen 
(Staate  befnnben  t^irb,  fott  auf  S3egel)ren  ber  auö^ 
übenben  ©en^alt  be^jenigen  Staate,  anö  bem  ffe 
entflol)en,  ausgeliefert  unb  in  ben  Staat  juriicfge^* : 
brad)t  njerben,  ber  bie  @erid)tSbarfeit  über  baö 
5Berbred)en  l^at. 


185 


§  2.  The  congress  shall  have  power  to  declare  the 
punishment  of  treason,  but  no  attainder^  of  treason 
shall  work  corruption  of  blood,  or  forfeiture,^  except 
I  during  the  life  of  the  person  attainted. 

^  Article  iv.  Section  First. 

§  1.  Full  faith  and  credit  shall  be  given  in  each 
\  state  to  the  public  acts,  records,^  and  judicial  proceed- 
ings of  every  other  state.  And  the  congress  may,  by 
general  laws,  prescribe'*  the  manner  in  which  such  acts, 
records,  and  proceedings  shall  be  proved,  and  the 
effect^  thereof. 

Section  Second, 

§  1.  The  citizens  of  each  state  shall  be  entitled*^  to 
,  all  privileges  and  immunities''  of  citizens  in  the  seve- 
j  ral  states. 

§  2.  A  person  charged^  in  any  state  with  treason, 
felony,  or  other  crime,  who  shall  flee^  from  justice,^^ 
and  be  found  in  another  state,  shall,  on  demand  of  the 
executive  authority  of  the  state  from  which  he  fled, 
be  delivered  up,^^  to  be  removed  to  the  state  having 
jurisdiction  of  the  crime. 


1  bic  9crtcf)ttid)c  lletjcrfü^vung,  llct)ern?cifung»  —  2  SScr? 
iiiogeti^cenpEaticn.  —  3  tic  Ur6unl)c.  —  4  t>crfd)rci6cn, 
—  5  t)ic  SSBirEung.  —  6  ()crcd)ti9t.  —  7  Vic  grcif)cit.  8 
anHagcn.  —  9  flicljcn.  — 10  tic  (3md)tiQUit,  Sujlia.— -11 
ou^Ucfcrn, 


I 


136 


§.3»  Sfjiemanb,  berm  entern  (Btaate  Sieitft 
ober  SIrbeit  nacf)  ben  ®efe§en  get)alten  ifl,  uitb  in 
einen  anbeten  entflieljt,  foil  in  gofge  irgenb  eine^ 
©efege^  ober  ®nrict)tnng  l)ierin,  l)on  fo(ct)em  Sienjl 
ober  SIrbeit  entlaflet  merben ;  fonbern  foK  anf  gor^ 
bernng  berjenigen  ^artl)ei,  ber  er  Sienfl  ober  5tr^ 
belt  fcf)nlbtg  \%  an^geliefert  werben»  . 

fritter  7C0fcI)tütt. 

L  5tene  Staaten  fönnen  bnrcf)  oen  Songreg 
in  bie  Union  anfgenommen  n)erben,aber  fein  nener 
(Btaat  barf  innerl)alb  ber  ®erirf)ti^barfeit  irgenb 
eine^  anberen  ©taate^^  gebilbet  ober  errid)tet  mx^ 
ben ;  and)  barf  fein  ©taat  bnrcf)  SSereinignng  i)ott 
^mi  ober  mehreren  Staaten  ober  ^beilen  Don 
©taaten  gebilbet  werben,  oI)ne  3u|limmnng  ber  ge^ 
feggebenben  S3el)örbe  ber  betbeili'gten  Staaten  fo^ 
Jitjobl,  al^  be^  ßongreffe^, 

§♦  2»  2)er  ßongreg  foil  bie  ©ewalt  baben,  über 
baö  ©ebiet  ober  anbereö  ben  SSereinigten  'Staaten 
gel)örigeö  @igent[)nm  jn  tjerfitgen,  nnb  riicffiditlicf) 
bejfen  alle  notl)tt)enbige  SSerorbmtngen  nnb  (iinrid)^ 
tnngen  jn  madt)en :  nnb  feil  nirf)t^  in  biefer  ßon^ 
(litntion  @ntl)altene  fo  aufgelegt  n^erben,  baß  bar^« 
anö  ben  ?lnfpriicl)en  ber  bereinigten  (Btaatcn  ober 
irgenb  eineö  @injelftaatö  ein  9^acl)rl)eit  ern>arf)fett 
fönne* 


137 


§  3.  No  person  held  to  service  or  labor  in  one 
state,  under  the  laws  thereof,  escaping^  into  another, 
shall,  in  consequence  of  any  law  or  regulation  there- 
in, be  discharged^  from  such  service  or  labor,  but 
shall  be  delivered  up  on  claim^  of  the  party  to  whom 
1  such  service  or  labor  may  be  due,'* 

Section  Third, 

§  1.  New  states  may  be  admitted^  by  the  congress 
into  this  Union ;  but  no  new  state  shall  be  formed  or 
erected  within  the  jurisdiction  of  any  other  state;  nor 
any  state  be  formed  by  the  junction^  of  two  or  more 
states,  or  parts  of  states,  without  the  consent  of  the 
legislatures  of  the  states  concerned,  as  well  as  of  the 
j  congress. 

§  2.  The  congress  shall  have  power  to  dispose  of, 
and  make  all  needfuF  rules  and  regulations  respect- 
ing the  territory^  or  other  property  belonging  to  the 
United  States;  and  nothing  in  this  Constitution  shall 
be  so  construed^  as  to  prejudice^^  any  claims  of  the 
United  States,  or  of  any  particular^^  state. 


1  entfliegen»  —  2  cnttaffcn.  —  3  bic  ^orberung.  —  4 
fi^utblg.  —  5  3u  (affcn,  aufnehmen.      6  bic  QScrctnigung. 

—  7  nct()menbl9.  —  8  bci^  ©cbiet.  —  9  au<?(cgcn,  crHd'ven. 

—  10  ()enact)t^ciÜ3cn,  fd)abcn.  —  11  üefonbcr,  einzeln. 

I 


133 


SStcrtcr  2(Cfcl)nitt. 
Sie  SSereinigten  Staaten  fotteu  jcbem  <Btaate  in 
ber  Union  eine  repnblifanifdie  Olegicrnng^form  Qa^ 
xantixcn  :  fie  füllen  einen  jeben  bevfelben  ßegen  ^in^ 
fall  von  Sinken  nnb  anf  31nfuct)enber  gefcij^gebenten 
ober  i^oUjlvecfenben  6^e)t)alt  (menn  bie  evjlere  nid)t 
Derfammelt  n)erben  fann)  gegen  ®maUH}ätiQtcit 
im  Snnern  befd)ügen* 

SJrtif  cl  V. 

Ser  Kongreß  foil  jn  jeber  ^eit^  mnn  e^  ^wei 
2>ntrl)eite  beiber  i^infer  fiirnötl)ig  erad)ten  n>erben, 
SSerbejfernngen  nnb  S^^f^lK  jn  biefer  (Sonftitntion 
Dorfct)iagen,  ober  er  foil  anf®efnd)  ber©efeljigebung 
Don  jn)ei  Srittbeilen  ber  einzelnen  Staaten  einen 
SonDent  jnma[5orfd)lag  DonSSerbejferungen  bernfen, 
tt)eld)e  in  beiben  gällen  nadril)rem  gangen  2nl)alte 
unb  3^^^^  ^l)eile  biefer  ßonflitntion  gelten 
foUen,  fobalb  alö  jTe  bnrd)  bie  gefeggebenbe  53e[)örbe 
Don  brei  3Siertl)eilen  ber  einzelnen  Staaten,  ober  t)on 
ßon^enten  in  brei  SSiertI)eiten  bevfelben  genehmigt 
ttjorben  ffnb,  ba  bie  eine  ober  bie  anbere  3lrt  ber  ®Cf 
ttel)mignngt)om  ßongreffeuorgefd^lagen  iverben  mag, 
unter  ber  Sebingnng,  bag  feine  Dor  bem  3^^bve  1808 
gemad)t  merbenbe  aSerbejfernng  anf  irgenb  eine 
Sßeife  bie  erj^e  nnb  bie  Dierte  ßlanfel  in  bem  nenn^ 
ten  5lbfd)nitt  be^  erflen  21rtifel^  »erteilt,  nnb  baß 
fein  (Staat,  ol)ne  feine  öfinwillignng,  feiner  gleidien 
©timmred)te  im  ©enate  beranbt  tDürbe» 


139 


Section  FmrtK 
§  1.  The  United  States  shall  guarantee^  to  every 
state  in  this  Union  a  republican  form  of  government, 
and  shall  protect  each  of  them  against  invasion  ;^  and 
on  application^  of  the  legislature,  or  of  the  executive, 
(when  the  legislature  cannot  be  convened,)  against 
domestic"*  violence.* 

Article  v. 

§  1.  The  congress,  whenever  two-thirds  of  both 
houses  shall  deem^  it  necessary,  shall  propose  amend; 
ments  to  this  Constitution,  or,  on  the  application  of 
the  legislatures  of  two-thirds  of  the  several  states, 
shall  call  a  convention  for  proposing  amendments, 
which,  in  either  case,  shall  be  valid^  to  all  intents  and 
purposes,  as  part  of  this  Constitution,  when  ratified' 
by  the  legislatures  of  three-fourths  of  the  several 
states,  or  by  conventions  in  three-fourths  thereof,  as 
the  one  or  the  other  mode  of  ratification  may  be  pro- 
posed by  the  congress :  Provided,  that  no  amend- 
ment, which  may  be  made  prior^  to  the  year  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  eight,  shall,  in  any  man- 
ner, effect  the  first  and  fourth  clauses  in  the  ninth 
section  of  the  first  article ;  and  that  no  state,  without 
its  consent,  shall  be  deprived^^  of  its  equal  suffrage  ia 
the  senate. 

1  aarantircn,  ®cn?a'f)r  (ciftcn.  —  2  tcr  (5infaU  dcu  2(ußcn. 
—  3  ba^  (55cfucJ),  ba^  2(nfucl)cn  —  4  f)a'u^>ttcl),  tnncrticl).— 
5  tic  dicwaUtbatlgf cit.  —  6  Ocurtfjcilcn,  cracf)tcn.  —  7  q\\U 
tig.  —  8  c^cncbmi.acn.  —  9  ^\)^,  Ococr*  —  10  Ocru^rcn, 
legen*  — il  berauben 


140 


Stritfd  VI. 

L  Sitte  öor  ber  2Jnnal)me  biefer  ßonflitution 
fontra!)irten  ©d)iilben  nub  eingegangenen  SSerbinb^? 
Ii(l)feiten  fotten  eben  fo  giUtig  gegen  bie  SSereinigten 
Staaten  nnter  biefer  SSerfajfnng  fein,  al^  nnter  ber 
ßonföberation. 

§.  2.  XJiefe  Sonflitntion  nnb  bie  ®efe($e  ber  SSer^ 
einigten  (Btaatcn,  bie  in  gofge  berfelben  gemac{)t 
mxbcn,  fo  n)ie  atte  nnter  ber  Shitorität  ber  Serei^ 
fligten  Staaten  bereite  gemad)ten  ober  nod)  jn  ma^^ 
d^enben  SSerträge  fotten  ba6  l)öd}|l:e  Sanbeögefcii  nnb 
fiir-  bie  D^id)ter  eine^  jeben  Staate^  binbenb  fein, 
mnn  and)  (itwa^  in  ber  Sonjlitntian  ober  in  beit 
©efel^en  irgenb  eine^  Staate^  bagegen  märe. 

§♦  3.  Sie  5:)orermäl)nten  Senatoren  nnb  d^e)ßvä^ 
fentanten,  bie  \Utitglieber  ber  t)erfd)iebenen  'Btaat^^f 
legi^Iatnren  nnb  atte  Beamte  ber  Doüftrecfenben 
unb  rid)terlid)en  ©emaften,  ber  SSereinigten  fo  wie 
ber  einzelnen  Staaten,  fotten  bnrd)  ©bfd)n)nr  ober 
feierlid)ei^  ®e(5bnig  jnr  2(nfrcd)t()a[tnng  biefer  Son^ 
flitntion  t)erpflid)tet  mv'ocn  ;  bod)  fott  fein  religiöfer 
^>riifnng^eib  jur  Sefabignng,  irgenb  ein  Don  ben 
^bereinigten  Staaten  an(^gel)enbe^  2(mt  ober  eine 
6|fentlid)e  Dbliegenl)eit  jn  bef{eiben,jema[(^  geforbert 
it^erben. 

mtum  VII. 

1*  Sie  ©eneljmignng  ber  Uebereinfnnft  Don 


141 

Article  vi. 

§  1.  All  debts  contracted^  and  engagements'  en- 
\  tered  into,  before  the  adoption^  of  this  Constitution^ 
;  shall  be  as  valid  against  the  United  States  under  this 
Constitution,  as  under  the  confederation. 

§  2.  This  Constitution,  and  the  laws  of  the  United 
States  which  shall  be  made  in  pursuance'*  thereof; 
^  and  all  treaties  made,  or  which  shall  be  made,  under 
,  the  authority  of  the  United  States,  shall  be  the  su- 
preme law  of  the  land ;  and  the  judges  in  every  state 
shall  be  bound  tliereby,  any  thing  in  the  constitution 
or  laws  of  any  state  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding/ 
§  3.  The  senators  and  representatives  before  men- 
tioned,^ and  the  members  of  the  several  state  legisla- 
tures, and  all  executive  and  judicial  officers,  both  of 
the  United  States,  and  of  the  several  states,  shall  be 
bound,  by  oath^  or  affirmation,^  to  support  this  Con- 
stitution ;  but  no  religious  test'-*  shall  ever  be  required^** 
as  a  qualification^^  to  any  office  or  public  trust  under 
the  United  States. 

Article  Vii. 

§  1.  The  ratification^^  of  the  conventions  of  nine 
states,  shall  be  sufficient  for  the  establishment  of 


1  macl)cn,  contcaf)ircu  (t>cn  <Scl)utt>cn).  —  2  bic  ißcrbtnbs 
Uc^^cit.  —  3  tic  2Cnnal)mc.  —  4  tic  'S^io.c.  —  5  un9cad)tct, 
—  6  crrüd'f)ncn.  —  7  t)cr  S*it)fcl)ivur.  —  8  bai>  Qks 
tü(>t>c  —9  t)ct  rctigicfc  ^rüfuncvocib.—  10  ocr(ancicn,  fees 
iDeciu  — 11  bicSScfa^igung.  — 12  bic  ©cncfjinigunc. 


142 


iteuen  (Staaten  foil  l)tnreic£)enb  jur  @rricf)tiing  iic^ 
fer  SonfHtution  sn)ifcl)en  ben  biefelbe  ratiftgirenben 
(Staaten  fem. 


  • 

?8etheiUtiin^cn  nnb  ^nfal^c 

bet  ^vtiftittitivn^ 
Slrtifel  I. 

Ser  gongre^  foil  fein  ®efeg  erlaflen  biirfen,  icf 
jiiglid)  auf  @infiU)rnng  einer  9?eIigion  C^taat^f 
religion)  ober  \va^  beren  freie  Slu^nbnng  l)inbert, 
hod)  ©efel^e,  iDobnrd)  bie  ^veiljeit  ber  ^IJrefl'e,  ober 
baö  5)iecf)t  be^  SSolf^,  pel)  frieblid)  jn  »erfammeln 
unb  bei  ber  SKegiernng  nm  3lbl)ülfe  t)on  25efd)n)erbett 

bitten,  Derfiirjt  n^erben. 

Slrtifel  IL 

.  2)a  einen)ol)leingerid)tete2öel)rfd)aft  (SJZilij)  jur 
©id)ert)eit  eine^  freien  (Staate^  not[)n)enbig  ijl,  fo 
fott  baö  3?ed)t  beö  SSolf^,  3Bafen  ju  t)alten  nnb  ju 
tragen,  nid)t  eingefdjränft  n)erben. 

Slrtifet  III. 
Äetn  ©olbat  foil  in  grieben^jeiten  m  trgenb  ein 
S)ax\^  ol)ne  Semiltignng  bejfen  @igentl)iimer^  ein^? 
qnartirt  mxien  biirfen ;  nnb  in  .trieg^3eiten  nnr 
in  ber  bnrd)  baö  ©efeg  i)orgefd)riebenen  2lrt  nnb 
SBeife. 


143 


this  Constitution  between  the  states  so  ratifynig  the 
^  same. 

[   

AMENDMENTS^  TO  THE  CONSTITUTION. 


I  Article  i. 

Congress  shall  make  no  law  respecting  an  estab- 
iishment  of  religion,  or  prohibiting^  the  free  exercise 
thereof;  or  abridging^  the  freedom  of  speech,  or  of 
the  press;  or  the  right  of  the  people  peaceably'*  to 
assemble,  and  to  petition  the  government  for  a  re- 
il  dress^  of  grievances.^ 

Article  ii. 

A  well  regulated  militia  being  necessary  to  the 
security^  of  a  free  state,  the  right  of  the  people  to 
keep®  and  bear^  arms  shall  not  be  infringed.^^ 

Article  hi. 

No  soldier  shall,  in  time  of  peace,  be  qnartered^^  in 
any  house,  without^^  the  consent  of  the  owner ;  nor  , 
in  time  of  war/^  but  in  a  manner  to  be  prescribed  ' 
by  law.^'*  I 

1  SScrücffctungcn  unb  Sufd'gc  — 2  f)int)crn.  -—  3  »crfürr 
^cn,  fc()mc((cnu  —4  fricbUd).  —  5  bic  2C0^ulft\  —  6  t)ic  $Bcr  * 
fc{)n)crt)C.  —  7  tk  @id)cv[)cit.  —  8  \)alUn.  —  9  tragen.     10 , 
I  cinfd)ranfcn,  I)int)crn.  —  11  ctnquartivcn.  —  12  cf)ne,  — 
13  t)cr  ©igcnt^ümcr.  — 14  t)cr  Jtrieg, 


144 


Slrtifel  IV. 

X>a^  D?ecf)t  be^  SSoIf ^,  f[d)er  in  feiner  ^Vrfoit,  fef# 
neu  ^^äufent,  papieren  imb  @ffeften  i3or  unbilligen 
Jtattfudntngen  nnb  S3efd)tagnal)me  jn  fein,  foU 
nicl)t  Derlegt  nnb  feine  ricl)terlid)en  S)aft^f  nnb  93e^ 
fd)lagnat)möbefe[)lefollen,  ol)ne  ben)ei^licl)e,  anf  ®b 
ober  feierticl)e^  ®elöbni§  gejtiißte  Urfact)e,  nnb  ol)ne 
ba^  ber  jn  nnterfnd)enbe  Drt  nnb  bie  jn  öerbaften^ 
ben  ^Vrfonen  ober  ©egenftänbe  anöfüt}rlicl)|l  be* 
fc^rieben  n^orben,  erlaflfen  njerben. 

3lrtifel  V. 

gfjiemanb  foil  n)egen  eine^^  (äcDßitaU  ober  anberen 
ütfamirenben  S5erbreel)en^  anberö  jn  5)ieb'  nnb  2lnt^ 
mxt  gel)alten  fein,  al^  anf  eine  Slnftage  ber  ®ranb^ 
2nrt),  mit  3lndnal)me  in  ben,  bei  ber  Sanb;^  nnb 
©eemadhf,  ober  in  ber  aKitij,  mnn  biefelbe  in  ^cU 
ten  bejj  Mviec\§  ober  öjfenttid^er  ©efabr  fid)  im  afti? 
mx  l^ienft  bejtnbet,  t)orfommenben  gällen*  9(nd) 
foil  ^yfiemanb  voegen  eine^  nnb  beweiben  Sergeben^ 
jn)cimal  in  ®efal)r  nm  ?eib  nnb  ?eben  gefeljt,  and) 
nid)t  in  irgenb  einem  Sriminalfalle  genötl)i(]t  iDerben, 
3engnip  gegen  fid)  felbft  abzulegen ;  nod)  anber^, 
aU  anf  gehörigen  gefelj(id)en  SJorgang,  be^  Sebent, 
ber  y^reibeit  ober  be^  (Sfgentl)um^  beranbt,  nnb  fein 
^riüateigentl)nm  jn  i>ffentlid)em  ®cbrand)e  nnb 
5Kn§en,  ol)ne  gered)te  93ergiitnng,  genommen  njer^ 


145 


Article  iv, 

I  -  The  right  of  the  people  to  be  secure'  in  their  per- 
»«ons,  houses,  papers,  and  effects,  against  unreasonable* 
searches^  and  seizures,^  shall  not  be  violated ;  and  no 
warrants"  shall  issue,^  but  upon  probable  cause  sup- 
ported by  oath  or  affirmation,  and  particularly  des- 
cribing the  place  to  be  searched,  and  the  persons  or 
ithings  to  be  seized. 

Article  v. 

No  person  shall  be  held  to  answer  for  a  capital  or 
otherwise  infamous^  crime,  unless  on  a  presentment 
or  indictment*  of  a  grand  jury,  except  in  cases  arising 
in  the  land  or  naval  forces,  or  in  the  militia,  when 
in  actual  service,  in  time  of  war  or  public  danger ; 
jlior  shall  any  person  be  subject  for  the  same  offence 
to  be  twice^  put  in  jeopardy^°  of  life  or  limb  nor 
ishall  he  be  compelled,  in  any  criminal  case,  to  be  a 
witness  against  himself,  nor  be  deprived  of  life,  liberty, 
or  property,  without  due^^  process  of  law  ;  nor  shall 
private  property  be  taken  for  public  use  without 
i  just^^  compensation. 

1  fict)cr*  —2  unücrnünfttg,  unbillig.  —  3  bic  9^ac!)fucr)Utt9, 

—  4  tie  93cfct)(a9na!}mc.  —  5  bcr  .^^afboOcfcf)!.  — 6  crtaffcn. 

—  7  cntc^tcnl).  —  8  Mc  offcnttubc linUa^c  Dor  bet  Sun),— 
9  ^weimaU  — 10  tic  ©cfa^r,  —11  l>aö  (3iut>,  t>ct  Cei^,— 


146 


Slrtifel  VI. 

S5ei  aßen  pemlid)en  ®enct)t^t)er!)anblitiigcit  foB 
ber  Slngeffagte  baö  3]cc(}t  cineö  xa^d)cn  imb  öffeut^^ 
lid)cn  aSerfat)veu^  biird)  cine  unpartl)eiifd)e  Sun;  M 
©taate^  nub  Sejirf^  genießen,  n^orin  baö  SSerbm 
ä)c\x  begangen  wnrbe,  and)  mnß  ber  23ejirf  t)orl)cr 
bnvct)'(^  ®efeg  fejl  anögemad[)t  nnb  ber  2Jngef(agtc 
iiber  bie  ytatnv  nnb  Urfacl)e  ber  3(nffage  nnternc{)tet 
fein-  (Sr  foil  ferner  baö  9?ed)t  l)aben,  mit  ben  3^«^ 
gen  gegen  il)n  tonfrontirt  jn  werben,  Swang^Der? 
fal)ren  anjnwenben  nm  B^nm^  sn  feinen  ©nnflen 
jn  erl)alten  nnb  fott  ben  S3eijlanb  eineö  Slnwalteö 
jn  feiner  aSertbeibignng  l)aben* 

Slrtifel  YII. 

S8ei  atten  gemeinbnrgerlid)en  9?ed)töfac{)en,  tt)o 
ber,  in  Streitfrage  ftel)enbe  SBertf)  jwanjig  ScKarö 
iiberileigt,  foil  ia^  SHed)t  beö  aSerfaf)renö  Dor  bem 
©efd)Wornengerirf)te  gen)dl)rt  tDerben,  nnb  feine 
t)on  bemfelben  einmal  Derl)anbelte  2;i)atfad)e  foil 
anfanbere  Slrt,  alö  ben  a5orfd)riften  beö  gemein^ 
bnrgerlid)en  ©efel^eö  gemd^,  Don  einem  anberen 
®erid)t^^ofe  ber  bereinigten  Qtaatm  n>ieberl)olt 
iinterfnd)t  ober  geprüft  tverben. 

Slrtifel  VIII. 

SBeber  übermäßige  a5ürgfd)aften  fotten  geforbcrf^ 
jtorf)  übermäßige  ©elbbußeu  anferlegt,  nod)  grau^^ 


147 


Article  vi. 

In  all  criminal  prosecutions,  the  accused  shall 
enjoy  the  right  to  a  speedy*  and  public  trial,^  by  an 
impartial  jury  of  the  state  and  district  wherein  the 
crime  shall  have  been  committed,  which  district  shall 
have  been  previously^  ascertained*  by  law;  and  to  be 
informed  of  the  nature  and  cause  of  the  accusation ; 
to  be  confronted^  with  the  witnesses  against  him; 
to  have  compulsory  process  for  obtaining  witnesses 
in  his  favor  f  and  to  have  the  assistance  of  counsel 
for  his  defence. 

Article  vii. 

In  suits^  at  common  law,  where  the  value' m  con- 
troversy shall  exceed  twenty  dollars,  the  right  of 
j; trial  by  jury  shall  be  preserved;  and  no  fact  tried  by 

jury  shall  be  otherwise  reexamined  in  any  Court 
lof  the  United  States,  than  according  to  the  rules  of 
I  the  common  law, 

^  Article  viir. 

I 

I    Excessive^  baiP^  shall  not  be  required,  nor  exces- 

il  

1  tafcl)»  —  2  t)a<>  cffcnt(icl)c  ©crid)t^ycrfaf}rcn.  —  3 
»cr()cr.  —  4  au^mnd)cn,  gcivij}  mad)cu.  —  5  rcr  G5cricf)t 
gcgciuiOcvftcIlcn.  —  6  t>\c  ®un)l.  —  7  tic  $Rcd)t6)nd)C,  bcr 
ifmccl)t6)!vcit.  —  8  bcr  SScrtf).      9  übermäßig,  —  10  t)ic 


148 


fame  unb  tingebräucl)licl)e  Äörperftrafett  t)erl)drtgt 
»erben* 

Slrtifel  IX. 

25ie  2(iifjä[)Iung  befiimmter  9tedE)te  tn  ber  6oit(lu 
tution  foil  itid)t  bie  Seutung  v^evanlajyeit,  anbere^ 
bem  SSoIfe  jnriirf&e()a[tene  dUd)tc  ju  öeweigcrn 
ober  ju  beeinträcl)tigen* 

Slrtifel  X. 

Sie  ©Malten^  mldjc  ben  aSereinigten  ©taateit 
burd)  bie  Sonflitution  it>eber  übertragen,  nod)  bnrd) 
festere  ben  ©taaten  nnterfagt  mnrben,  jTnb  ben 
refpectiiJen  Qtaatm  ober  bem  aSoIfe  tjorbehalten» 

Slrtifel  XI. 

2)ie  rid)terlid)e  ©ewalt  ber  aSereinigten  ©taaten 
foil  fid)  nnter  feiner  ISentnng  über  irgenb  einen 
9{ed)töi)anbel  in  ©efel^eö^  ober  35illigfeit^fad)en 
anöbel)nen,  n)eld)er  bnrd)  SSürger  eine^  anberen 
©taateö  ober  bnvd)  SSürger  ober  Untertljanen  irgenb 
eineö  fremben  ^taaM  gegen  Sinen  ber  bereinigten 
(Staaten  begonnen  ober  betrieben  ivnrbe* 

3lrtifel  XII. 

§♦  1.  2)ie  38äf)ter  folten  ffd)  tn  tf)ren  refpectiöen 
©taaten  t)erfammefn  nnb  bnrd)  ©frntininm  für 
einen  ^räjibenten  nnb  SSice^^räffbenten  abffimnien, 
»Ott  benen  einer  wenigflenö  fein  SKiteinn)oI)ner  ein 


149 


•  fenre  fines*  imposed,  nor  cruel  and  unusual  punish- 

ments  inflicted.'* 

Article  ix. 

The  enumeration,'  in  the  Constitution,  of  certain 
jghts,  shall  not  be  construed  to  deny*  or  disparage* 
others  retained  by  the  people. 

Article  x. 

The  powers  not  delegated^  to  the  United  States 
by  the  Constitution,  nor  prohibited  by  it  to  the  States, 
are  reserved  to  the  states  respectively,  or  to  the 
people. 

Article  xi. 

The  judicial  power  of  the  United  States  shall  not 
be  construed  to  extend  to  any  suit  in  law  or  equity, 
commenced  or  prosecuted''  against  one  of  the  United 
States  by  citizens  of  another  state,  or  by  citizens  or 
subjects  of  any  foreign  state. 

Article  xii. 

§  1.  The  electors*  shall  meet  in  their  respective 
states,  and  vote  by  ballot  for  President  and  Vice- 
President,  one  of  whom,  at  least,^  shall  not  be  an 

1  (55dM>u6c,  ©cttftrafc.  —  2r>cr()änc^cn.  — 3  t>ic  ?Cuf* 
gaMunc.  —  4  (>i\nntra'cl)tic\i'n.  —  5  vcrwcipcvn.  —  6  ixbcts 
trac\cn.  —  7  ^^cvfctgcn,  betreiben.  —  8  ber  5[ßa'l}ler.  —  9 
wciiiöfteni^. 


150 


tinb  beflfefben  (BtaaM  mit  iljmn  fciu  barf,  ©ie 
fotten  auf  il)ren  ©timmjetteln  bie  ^'pcrfoncn,  n>e(rf)e 
jle  311  ^rafibcnten,  nub  auf  bai)ou  i)erfd)iebeuea 
Setrein  biejeuigen  itauil)aft  mad)en,  )Dc(cl)e  fee  ju 
SSicc^j^räHbeuten  be)T:immcn.  ®ie  foKeu  bauu  g?^ 
treuure  IMffeu  ^ou  bcu  ju  ^räfibeuten  uub  dcu  ben 
ill  aSice::^H\ijTbcuten  belTimmtcu,  fomie  i>i>u  bcr  5ln^ 
jal)[  berSSota  für  jebeu  verfertigen.  ®ebad)te  Stiften 
foden  ffeunrer3eict)net,  beglaubigt  uub  i)erfiegelt  nad) 
bent  ©ilje  ber  Dtegieruug  ber  ^bereinigten  Qtaatcn^ 
abbrejjirt  an  ben  ^räf'ibeuten  be^  Senate,  iiberfen^j 
ben.  2er  ^rafibent  be^  Senate  foil  nun  in  (^e^ 
gentDart  be(^  Senate  nub  beo  D{epräfentanren[)aufeä 
alle  Certificate  eri>ffnen,  nub  l}ierauf  foUen  bie 
(Stimmen  ge3äl)(t  iDerben. 

Sie  ^>erfon,  mid)c  bie  l)i>d)fte  ©tinimenmebrheit 
jnm  ^rafibenten  bat,  foil  ^prafibent  fein,  fattti  eine 
fo(d)e  ^a\)i  eine  SRajorität  ber  ganjen  Slnjabl  fefl^* 
gefegter  3Säl)Ier  ifl,  tinb  u>enn  Jiiemanb  biefe  9J?ajo^ 
rität  bejTgt,  fo  foil  ba^  S^aw^  ber  $>{epräfentanteit 
Don  benen  ^])erfonen,  tt)e(d)e  auf  ber  ^räjibentenlifte 
bie  «teilten  Stimmen  f)aben,  jebod)  an^  nid)t  mehr 
alö  breien,  unmittelbar  hierauf  burd)  ©frntinium 
ben  ^rafibenten  mä[)(en.  2)a  aber  bei  ber  ^räff^ 
bentenwabl  bie  Stimmen  nad)  (Btaatcn  genommen 
njerben,  wobei  bie  ^^epräfentation  eine^  jebeu  Staa^ 
M  nur  Sine  Stimme  l)at,fo  foil  bie  ju  biefen  (§nb^ 
gtDecfvii  nötl)ige  ^l^äblerjabl  au^  einem  ober  mehren 
ten  yWitgliebern  mx  jwei  2)rittl)ei(en  aller  Staate« 


151 


,  inhabitant  of  the  same  state  with  themselves :  they, 
shall  name  in  their  ballots  the  person  voted  for  as 
President,  and  in  distinct^  ballots  the  person  voted 
;  for  as  Vice-President ;  and  they  sliall  make  distinct 
j  lists  of  all  persons  voted  for  as  President  and  of  all 
persons  voted  for  as  Vice-Prej^ident,  and  of  the  num- 
ber of  votes  for  each,  which  lists  they  shnll  sign^  and 
certify,^  and  transmit/  sealed,  to  the  seat  of  the  Go- 
vernment of  the  United  States,  directed  to  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Senate  ;  the  President  of  the  Senate  shall, 
in  the  presence  of  the  Senate  and  House  of  Represen- 
tatives,'^ open  all  the  certificates,  and  the  votes  shall 
then  be  counted:^  the  person  having  the  greatest 
8  number  of  votes  for  President,  shall  be  the  President, 
.j  if  such  number  be  a  majority^  of  the  whole  number 
!j  of  electois  appointed  f  and  if  no  person  have  such 
I  inajorit}^  then  from  the  persons  having  the  highest 
numbers,  not  exceeding'-*  three,  on  the  list  of  those 
|i  voted  for  as  President,  the  House  of  Representatives 
'  shall  choose^°  immediately,  by  ballot,  the  President. 
But  in  choosing  the  President,  the  votes  shall  be 
taken  by  states,  the  representation  from  each  statQ 
having  one  vote;  a  .quorum  for  this  purpose  shall 
consist  of  a  member  or  members  from  two-thirds'^  of 


1  iH'rfc()ict)cn,  a(>9cfcnt)crt.  —  2  untcrscicbncn.  —  3  bcglau? 
OiQcn.  —  4  üOcrfcnbcn.  —5  tct  ^Kcprüfcntant,  t)cr  ?(t\9ccrl)s 
nctc.  -—  6  5ä()(cn.  — ■  7  t>ic  9}2c()r[)cit  tcr  Stimmen.  —  8  fcjls 
'  fcgct^.  —  9  üt>cr|cl)rcitcn.  — 10  iväblc«.  — 11  ^tvci  ;DrittcU 

♦ 


152 

t)t{lvl,vit  itnt  eine  (Stimmenmel)r^eit  t)on  ben  Slbge^ 
orbiteten  aUcv  Staaten  fott  jnr  SSaljl  t)cn  9iotI)en 
fein»  ©oUte  aber  ba^  S^an^  ber  DJepräfentanteu 
jn  jeber  3^it,  tvenn  eö  im  SejTge  beö  lßal)lred)tö 
t(l,  ben  ^räfibenten  nicf)t  Dor  bem  iJierten  Siage  be^ 
nacl)jlfoIgenben  ÜRonatö  9Wdrj  n)äf)(en,  fo  fott  al^f 
bann  ber  SSice^^Väjibent,  gfeid)  mie  bei  einem  ^tobeö^ 
fatte  be^  ^räffbenten  ober  einer  anbern  conflitntio^ 
netten  3Serl)inbernng  bejfelben,  alö  ^räffbent  fnft* 
giren» 

§.  2.  25ie  ^erfon,  mld)c  bie  gri>gte  (Stimmen^ 
ittel)rl)eit  jnm  SSice^^räjtbenten  bat,  foH  Sice^^rä* 
ffbent  n^erben,  fobalb  eine  foId)e  3al)I  eine  ^J!}?el)r[)eit 
ber  ganjen  Slnjabl  bejlettter  Söäf)fer  ijt,  nnb  menn 
Siiemanb  eine  5[)te[)rjal)[  l)at,  fo  fott  ber  ©enat  anö 
ben  jwei  I)öcl)flen  Rahlen  auf  ber  ?i(te  ben  asice^^ 
^räjTbenten  ern)äbfen ;  bie  jn  bem  Snbjmecfe 
nötl)ige  5ßäblerja[)I  fott  an^  jn^ei  Srittbeifen 
fämmtlicf}er  Senatoren  befleben  nnb  eine  ^DJajori^ 
tat  ber  ganjen  2lnjabl  fott  jnr  3Babl  nötbig  fein. 

§♦  3.  9iiemanb  aber,  ber  t)erfaffungömä0ig  nn^ 
mäblbar  jnm  ^rajibentenamte  ifl,  fott  wabffäbig 
jnm  Slmte  beö  SSice^^räfibenten  ber  bereinigten 
Staaten  fein» 


J 

!the  states,  and  a  majority  of  all  the  states  shall  be 
1  necessary^  to  a  choice.^  And  if  the  House  of  Re- 
presentatives shall  not  choose  a  President  whenever' 
ithe  right  of  choice  shall  devolve'*  upon  them,  before 
(the  fourth  day  of  March  next  following,  then  the 
Vice-President  shall  act  as  President,  as  in  the  case 
of  the  death*^  or  other  constitutional  disability^  of  the 
President. 

§  2.  The  person  having  the  greatest  number  of 
votes  as  Vice-President,  shall  be  the  Vice-President, 
if  such  number  be  a  majority  of  the  whole  number  of 
electors  appointed ;  and  if  no  person  have  a  majority, 
;i  when/  from  the  two  highest^  numbers  on  the  list,  the 
1  Senate  shall  choose  the  Vice-President :  a  quorum 
for  the  purpose  shall  consist^  of  two-thirds  of  the 
i  whole  number  of  senators,  and  a  majority  of  the  whole 
I  number  shall  be  necessary  to  a  choice, 
i    §  3.  But  no  person  constitutionally  ineligible^^  to 
ithe  office  of  President,  shall  be  eligible^^  to  that  of 
Vice-President  of  the  United  States. 


1  nctf)mcnblg.  —  2  bic  ^Bci\)U  —  3  n?cnn,  wenn  immer« 
—  4  anf)e'imfallen,  swf«^^^'««  —  5  bcv  Sol).  —  G  Vxc  Wnfäh'iQi 
felt.  —  7  at^bann.  ■—  8  ber  l)b'cl)fte.  —  9  Oeftef)cn.  —  10  un< 


154 


©eorg  28a6l)in9toit  —  icv  erfle  im  Äriege,  ber 
erflc  tm  gvteben,  ber  crile  in  ben  5perjen  feiner 
f  anb^Iente,  —  wax  mel)r  al^  ber  ^Jtennb,  cr  mar 
ber  SSater  feineö  Sßaterlanbeö. 

@d  ijl  \d)mv  jn  fagen,  cb  feine  öjfentfid^en  SBer^^ 
bienfle,  ober  feine  ^riüattngenben  größer  gemefen 
feien,  ob  feine  Zljatcn  im  Äriege,  ober  fein  S3ei:^ 
fpiel  im  ^rieben  met)r  nnfere  Sett>nnbernng  t)er^ 
bienen,  2lber  ol)ne  3^^if^J  hin  aSolf  jemafö 
einen  reineren  nnb  i)erbien(li)oUeren  Patrioten,  ei^ 
nen  bejferen  SSiirger,  einen  anfrirfjtigeren  nnb  mif 
terblicfenben  ©taatömann,  einen  menfd)Iicf)eren  nnb 
erfo(greicl)eren  ge(bt)errn,  fnrj,  ein  iDiirbigereö  WiliU 
glieb  ber  biirgerlirf)en  ®efel(fct)afr,  fott)ol)[  im  öjfent^ 
Iid)en  al6  l)änölict)en  ^eben.  SSieUeidjt  beffeibete 
nie  ein  "öJlamx  einen  öjfentlirf)en  Sienft,  mld)ex 
bnrd)  fein  S3eifpiel  nnb  bnrd)  feine  erl)abene  -Sngen^ 
ben  einen  fo  beilfamen  Sinflng  anf  ba^  menfd)Iid)e 
®efd)[ed)t  ani?iibte,  aU  äöa^^hington» 

@r  n^nrbe  geboren  am  22.  gebrnar  1732  in 
Sirginien,  in  ber  Söeftmorefmib  ßonnti),  nal)e 
am  ^Vtomafftrome»  @r  verlor  feinen  SSater, 
ber  ein  ^pflanjer  n?ar,  in  friU)er  Sngt'Hb.  ?tad)^ 
bem  er  nnter  ber  ?eitnng  feiner  frommen  9}?ntter 
eine  gnte  (5riiel)nng  genojfen  I)atte,  n)ibmete  er 


155 


GEORGE  WASHINGTON. 


George  Washington, — first  in  war,  first  in  peace, 
first  in  the  hearts  of  his  countrymen,— was  more  than 
the  friend,  he  was  the  father  of  his  country. 

It  is  difficult  to  say,  whether^  his  public  merits,  or 
his  private  virtues  were  the  greater,  whether  his  deeds 
in  war,  or  his  example  in  peace  merit  more  our  admi- 
ration. But  doubtless  no  nation  has  ever  possessed 
a  purer  and  more  meritorious^  patriot,  a  better  citizen, 
a  more  upright  and  farseeing^  statesman,  a  more  hu- 
mane and  successful  general ;  in  fine,  a  more  worthy 
member  of  society,  both  in  public  and  private  life. 
No  man,  perhaps,  entered  the  public  service,  who,  by 
his  own  example  and  sterling*  virtues,  exercised  so 
beneficiaP  an  influence^  upon  the  race  as  Washington. 

He  was  born  February  22,  1732,  on  the  banks  of 
the  Potomac,  Westmoreland  county,  Virginia.  He 
lost  his  father,  who  was  a  planter,  at  an  early^  age. 
Having  enjoyed  a  good  education®  under  the  gui- 
dance^ of  his  pious  mother,  he  entered  in  his  11th 


ttcfpid).  —  5  n?of)(tl)äti9.  —  6  bcr  (Sinfluf.  —  7  fvii^c^ 


156 


ffcf)  in  feinem  17.  3rtf)re  mit  regent  %lei^e  bet 
Sfuditbung  feinet  Scrufeö,  ber  gcfbmeflerfund- 
5liif  feinen  ®efrf)äfr^reifen,  bie  fid)  bi^  an  bie 
Sll(ec)t)ant)berge  er|lrecften,  n^nrbe  er  mit  bem  Sanbe 
unb  feinen  ©emo[)nern  befannt,  nnb  gew5l)nte  fid) 
()ierbnrd)  an  bie  (Srtragnng  ber  a5efd))verltd)feiren 
unb  @ntbel)rnngen  beö  gefbfagerd, 

(f^  mnrben  il)m,  fo  jnng  er  nod)  n)ar,  Don  bem 
®ont)ernenr  £!intt)ibbie  me{)rere  n?irf)tige  Sluftrcige 
anDertrant,tDe(d)e  er  mit5DJntl),  ®efd)i(flid)feir  nnb 
g[ücflid)em  Erfolge  t)olljog.  aSorjiy(id)  jeid)nete  er 
fid)  an^  im  "^aljvc  1755,  im  franjü|7fd)en  Äritije, 
aid  älbjntant  beö  nngfürffid)en  ®enera[  S3rabbocF, 
bej)en  (Sd)icf fal  —  am  8.  3uii  1755  —  ein  bcjfereö 
gemefen  fein  anirbe,  hätte  er  ben  it?eifen  9?at[)fd)(a^ 
gen  ffiat^bington'^^  gefeillet* 

^^^teranf  (ebte  er  eine  $)iei[)e  Don  3a[)ren  in  bem 
(iiKen  ®fiicfe  beö  ^nDatfeben^  anf  feiner  55efil3nng, 
eifrig  befd)äftigt  mit  ber  @rfrtl(nng  feiner  bäuöli^ 
&icn  unb  ö|fent(id)cn  ^^flid)ten,  —  er  roar  näin(id) 
^Mitgfieb  ber^roDinjiaf^Sefegqebnng  Don  Strginien 
geiDorben,  —  bi^  jum^ahre  1775,  m  in  ?OJajyad)n^ 
fett^  bie  erflen  geinbfetigfeiten  mit  ber  Ärone  @ng^ 
tanb  an^brad)en,  911^  ber  ®enera[^^  (^on^reg  in 
^l)i(abclpl)ia  ben  Sefd)(n^  fagte,  jener  ^'ProDinj  bei.- 
jnfteben  nnb  einen  offenen  Äampf  mit  bem  nnge^ 
red)ten  5)Jntter(anbe  jn  beginnen, fo  mxx'oe,  auf  beu 
Slntrag  5ö()n  2tbam^^^iöa^[)ington  einftimmig  jnm 
Dberbefel)Iöbaber  atter  ©treitfräfte  ber  SSereinigten 


157 


year  with  assiduity*  upon  the  practice  of  his  profes* 
ßion,  the  surveyor's  art;^  and  making  excursions'  a.s 
far  as  the  Alleghany  mountains,  he  became  acquainted 
with  the  country  and  its  inhabitants,  and  thereby 
trained  himself  to  endure^  the  toils  and  privations'^  of 
the  camp.^ 

Several  important  public  commissions  were  en- 
trusted to  him,  young  as  he  was,  by  the  Governoi 
Dinwiddie,  which  he  executed  with  courage,  ability 
and  success.  He  distinguished  himself  particularly 
in  ll55y  in  the  French  war,  as  adjutant  of  the  un- 
happy general  Braddock,  whose  fate^  would  have 
been  better — on  July  8,  l7o5 — had  he  followed 
the  wise  admonitions  given  to  him  by  Washington. 

After  this  event  he  lived  in  the  tranquil  enjoyment 
of  domestic  life  on  his  plantation,  zealously  engaged 
in  performing  his  duties,  both  private  and  public, 
— having  become  a  member  of  the  Provincial  Legis- 
lature of  Virginia — until  1775,  when  hostilities^  broke 
out  in  Massachusetts  with  the  crown  of  England. 
The  General  Congress  in  Philadelphia,  having  adopt- 
ed^ resolutions  to  assist  that  province  and  to  begin 
an  open  war  with  the  unjust^''  Motherland,  on  the 
motion^^  of  John  Adams,  Washington  was  unani- 
mously^^ chosen  commander-in-chief,  so  great  was 

1  bcr  eifcr.  —  H  blc  Jolbmcffcrfunfl.  •—  3  bcr  ?Cu^f(ii9.-—  4 
ertragen.— Stic  (Snt()cf)runa,  —  6  ba»o  2agcr,  JdMa^cr. — 
7  t)a^S(^cl)idffa(.  —  8  btc  ^clnbfcUgfclt.  —  9  anncf)mcn.  — 10 
ungcrcc^t.  —  1 1  tcr  ?Cntrag.  — 12  cinftimmtg» 


158 


Staaten  ema()ft,  fo  grog  wav  bereite  ba^  SSer^ 
txancn^  m((i)c^  feine  S^ugeuben  uub  feine  gd^ig^^ 
feiten  einflößten* 

@r  na()m,  einjig  nnb  allein  an^  Siebe  jn  feinem 
SSaterlanbe  nnb  mit  aSerjicfttnng  anf  jeben  @el)alt, 
tiefen  gefäl)rlicl)en  nnb  t)erantn)ortlicl)en  ^oflen  an, 
nnb  befleibete  il)n  anf  baö  rnl)mt)ollile  n)äl)renb 
be^  ^ampfeö  für  bie  Unabt)ängigfeit  biefeö  Sanbeö, 
Sie  üßei^beit  nnb  Jlbatfraft,  mid)c  er  n)al)renb 
beö  ganjen  Äriege^  entmirfelte,  Derbient  nnfere  l)öc^^ 
fle  S3en)nnbernng» 

25nrcf)  gefd)icfte  S3enn<inng  ber  ^ülföqnellen, 
vocld)c  er  t)orfanb  nnb  bnrcl)  ©ct)affnng  nener, 
bnrd)  5ßieberl)erftellnng  ber  5!JJannöjnclit,  fo  tveit  eö 
notl)n?enbig  mar,  belebte  er  ba^  aSertranen  anf^ 
nene*  ^o  eö  i)on  ^Jnl^en  war,  im  Stngrijf  fo  fitl)n 
unb  nnternel)menb  mc  ßäfar,  nnb  in  ber  aSertt)et^ 
bignng  fo  i)orf[cl)tig  mie  gabin^;*  ebenfo  mitb  alö 
flreng;  ebenfo  nnpartl)eiifcf)  im  S5eloI)nen  mc  im 
aSeftrafen;  gtücflid)  in  ber  2Bal)t  feiner  Dfjtciere; 
fej^  nnb  (lanbl)aft  in  allen  feinen  Unternetjmnngen : 
—  fo  gebranct)te  er  bie  Dom  SSolfe  il)m  t)erliebene 
©en?alt,  fo  grünbete  er  bie  grei!)eit  nnb  Unabljän«» 
gigfeit  ber  SScre in  igten  Staaten  t>oii 
Sl  m  e  r  i  f  a» 

SSon  nicf)t  geringerer  S5ebentnng  n^aren  feine 

*  (Sin  römifd)ci:  Sctt)f)crr,bcT;  mcgcn  feiner  23c^utfamfclt 
Un  93cinamcn  "Cuuctator"  (ber  Sauberer)  erhielt. 


159 


the  confidi^ice  already  inspired*  by  his  virtues  and 
abilities. 

He  accepted  this  trying' and  responsible'  position, 
renouncing  any  remuneration  for  his  services,  merely 
from  love  to  his  country,  and  discharged  the  trust 
most  gloriously  through  the  struggle  for  independence. 
The  wisdom  and  energy  displayed^  by  him  during 
the  whole  war,  deserves  our  highest  admiration.  By 
skilfully'^  disposing  of  the  resources  which  he  found, 
i  and  by  creating  new  ones;  by  establishing^  discipline," 
j  as  far  as  it  was  necessary,  he  awakened  a  new  degree 
fof  confidence.    Where  it  was  of  use,  in  attack  as 
i  bold^  and  daring^  as  Csesar,  and  in  defense  as  cau- 
'  tious^°  as  Fabius  ;^  as  mild  as  he  was  strong ;  as 
impartiaP^  in  rewarding  as  in  punishing ;  happy  in 
;  the  choice  of  his  officers ;  firm  and  steady^^  in  all  his 
^  undertakings : — thus  he  used  the  power  bestowed^' 
upon  him  by  the  people,  thus  he  founded  the  free- 
'  dom   and  independance  of  the  United  States  of 
A  America. 

\     Of  no  less  importance  were  his  services,  after  the 

^     *  A  Roman  General,  from  his  caution  surnamed  "Cunc- 
tator." 

I 

1  cinflo'f'cm  —  2  gcfä^rüd).  —  3  öcranttvcrtlicb.  —  4 
entfalten,  cntnjicfcln.  —  5  öcfcl)ic!t.  —  6  n)^c^cr^)cr}lc^lcn. 
—  7  l)ic  9}^ann^5uc!)t.  —  8  füf)n.  —  9  vcnvcgcn*  —  10 
!  wrficl)tt9.  —  11  unpart^ciifd).  —  12  ftant)l;aft.  — 13  fcr« 
Ut^en/  übertragen* 


160 


aDteitfle,  iiacl)bem  bie  Unabf^dttgigfeit  feineö  3iatw 

©eine  treue  «nb  meife  SSernjaltimg  alö  ber  erfle 
^räjTbeut  gab  ber  jungen  9?epub(if  Äraft  unb  ®e^ 
beiben ;  feine  bemunbernöwürbige  Äfugl)eit  unb 
5iJ?ägigung  im  9?atbe  fid)erte  i()r  bie  grücf)te  ber 
9?et>cfution»  er  iTd),  nad)  Slblaiif  feiner  ju)eiten 
Sienjljeit  al^  '^JräjTbent,  in  baö  ^rii)atleben  jurürf^' 
jog,  ()interfieg  er  nod)  ein  anbere^  g(orreid)e^  Senf^ 
mal  feiner  2Beiöl)eit  nnb  SSaterlanb^Iiebe  in  feiner 
3ibfd)  ieb  =^  2t  bb  reffe,  tvcld)e  Don  je^ 
bem  aSiirger  gefefen  nnb  bel)erjigt  ju 
werben  d  e  r  b  i  e  n  3n  einem  anberen  (Sd)xci^ 
ben  an  bie  ®ouDernenre  ber  t)erfd)iebenen  Staaten 
fagt  er :  „3d)  flel)e  ^u  @ott  in  meinem  ernilen  ®e^ 
bete,  baß  @r  end)  nnb  ben  Staat,  an  bejfen  ©pil^e 
il)r  ftel)t,  in  ©einen  l)eiligen  ®d)uli  nef)men  tt)oUe; 
baß  @r  bie  .^erjen  ber  SSiirger  regiere,  bamit  ber 
©eijl  ber  3 ri)  t  i^nb  be^  ®  e  1)  o  r  f  a  m  ö  gegen 
bie  Dbrigfeit  unter  il)nen  W)aUc  nnb  brü^ 
berlid)e  (Sin  trad)  t  nnb  ?iebe  fie  Der^* 
binbe;—  nnb  baß  @r  enbfid)  in  ©naben  nnö 
SlClen  bie  Äraft  fd)enfen  tDotle,  @ered)tigfeit 
ju  ü b e  n,  S3  a r m  b  e r  j  t g f  ei  t  gn  lieben  nnb 
jenen  l  i  e  b  r  e  i  d)  e  n ,  b  e  m  ü  1 1)  i  g  e  n ,  f  r  i  e  b^ 
l  i  d)  e  n  ®  i  n  n  im  ?eben  ju  beweifen,  mit  n)e(d)em 
ber  götttid)e  ©tifter  n  ufere  r  I)  ei  li^ 
ß  e  n  Dl  e  ( i  g  i  0  n  und  voranging,  o  l)  n  e 
beffeu  bemiitl)ige   5)i  a  d)  a  l)  m  u  n  g  in 


161 


independence  of  his  country  was  established.  His 
faithful  and  wise  administration^  as  the  first  President 
gave  vigor^  to  the  young  Republic.  His  admirable 
prudence  and  moderation  in  counsel  secured  to  it  the 
fruits  of  the  Revolution.  When  he  retired  to  private 
life  after  his  second  Presidential  term  had  expired, 
he  left  still  another  glorious  monument  of  his  wisdom 
and  patriotism  in  his  FarewelP  Address,  worthy  to  be 
read  and  remembered  by  every  citizen.  In  another 
address  to  the  governors  of  the  different  states  he 
says :  "  I  now  make  it  ray  earnest  prayer,  that  God 
would  have  you  and  the  state  over  which  you  preside, 
in  His  holy  protection  and  that  He  would  incline^  the 
hearts  of  tlie  citizens  to  cultivate*^  a  spirit  of  siibor^ 
dination^  and  obedience  to  government,  and  to  enter- 
tain a  brotherly  love  and  affection  for  one  anothei-; — 
and  finally,  that  He  would  be  most  graciously  pleased 
to  dispose  us  all  to  do  justice^  to  love  mercy nr\d  to 
demean^  ourselves  with  that  charity,^  humility and 
pacißc^^  temjjer  of  mind,  Avliich  were  the  characte- 
ristics of  the  divine  Author  of  our  blessed  religion, 
without  an  humble  imitation^^  of  whose  example  in 
these  things  we  can  never  hope  to  be  a  happy  nation,''^ 


1  tic  SScrwaUung.  ■—  2  tic  ilrafr*  —  3  tor  ?(bfcl)ict, 

—  4  (cnfcn.  —  5  biltcn,  flu?(>i(bcn.  —  6  tic  Sucht,  Uns 
tcnvcrfuncj.  —  7  tic  53armbcrst9fcit.  —  8  fid)  6ctrop,cn. 
—9  tic  \))icnfc()cntlc(H\  —  10  tic  £>cmutf)»  —  11  frictdcl). 

—  12  tic  9'iöc()af}mun9. 


162 


©inn  unb  Sßanbet  mir  nie  I)  offen  bitr^^ 
f  e  11 ,  ein  g  ( ii  cf  I  i  cf)  e  ö  SS  o  I f  j  u  id  c  r  b  c  n/' 
,  @r  itaxb  am  14.  2)ccember  1799  in  feiner  ^üüf)^? 
Itnng  in  9)?onnt  SSernon  in  3[5irf]inien,n)o  feine  ^Jlfcl)e 
rnl)t.    2)ie  ganje  üöeft  betranert^  feinen  !i;ob. 

3n  bem  Senbfd)reiben,  vveldjed  ber  (Senat  bei  ®e^ 
legenbeit  feinet  Stebe^  an  ben  ^'prafibenren  Slbaind 
ric()tete,  l)eißr  es^  nnter  3lnberem:  „(§rlanben  Sie 
nnßf  mein  ^;^eiT,  nnfere  ^brauen  mit  ben  3lH*ii]en 
jn  yermifclKn.  S3ei  biefer  ®e(e()enl)eit  i\t  e^  männ^ 
lief),  jn  iDeinen.  Ser  attmäd^tige  genfer  menfd)^ 
lid^r  ©efd)irfe  bat  nnferen  gröCnen3Sob(rl)äter  nnb 
nnfere  größte  ^icvt^c  Den  nni^  genommen. 
giemt  nni^,  mit  (Sl)rfnrd)t  nn*J  Der  2)em  jn  bengen, 
„ber  bie  i)iad)t  jn  feinem  ^dte  mad)t/'" 

2^er  ^>räfibent  fagte  in  feiner  Jlntivert  anf  biefe 
S5etfd)aft:  „©ein  33eifpiel  ifi:  nnnmel)r  DoUenbet, 
unb  tDirb  ein  ?el)rer  ber  Ußeii^beit  nnb  Jtngenb 
fein  für  3Wagiftrat^perfenen,  SSiirger  nnb  jeber^ 
mann,  nnb  nid)t  allein  für  bie  @egenn)art,  fenberu 
für  bie  fpäte(le  ^nhinft^  fe  lange  alö  nnfere  ©e^ 
fd)id)te  tt)irb  gelefen  werben/' 

WoQcn  feine  d)rijllid)en  S^ngenben  in  aller  ^lu 
fnnft  über  biefem  ?anbe  lend)ten,  gleid)  ben  Strab^ 
len  ber  ©enne,  nnb  alle  Bürger  gnr  ?iad)abmnn(j 
reiben ! 


163 


He  died  at  his  residence,  Mount  Vernon,  Virginia, 

December  14,  1799,  where  his  ashes  now  repose. 
The  whole  world  mourned^  his  death.    When  the 
Senate  sent  the  address^  to  the  President,  Adjims,  on 
the  occasion  of  his  death,  it  was  said  among  others  : 
■  ''Permit^  us,  Sir,  to  mingle'*  our  tears  with  yours. 
!  On  this  occasion  it  is  manly  to  weep.^    Our  land 
;  mourns  a  father.    The  Almighty  disposer^  of  human 
;  events  has  taken  from  us  our  greatest  benefactor^  and 
ti  ornament.^  It  becomes^  us  to  submit  with  reverence^* 

to  Him  who  maketh  darkness  His  pavilion. 
^  The  President  said  in  his  answer  to  the  messa2:e: 
I  "His  example  is  now  complete,^^  and  it  Avill  teach 
]  wisdom  and  virtue  to  magistrates,  citizens  and  men; 
>\  and  not  only  in  the  present  age,  but  in  future  getie- 
i  rations,'^  as  long  as  our  history  shall  be  read.'* 
']  May  his  Christian  virtues,  for  ages  yet  to  come, 
shine  over  this  country,  like^^  the  bcams^^  of  the  sun, 
t  and  induce'^  all  citizens  to  imitate  him ! 


1  betrauern.  —  2  ba^  (ScntfcbvciOcn.  —  3  cr(auOcn.~4 
»crmifd)cn.  —  5  weinen.  —  6  ber  Senfer.  —  7  t)er  SScfjU 
tl)äux\  —  8  tie  3iert)e.  —  9  sicmen.  —  10  tie  Gl)rfurd)t. 
—  11  ta^  3e(t.  — 1:2  roUftantig.  —  13  1)qö  65efd)led)t.  —  li 
0(eic^.  —  15  ter  8tca[}(.  — 16  antreiOen,  reiien. 


I 


164 


2Ber  fenitt  unb  liebt  ind)t  biefen  ebmürbigen 
ÜKann,  \r>eld)cv  unter  ben  ©rnnbern  ber  ^^reibeit 
unb  Unabhängigfeit  biefe^^  ?anbe^  nur  äöa^l)ington 
nact)fiel)t,  unb  welrf)er  nicf)t  allein  unter  feinen 
trtDten  eine  ber  erflen  ©tellnngen  einnimmt,  fcn^ 
bern  and)  unter  ben  ©raat^männern,  ®ete[)rten 
unb  ^M)i(efopt)en  ber  ganzen  3Selt  einen  b«^l)f« 
9Jang  befleibet*  Ußer  mi^  nid)t,  baß  bie  ^Siflen*^ 
fd)afren  burd)  ben  (Sd)arf)Tnn  unb  bie  tiefen  gor^ 
fd)jfngen  granflin'^  mit  einer  ber  >t)id)(igflen  (Sr^ 
ftnbnngen  aller  S^itcn^  ber  beö  SSliljableiter^,  berei* 
d)ert  ivnrben  ? 

Urn  fo  l)6ber  fteigt  unfere  3ld)tnng  \)ov  biefem 
SKanne,  n^enn  ix)ir  betenfen,  baß  er  burd)  fein  eige# 
neö  regec^  unb  bcbarrlid)e^  Streben  ba^  n^nrbe, 
n?a^  er  tt)ar,  ndm(id)  einer  ber  größten  30Bol)ltbäter 
ber '!J)?eiifd)beit;  baß  er  i)on  3«genb  an  mit  matif 
d)erlei  2lnfed)tnngen  unb  ®d)n)ierigfeiten  jn  fäm^ 
pfen  l)atte,  a^etd)e  er  übernjanb,  nid)t  burd)  irgenb 
einen  glii(f(id)en  3»f^ll/  fonbern  burd)  bie  eiferne 
Energie  feinet  5Sillen^ ;  baß  er  mit  feiner  5;>änbe 
Jtrbeit  fein  S3rob  verbicnte  nnb  bnrd)  feinen  5vWß/ 
feine  ^JlKäßigfcit  nnb  5){eblid)feir  fid)  jn  einer  fo  bc^ 
i)en  (Stellung  emporfd)n)ang;  unb  enblid),  baß  er 
feinem  SSatcrlanbe  ^on  frii()er  Si^^^ub  an  biö  ju 


165 


BENJAMIN  FRANKLIN. 


i  Who  does  not  know  and  love  this  venerable  man, 
\  who  is  second  to  none  but  Washington  among  the 
i  founders^  of  the  freedom  and  independence  of  this 
country,  and  who  stands  not  only  in  the  first  line  of, 
its  patriots,  but  also  ranks  high  among  the  statesmen,, 
scholars"  and  philosophers  of  the  earth.  Who  does 
not  know,  that  science  has  been  enriched^  by  the 
sagacious*  spirit  and  profound  study  of  Franklin  with 
one  of  the  most  important  discoveries  of  ail  ages,  that 
of  the  lightning-rod?^ 

iOur  esteem  for  this  man  still  increases,  v/hen  we 
consider,  that  he,  by  his  own  zeal  and  perseverance, 
became  what  he  was,  viz.  one  of  the  greatest  bene- 
factors of  humanity;  that  he  encountered^  from  his 
!  youth  many  trials  and  difficulties,  which  he  overcame 
'  not  by  any  happy  casualty,^  but  by  the  iron^  energy  of 
his  will ;  that  he  earned  his  bread  with  his  own  hands, 
and  by  means  of  industry,  temperance  and  honesty, 
I  attained  such  a  high  station  ;  and  that  he  served  his 

I   :  : 

1  Ut  GJrünbct.  —  2  bet  ®c(c^rtc.  —  3  bcrcicftcrn.  —  4 
fcftatf finnig.  —  5  tcr  93(ifeaHcitcr.  —  6  fampfc«,  antreffen» 
—  7  terSufall.  —  Seifern. 

I 


166 


fernem  ^obe  mit  eben  fo  i)iel  ®efcl)icf[icf)feit,  aW 
SSflntl}^  Zxenc  imb  Uneigennügigfcit  biente. 

SSenjamin  granfliit  mixbe  am  6.  3amiar  1706 
ju  S3o|l:oii  in  5!)?aiTacf)iifertö  geboren.  @r  war  baö 
jüngile  Dou  13  Äiubent.  2)a  feine  @(tern  in  mä^i^ 
gen  ©liicf^nmftänben  lebten  nnb  nicf)t  im  ©tanbe 
tt)aren,  bie  Stoßen  feiner  tt)ijTenfd)aftlic{)en  Sln^bil^ 
bnng  jn  beftreiten,  fo  wnrbe  er  in  feinem  10*3<^l)re 
ber  Sd)nle  entnommen,  nm  feinem  SBater  in  feinem 
®efc()äfte,  nämlicl)  bem  einec^  ?icf}terjiel)er^  nnb 
©eifenfieber^,  jn  l)elfen.  3«  biefer  frühen  Sebenö^ 
periobe  jcirf)nete  ffrf)  ber  jnnge  granffin  bereit* 
bnrd)  feine  ?iebe  jnm  ©efb|innterricf)t  an^,  nnb  fo 
legte  er  ben  ®rnnb  jn  feinem  fpäteren  fegenöreicf)en 
SBirfen  nnb  jn  feiner  ©röße  in  ber  UBelt.  3lf^  er 
12  ^al)xe  alt  n)ar,  trat  er  in  baö  ®efd)äft  f?ineö 
SSrnberö  ein,  ber  ein  S5nct)brncfer  nnb  eben  Don 
©ngtanb  jnriicfgefel)rt  war.  S>iex  brncfte  er  jnn)ei^ 
len  Slnffäl^e,  bie  ijon  il)m  felbjl  l)erriif)rten,  obne 
baß  jemanb  n^ngte,  n^er  ber  aSerfajfer  fei,  nnb  ber 
aScifaU,  mit  n)e{d)em  fie  gemöbniid)  anfgenommen 
n>nrben,  ermntl)igte  il)n  fel)r  in  feinen  53eflrebnngen. 
2n  feinem  17.  3<Jl)te  t^erlieg  er  SSoflon,  nm  pct)  in 
feinen  Äenntnijfen  nnb  in  feinem  ©efd^äfte  ^n  ^cx^ 
bejfern,  nnb  begab  ficf)  nact)  ^^l)ifabe[p()ia,  m  er 
ben  fpäteren  Ij:t)eif  feinei?  2ebcn^  ^nbrad)te.  23alb 
baranf,  im  "^a^jxc  1724,  ging  er  nad)  ^ngfanb,  nnb 
iiad)  einem  3(nfentl)alt  i?on  18  ajjonaten  bafelbjl, 
bei  mül)famer  Sfrbeit  unb  eifrigem  ©tnbinm  tt>äl}f 


167 


country,  from  his  youtli  till  his  death,  with  equaL 
ability,  courage,  fidelity  and  disinterestedness.  M 
Benjamin  Franklin  was  born  in  Boston,  Massachu^ 
setts,  January  6,  1*706.  He  was  the  youngest  of 
thirteen  children.  His  parents  living  in  moderate 
circumstances,  and  being  unable  to  support  the  ex- 
penses of  a  college  education,  he  was,  in  his  10th 
year,  taken  from  school  to  help  his  father  in  his 
business,  which  was  that  of  a  tallow-chandler^  and 
soap  boiler.^  In  this  early  stage  of  life  young 
Franklin  distinguished  himself  by  his  love  of  self- 
instruction,"  and  thus  he  laid  the  foundation  cf  his 
later  usefulness  and  greatness  in  the  world.  When 
he  was  twelve  years  old  he  went  into  the  office  of 
his  brother,  Avho  was  a  printer,  and  had  just  returned 
from  England.  Here  he  sometimes  printed  essays* 
of  his  own,  without  any  body  suspecting  the  author- 
ship, and  was  much  encouraged  by  the  favor  with 
which  they  were  generally  received.  In  his  17th 
year  he  left  Boston,  in  order  to  improve  his  know- 
ledge in  his  business,  and  repaired^  to  Philadelphia, 
his  residence  during  the  later  part  of  his  life.  After- 
wards, in  1*724,  he  went  to  England,  and  having 
spent  18  months  there  in  hard  labor,  and  study  during 
his  leisure  hours,^  he  returned  to  Philadelphia  and 


1  t)cr  ßid)tcryic^cr.  —  2  bcr  ^cifcnftcbcr.  —  3  let 
©clOftuntcrrid)t.  —  4  l)cc  2(uffag.  —  5  fic^  Ocgcbcn^  —  Ö 


168 


mtb  feiner  9Wiiße(titnben,  f ehrte  er  nacf)  ^MfabeU 
pt)ia  jurücf  «nb  gnutbete  ein  ®efcf)äft  in  aSerbin^ 
bung  mit  einem  2lnberen,  ber  baö  nötl)ige@elb  baju 
Iiergab.  Sie  brucften  eine  3^i^^«"9/  bie  mit  Xiiclem 
®e\d)i(f  gefiil)rt  tt)nrbe  unb  granflin  grcfen  iKuf 
t)erfc{)affte»  (Sein  g(eig,  feine  einfact)e  unb  mäßige 
?eben^>weifc,  feine  (ginjTcf)t,  feine  ^Mäne  jnr  SSerbefie^» 
rung  ber  ?age  ber  ^rot^inj,  jnr  @infii[)rnng  eineS 
belferen  ©i)(iemö  in  ber  (Srjiel)ung,  feine  25ienfle, 
bie  er  ber  ©tabt  leiflete,  lenften  bie  ginfmerffamfeit 
beö  gefammten  ^Miblifnmö  auf  il)n.  (gr  begann 
mit  bem  X)rn(fe  feineö  „2{rmen  9?icf)arb'ö  2IIma^ 
tiacf)/'  einer  S^^tfcfjrift  t^olt  SBil^eö  unb  gefnnben 
?Kenfc{)eni)er(tanbeö,  ml(t)e  einen  großen  ßinflug 
anf  bie  9(nff(ärnng  beö  Söffet  an^übte  nnb  Diet 
bajn  beitrng,  bie  ©ennit[)er  fiir  bie  ^veH^ext  t)orjtt=» 
bereiten*  Um  jn  jeigen,  wUi)ev  ®eifl  praftifcl)er 
?eben^tt)ei^t)eit  baß  @anje  bnrd)bringe,  möge  \}iex 
ein  fnrjer  Sln^jng  baranö  ^lai}  ftnben : 

il^üte  bid)  i)or  f feinen  SUi^gaben;  ein  ffeineö 
f  od)  bringt  ein  großeö  ®d)iff  jum  'Sinfen. 


©anre  2Borte  mad)en  feine  grennbe;  mit  einem 
Söfel  t)ott  5?onig  fängt  man  mel)r  fliegen,  alö  mit 
einer  ®al(one  ßfffg» 


3ßer  ffd)  in  fid)  felbfl  ijerfiebt,  tt)irb  feine  Sieben* 
busier  f^aben^ 


169 

formed  an  establishment  in  connection  with  a  person 
who  supplied'  the  necessary  capital.  They  printed 
a  newspaper,  which  was  managed^  with  ability,  by 
which  Franklin  acquired  great  reputation.^  His  in- 
dustry, frugality,  intelligence  ;  his  plans  for  improving 
the  condition  of  the  province,  for  introducing  better 
systems  of  education ;  his  municipal  services,  made 
bim  an  object  of  attention  to  the  whole  community. 
He  began  to  print  his  **Poor  Richardis  Almanack','* 
I  periodicaP  full  of  wit  and  good  sense,  which  had  a 
Treat  influence  in  enlightening^  the  people  and  pre« 
oaring  their  minds  for  liberty.  To  show  the  spirit 
^f  practical  wisdom  with  which  the  whole  abounds. 
Some  extracts  of  it  may  find  here  a  place. 

Beware  of  little  expenses ;  a  small  leak^  will  sin^ 
i(i  great  ship. 


I  Hard^  words  make  no  friends ;  a  spoonfuP  of  honey 
n\l  catch  more  flies  than  a  gallon  of  vinegar. 


He  who  falls  in  love  with  himself  will  find  no 
ivals. 


1  r)Ct9c6cn,  cinfcl>icl5cnt—  2  leiten,  OanbfiatH'n.  —  3  bet 
:1uf,l)ie  S3eruf)mtl)cit.  —  4  sur  ©emeinbc  Qef^b'rig,  fta'bti)"^. 
i  -  5t>ie  Seitfcbrift.  —  6  cr(eud)ten,  aufklären.  —  7  ba« 
^ccf,  See!).  —  8  [auer.  —  9  ein  26ffe(i?ctt. 

I 


170 

5Bor  Äranfl)eit  i(it  bie  befle  aCel)r  uitb  ©icf)cr^fit 
2)ie  Stitgcnl)  bcr  @utl)altfamfeit. 


feine  ?iDree  jtnb  ?umpeu,  feiue  Äoft  unb  ?ol)U  jinb 
^Qiutgev  nub  ®cf)vinbe. 


Zxcibt  bein  ©efd[)äft,  ober  eö  tvirb  bidf)  treiben» 


©in  2Becf)feI  beö  ©lürfi^  fcf)abet  einem  n^eifen 
Spanne  nict)t  mel)r,  alö  ein  aBed)feI  beö  5Ulonbö» 


(ginige  fommen  nm  i[)ren  aSerftanb  bnrcf)  ju  t)iei^ 

(eö  ©tnbiren ; 
2lbev  mx  roixi  bnrd)  ®nteö  tl)nn  if)n  jemals 

tjerfieren? 


(Sin  falfcf)er.  ^rennb  nnb  ein  ©cf)atten  bleiben 
nnr,  fo  lange  bie  (Sonne  fd)eint. 


Äönnte  Semanb  bie  ^älfte  feiner  5Biiufd)e  errei* 
cl)en,  fo  njiirbe  er  feine  ©orgen  t)erboppeln» 


Sllte  Änaben  l)aben  it)re  ©pielfacl)en  fo  gnt  tt)ie 
junge ;  ber  Unterfrf)ieb  ifl  nnr  im  greife» 

?ieber  ot)ne  9tacf)te(Ten  ixi  SSette  gegangen,  aU 
mit  ©cl)ulben  anfgeflanben ! 


SQSem  md)t  gu  ratben  iil,bem  i|l  nicl)t  ju  Reifem 


171 

Against  diseases  here,  the  strongest  fence, 
Is  the  defensive  virtue,  abstinence. 


The  idle  man  is  the  devil's  hireling,^  whose  livery 
is  rags,^  whose  diet  and  w^ages  are  famine^  and  dis- 
grace/ 

\    Drive  thy  business,  or  it  will  drive  thee. 

^   

\  A  change  of  fortune  hurts  a  wise  man  no  moro 
than  a  change  of  the  moon. 

i    Some  grow  mad^  by  studying,  much  to  know, 
]    But  who  grows  mad  by  studying,  good  to  grow? 

A  false  friend  and  a  shadow  attend  only  while  tho 
|«un  shines. 

If  a  man  could  have  half  his  wishes,  he  would 
double  his  troubles. 


Old  boys  have  their  play-things^  as  ^vell  as  young 
lones  ;  the  difiference  is  only  in  the  price. 

Kather  go  to  bed  supperless''  than  rise  in  debt. 

They  that  will  not  be  counselled/  cannot  be  helped. 

1  t)cr  5}JictMinc\,  Saqdobncr.  — 2  lumpen.  —  3  tic  .g)un< 
gcrr^nct().  —4  tic  (Sd)ant)c.  —  5  tell,  n)af)nfinni9. -— 6  tie 
^picliad)cn.  —  7  c^nc  9^ad)tcffcn.  —  8  ratten. 


172 


Sm  27*  ?ebeit^alter  fing  ^Jranffin  an  franjojTfdv 
italicnifd)  nnb  fpanifd)  gu  lernen,  nnb  nadjbem  er 
(id)  in  biefen  ©prad)en  einige  Äenntniffe  erworben 
l)atte,  mad)te  er  jTd)  an  ba^^  ?atemifd)e. 

dv  n)ar  ber  ©ritnber  ber  Uniöerfltät  ijon  '^Jenn^ 
f^banien  nnb  ber  amer{fanifd)en  pl)i(ofopbifd)en  @cf 
fellfd)aft  nnb  einer  ber  erjten  SSeforberer  be(^  penn? 
fplt)anifd)en  J^^o^pital^^  3m  "^ai^jxe  1741  begann 
er  ben  Srncf  be^  ®enera(^5i)?agajin^  nnb  ber  Ijifto^ 
rifd)en  (5l)ronif*  3nt  3^1)^*^  1742  erfanb  er  ben 
granffin^SDfen,  eine  fe[)r  ^Tnnreid)e  nnb  wohlfeile 
3Sorrid)tnng,  nnb  ba(b  baranf  t)erevt)igte  er  feinen 
Seamen  bnrd)  bie  Srftnbnng  beö  S(i(sab[eiter^. 

^iöir  niüd)ten  mit  biefer  d)ronoIogifd)en  Slnf^at)^ 
Inng  [einer  ®ienfle  fortfal)ren  nnb  fie  n)iirbe  nnr 
bie  an^^erorbentIid)e  SSielfeirigfeit  feineö  ®eified 
benrfnnben;  aber  ber  5)ianm  erlanbt  eö  iin^  nid)t. 
&  geniige  bie  SSemerfnng,  baß  granflin  jmifd)eit 
ben  3a()ren  1757  nnb  1775  jtDcimaf  t)on  feinen 
5DJitbiirgern  nad)  @ng(anb  gefanbt  t^nrbe,  jnr  SSer^ 
tl)eibignng  i()rer  5){ed)te ;  nnb  fo  l)od).  (iieg  fein  2ln^ 
fet)en,  baß  ß[)atl)am,  einer  ber  an(?gejeid)netflen 
5Diänner  nnb  ©taatc?manner,  mld)c  gnglanb  je 
befaß,  il)n  öfentlid)  alö  „einen  foId)en,  n)e(cl^en  ganj 
@nropa  n>egen  feiner  jjenntniffe  nnb  ?[Bei^!ieir  in 
l)ol)en  (Sbren  l)alte  nnb  mld)ev  eine  3icrbe  fei  nid^t 
allein  be^  eng(ifd)en  ^olU,  fonbern  ber  ganjen 
9Kenfd)l)eit/'  bejeid)nete*  Unmittelbar  nad)  feiner 
JKucffel)r,  nad)  bem  S(nöbrnd)e  ber  ^{eDcfntion, 


178 


At  the  age  of  27  Franklin  undertook  to  learn 
French,  Italian  and  Spanish,  and  after  having  made 
some  progress  in  those  languages,  he  applied  himself 
to  the  Latin. 

He  was  the  founder  of  the  University  of  Penn« 
ylvania,  and  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society, 
and  one  of  the  chief  promoters^  of  tlie  Pennsylvania 
Hospital.  In  1741  he  began  to  print  the  General 
Magazine  and  Historical  Chronicle.  In  1742  he 
invented  the  Franklin  stove,^  an  ingenious^  and  very 
economical  contrivance,*  and  soon  after  he  immorta- 
lized his  name  by  the  discovery  of  the  lightning-rod. 

We  might  continue  this  chronological  notice  of  his 
services  and  it  would  show  the  remarkable  versatility® 
of  his  mind,  but  our  space  forbids  us.  Be  it  enough 
to  mention,  that  Franklin  was  sent  tvvice^  to  England 
by  his  fellow-citizens,  (between  1757-1775,)  to  vin- 
dicate''their  rights;  and  so  high  became  his  reputation, 
that  Chatham,  one  of  the  most  eminent^  men  and 
statesmen  England  ever  had,  characterised  him  "one 
whom  all  Europe  held  in  high  estimation  for  his 
knowledge  and  wisdom,  who  was  an  honor  not  to  tho 
English  nation  only,  but  to  human  nature."  When 
he  returned,  after  the  Revolution  had  broken  out, 


1  bet  93cfcrbcrcr.  —  2  bcr  £fciu  —  3  nnnrcid).  —  4 
tic  ©vfiinbunc!;  ^^Bcrricbtun.a.  —  5  tic  'i>ic(t^aitic^Eoit.  — •  6 

icicl)nct. 


174 


n>urbe  er  jam  ?[)?it(]Iiebe  beö  ©encrar^ßüngrcfife^ 

luib  bec)  fiirbie  aii^märtiije  (^orrc^ponbeng  uiitcvjog 
er  (Td)  bell  befc()ix)erlicl))T:eu  Slrbeircn  iinb  Dcnvcubcte 
feinen  ganjcn  Sinflnjj  jn  (^junften  bcr  Unabbäncjig^ 
feiti^^v^rftdrung,  er  initnntcrjeid)ncte. 

3al)ve  1777  tx^nrbc  er  a(ö  beücl(mäd)tüiter  3(genrnad) 
granfreid)  gefanbt,  nm  von  bem  borrigen  Sy^c  \hu 
tenlütMingen  ant^jmpirfen,  nnD  harre  b»uUy(ncE,  am 
6.  gebrnar  1778  fiu*  biefe  jnnge  Dicpublif  ben  erfteii 
SBcrrrag  mit  einer  fremden  i)^id)t  ab5nfd)!iefjen. 
©ein  ebrunirbiged  5({ter,  fein  e[nfad)eo  '^^enchmen, 
fein  tr>i(Tenfd)afr(id)er  9Jnf,  bie  cyemanbrbeit  nnb 
gn((e  feiner  Unrerbaltnng,  niadjten  ibn  jnm  f  ieb^ 
linge  be^  So(fi^ ;  Jebermann  fnblre  ml)  geebvr^  einem 
fe(ri)en  iWanne  CSl)re  gn  erjeigen  nnb  b'Üieniberr, 
ber  ^präfibent  ber  fi'anji)ind)en  3lfabeniie,  führte 
ihn  al^  5!3iirglieD  jener  beriibnuen  ii)itTen)d)afilid)eu 
©efellfdiaft  mit  ben  'iöorten  ein  : 
„(Sr  entriß  bem  fi^immel  ben  ■iilii},  ben  ;Ii)ranneu 

ben  ©CeptCr."  (EnpuiL  iulmen  coelo,  sci'pii  uiuque 
tyrannis.) 

5iad)  feiner  Dtiirffebr  in  fein  l^arerfanb  (1785) 
befleibete  er,  ehe  er  fid)  in'^^  ''Privatleben  gnrncf-* 
jiel)en  bnrfte,  baö  3lmr  eined  '^präfiDenren  von  penn^ 
fptvanien,  biente  1787  ad^  3lb;ieorbnerer  in  t^er  go^ 
bera(^v§onvention  nnb  genehmigte  bie  bafelbfi-  ent^ 
tt)orfene  (Sonftitntion,  3lnd)  ivnrbe  er  prd]7i?ent 
t)0\\  jn)ei  menfd)enfrennblid)en  ®efe[(fd)aften,UHMd)e 


175 


he  was  immediately  elected  member  of  the  General 
Congress.  As  a  member  of  the  Committee  of  Safety, 
and  of  that  of  foreign  correspondence  he  performed 
the  most  fatiguing^  services,  and  exerted  all  his  in- 
fluence in  f'dvov  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence^ 
among  the  signers^  of  which  he  was.  In  1776  he 
was  sent  to  France  as  commissioner  plenipotentiary, 
to  obtain  supplies^  from  that  court ;  and  had  the  happi- 
ness of  concluding  the  first  treaty'*  of  the  new  States 
with  a  foreign  power,  February  6,  1778.  His  vene- 
rable age,  his  simplicity  of  manners,  his  scientific^  repu- 
tation, the  ease,^  and  riches  of  his  conversation,  made 
him  the  favorite  of  the  whole  people,  every  one  felt 
himself  honored  in  honoring  such  a  man,  and  d'Alem- 
bert,  the  President  of  the  Academy  of  France,  in- 
troduced him  as  a  member  of  that  illustrious  scientific^ 
society  with  the  words  :  "  He  took  the  lightning  from 
heaven,  and  the  sceptre  from  tyrants."  (Eripuifc 
fulmen  coelo  sceptrumque  tyrannis.) 

On  his  return  to  his  native  country,  (1785,)  before 
he  was  permitted  to  retire  to  private  life,  he  filled 
the  office  of  President  of  Pennsylvanian,  and  served  as 
a  delegate  in  the  federal  Convention  in  1787,  and 
approved  the  Constitution  then  formed.  He  became 
also  President  of  two  humane  societies,  which  were 

1  crmül)cnt>,  anftrcngcnt).  —  2  tcr  Unterzeichner.  —3 
tic  ^I>crjl:avtuuo.,  .S>ü(fc.  4t)cr  SScrtrag,  ta^S  SBunbnip 
—  b  iviffcnfct)cift(icl).  —  6  tic  Ccic^tigfcft,  @civant)t{*cit. — 
7  ölcrrcicl),  berühmt. 


176 


tm  3af)re  1787  in  ^f)ilat)elp[)ia  mid)M  witrben ; 
bie  eine  bk^ :  „T)ie  ^l)ilat)eIpMer  @efeafc()aft  jur 
€rleicf)terung  beö  ©fenbö  ber  ü|fentlicf)en  ©efdng^? 
niflfe,"  nnb  bie  anbere:  „Die  ^ennfi)Iöanifd)e 
fellfd)aft  jnr  SSeforbernng  ber  5lbfcf)af nng  bet  ©Ha^ 
^erei,  gnr  Unterflii^nng  freier  tt?iberrecl)tlicfj  in 
Änecf)tfcl)aft  ge()altener  Sieger  unb  jur  SSerbeflernng 
ber  ?age  ber  afrifanifct)en  9?ace/' 

Dr.  granflin  enbigte  am  17.  Slpril  1790  feine 
lange  nnb  nü&Iic{)e  ianfbaf^n  'oon  84  Sabren  nnb 
3  gjtonaten. 

gUig,  gKdgigfeit  nnb  5«  e  b  r  i  f  e  i  r 
pnb  bie  großen  ?el)ren,  bie  fein  ?eben  prebigt. 

@r  fcl)rieb  ffd)  felbfl,  mehrere  3at)re  Dor  feinem 
2;obe,  folgenbe  ®rabfcl)rift : 

^ier  liegt  ber  Seib 
^cnyamin  ^tanttin, 

M  ©pcifc  für  Qßürmcc  Cwic  tcr  ©inbanb  clncö  alte» 
S3ucl)c^,  ivcrau^  baö  SQBccE  gcriflfcn,  ?(iiffcl)rift 
lint)  iJScrgctbung  racggcncmmcn  finb.) 
?(6cr  ba§  2ßcr!  fclOft  ivlrb  nid)t  ocrlovcn  gclicn, 
benn      ivirb  —  wie  er  gtauOtc  —  ivicl)crcrfitcinen 
in 

einer  neuen  «nb  fcboneren  2(uflö9« 
burc^gefc^cn  unb  \3crbcffert 
t»cn 

bcm  SSerfaffer. 


in 


established,  in  llSl,  in  Philadelphia,  one  called  "The 
Philadelphia  Society  for  Alleviating'  the  Miseries  of 
public  prisons,"  and  the  other  ''the  Pennsylvania  So- 
ciety for  Promoting  the  Abolition^  of  Slavery,  the 
relief^  of  free  negroes  unlawfully  held  in  bondage, 
and  the  improvement  of  the  condition  of  the  African 
race.'* 

Dr.  Franklin  died  on  the  1 7th  of  April,  lYOO,  clos- 
ing  a  long  and  useful  career  of  eighty-four  years  and 
three  months. 

i  Industry,  Frugality,  Integrity,  such  are  the  lead- 
ing lessons  of  his  life. 

The  following  epitaph^  on  himself,  was  written  by 
'■  him  many  years  previous  to  his  death : 

THE  BODY 
OF 

BENJAMIN  FRANKLIN, 

PRINTER, 

(LIKR  THE  COVERS  OF  AN  OLD  BOOK,  ITS  CONTENTS  TORN  OUT, 
AND  STRIFE'  OF  ITS    LETTER  NG  AND  GILDING,) 
LIES  HERE,  FOOD  FOR  WORMS, 
YET  THE  WORK  ITSELF  SHALL  NOT  BE  LOST, 
FOR  IT  WILL — AS  HE  BELIEVED— APPEAR  ONCE  MORE 
IN 

A  NEW  AND  MORE  BEAUTIFUL  EDITION, 
CORRECTED  AND  AMENDED^ 
BY 

THE  AUTHOR. 

1  cr(clcl)tcrn.  —2  t)lc  7(bfcl)affimc^.  —  3  t)U  llntcrrtufjuna. 
—  4  tic  dJrabfcbrift.  -  5  Dct  Dccfct.  —  6  berauben, 
nehmen.  — 7  öcrb/ifcrn. 


) 


I  beiitfite  s?tntt>anberer  in  ten  SSereiuicsfeit 
'Btaaten  i)on  3lmenfa ; 

^  II  a  I  c  t  d) 

iJcfcbu*  far  ^^Infduacr  in  t>cr  eit^UfAeu 

[E  GERMAN  IN  AMERICA, 

oil. 

ADVICK  ANl)  INSTRUCTION 

I  GERMAN  EMIGRANTS  IN  THE  UNITED 
STATES  OF  AMERICA. 


READER  FOR  BEGINNERS  IN  THE  ENGLISH  AND 
GERMAN  LANGUAGES. 

BY  F,   W.  BOGEN, 

PASTOR  IN  BOSTON,  MASSACHUSETTS. 


BOSTON'    B.  TL  GiiEENE,  124  Washington-street. 
EvV-YOitK  :  P  T- i.  ",  ^ifA\^-.  108  NaBsan -street,  corner  of  Ann. 


185-2. 


